878 Subpart E—Internet Browsers Built Into Telephones Used With

§ 14.37 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) The complainant may file and 619, or parts 6, 7, or 14 of this chapter, serve a reply. The reply shall: shall be governed by the formal com- (1) Be served on the Commission and plaint rules in subpart E of part 1, the manufacturer or service provider §§ 1.7201.740. that is subject of the complaint within (a) Pleadings must be clear, concise, ten days after service of answer, unless and explicit. All matters concerning a otherwise directed by the Commission; claim, defense or requested remedy, in- (2) Be responsive to matters con- cluding damages, should be pleaded tained in the answer and shall not con- fully and with specificity. tain new matters. (b) Pleadings must contain facts which, if true, are sufficient to con- § 14.37 Review and disposition of institute a violation of the Act or Com- formal complaints. mission order or regulation, or a de- (a) The Commission will investigate fense to such alleged violation. the allegations in any informal com- (c) Facts must be supported by rel- plaint filed that satisfies the require- evant documentation or affidavit. ments of § 14.34(b) of this subpart, and, (d) Legal arguments must be sup- within 180 days after the date on which ported by appropriate judicial, Com- such complaint was filed with the Com- mission, or statutory authority. mission, issue an order finding whether (e) Opposing authorities must be dis- the manufacturer or service provider tinguished. that is the subject of the complaint violated section 255, 716, or 718 of the (f) Copies must be provided of all Act, or the Commission’s imple- non-Commission authorities relied menting rules, and provide a basis upon which are not routinely available therefore, unless such complaint is re- in national reporting systems, such as solved before that time. unpublished decisions or slip opinions (b) If the Commission determines in of courts or administrative agencies. an order issued pursuant to paragraph (g) Parties are responsible for the (a) of this section that the manufac- continuing accuracy and completeness turer or service provider violated sec- of all information and supporting au- tion 255, 716, or 718 of the Act, or the thority furnished in a pending com- Commission’s implementing rules, the plaint proceeding. Information sub- Commission may, in such order, or in a mitted, as well as relevant legal au- subsequent order: thorities, must be current and updated (1) Direct the manufacturer or serv- as necessary and in a timely manner at ice provider to bring the service, or in any time before a decision is rendered the case of a manufacturer, the next on the merits of the complaint. generation of the equipment or device, (h) All statements purporting to into compliance with the requirements summarize or explain Commission or- of section 255, 716, or 718 of the Act, and ders or policies must cite, in standard the Commission’s rules, within a rea- legal form, the Commission ruling sonable period of time; and upon which such statements are based. (2) Take such other enforcement ac- (i) Pleadings shall identify the name, tion as the Commission is authorized address, telephone number, and fac- and as it deems appropriate. simile transmission number for either (c) Any manufacturer or service pro- the filing party’s attorney or, where a vider that is the subject of an order party is not represented by an attor- issued pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of ney, the filing party. this section shall have a reasonable op- [76 FR 82389, Dec. 30, 2011, as amended at 83 portunity, as established by the Com- FR 44842, Sept. 4, 2018] mission, to comment on the Commis- sion’s proposed remedial action before the Commission issues a final order Subpart E—Internet Browsers Built with respect to that action. Into Telephones Used With Public Mobile Services. § 14.38 Formal complaints.

Formal complaint proceedings alleg- SOURCE: 78 FR 30230, May 22, 2013, unless ing a violation of 47 U.S.C. 255, 617, or otherwise noted.

878

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00888 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 15

§ 14.60 Applicability. (2) To make Internet content, appli- (a) This subpart E shall apply to a cations, or services accessible or usable manufacturer of a telephone used with (other than enabling individuals with public mobile services (as such term is disabilities to use an included browser defined in 47 U.S.C. 710(b)(4)(B)) that to access such content, applications, or includes an Internet browser in such services). telephone that is offered for sale or (b) Industry flexibility. A manufac- otherwise distributed in interstate turer or provider may satisfy the re- commerce, or a provider of mobile quirements of this subpart with respect services that arranges for the inclusion to such telephone or services by— of a browser in telephones to sell or (1) Ensuring that the telephone or otherwise distribute to customers in services that such manufacturer or interstate commerce. provider offers is accessible to and usa- (b) Only the following enumerated ble by individuals with disabilities provisions contained in this part 14 without the use of third-party applica- shall apply to this subpart E. tions, peripheral devices, software, (1) The limitations contained in § 14.2 hardware, or customer premises equip- shall apply to this subpart E. ment; or (2) The definitions contained in § 14.10 (2) Using third-party applications, pe- shall apply to this subpart E. ripheral devices, software, hardware, or (3) The product design, development customer premises equipment that is and evaluation provisions contained in available to the consumer at nominal § 14.20(b) shall apply to this subpart E. cost and that individuals with disabil- (4) The information, documentation, ities can access. and training provisions contained in § 14.20(d) shall apply to this subpart E. PART 15—RADIO FREQUENCY (5) The performance objectives provi- DEVICES sions contained in § 14.21(a), (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), Subpart A—General (b)(2)(iii), (b)(2)(vii), and (c) shall apply to this subpart E. Sec. 15.1 Scope of this part. (6) All of subpart D shall apply to 15.3 Definitions. this subpart E. 15.5 General conditions of operation. 15.7 [Reserved] § 14.61 Obligations with respect to 15.9 Prohibition against eavesdropping. internet browsers built into mobile 15.11 Cross reference. phones. 15.13 Incidental radiators. (a) Accessibility. If on or after October 15.15 General technical requirements. 8, 2013 a manufacturer of a telephone 15.17 Susceptibility to interference. used with public mobile services in- 15.19 Labeling requirements. cludes an Internet browser in such tele- 15.21 Information to user. 15.23 Home-built devices. phone, or if a provider of mobile serv- 15.25 Kits. ice arranges for the inclusion of a 15.27 Special accessories. browser in telephones to sell to cus- 15.29 Inspection by the Commission. tomers, the manufacturer or provider 15.31 Measurement standards. shall ensure that the functions of the 15.32 Test procedures for CPU boards and included browser (including the ability computer power supplies. to launch the browser) are accessible to 15.33 Frequency range of radiated measure- and usable by individuals who are blind ments. 15.35 Measurement detector functions and or have a visual impairment, unless bandwidths. doing so is not achievable, except that 15.37 Transition provisions for compliance this subpart shall not impose any re- with this part. quirement on such manufacturer or 15.38 Incorporation by reference. provider— (1) To make accessible or usable any Subpart B—Unintentional Radiators Internet browser other than a browser 15.101 Equipment authorization of uninten- that such manufacturer or provider in- tional radiators. cludes or arranges to include in the 15.102 CPU boards and power supplies used telephone; or in personal computers.

879

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00889 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 15 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

15.103 Exempted devices. 15.241 Operation in the band 174–216 MHz. 15.105 Information to the user. 15.242 Operation in the bands 174–216 MHz 15.107 Conducted limits. and 470–668 MHz. 15.109 Radiated emission limits. 15.243 Operation in the band 890–940 MHz. 15.111 Antenna power conduction limits for 15.245 Operation within the bands 902–928 receivers. MHz, 2435–2465 MHz, 5785–5815 MHz, 10500– 15.113 Power line carrier systems. 10550 MHz, and 24075–24175 MHz. 15.115 TV interface devices, including cable 15.247 Operation within the bands 902–928 system terminal devices. MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz. 15.117 TV broadcast receivers. 15.249 Operation within the bands 902–928 15.118 Cable ready consumer electronics MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, 5725–5875 MHz, and equipment. 24.0–24.25 GHz. 15.119 [Reserved] 15.250 Operation of wideband systems with- 15.120 Program blocking technology re- in the band 5925–7250 MHz. quirements for television receivers. 15.251 Operation within the bands 2.9–3.26 15.121 Scanning receivers and frequency GHz, 3.267–3.332 GHz, 3.339–3.3458 GHz, and converters used with scanning receivers. 3.358–3.6 GHz. 15.122 [Reserved] 15.252 Operation of wideband vehicular 15.123 Labeling of digital cable ready prod- radar systems within the band 23.12–29.0 ucts. GHz. 15.253 [Reserved] Subpart C—Intentional Radiators 15.255 Operation within the band 57–71 GHz. 15.256 Operation of level probing radars 15.201 Equipment authorization require- within the bands 5.925–7.250 GHz, 24.05– ment. 29.00 GHz, and 75–85 GHz. 15.202 Certified operating frequency range. 15.257 Operation within the band 92–95 GHz. 15.203 Antenna requirement. 15.258 Operation in the bands 116–123 GHz, 15.204 External radio frequency power am- 174.8–182 GHz, 185–190 GHz and 244–246 plifiers and antenna modifications. GHz. 15.205 Restricted bands of operation. 15.207 Conducted limits. Subpart D—Unlicensed Personal 15.209 Radiated emission limits; general re- Communications Service Devices quirements. 15.211 Tunnel radio systems. 15.301 Scope. 15.212 Modular transmitters. 15.303 Definitions. 15.213 Cable locating equipment. 15.305 Equipment authorization require- 15.214 Cordless telephones. ment. 15.307 [Reserved] RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS, ADDITIONAL 15.309 Cross reference. PROVISIONS 15.313 Measurement procedures. 15.215 Additional provisions to the general 15.315 Conducted limits. radiated emission limitations. 15.317 Antenna requirement. 15.216 [Reserved] 15.319 General technical requirements. 15.217 Operation in the band 160–190 kHz. 15.321 [Reserved] 15.323 Specific requirements for devices op- 15.219 Operation in the band 510–1705 kHz. 15.221 Operation in the band 525–1705 kHz. erating in the 1920–1930 MHz band. 15.223 Operation in the band 1.705–10 MHz. 15.225 Operation within the band 13.110– Subpart E—Unlicensed National 14.010 MHz. Information Infrastructure Devices 15.227 Operation within the band 26.96–27.28 15.401 Scope. MHz. 15.403 Definitions. 15.229 Operation within the band 40.66–40.70 15.405 Cross reference. MHz. 15.407 General technical requirements. 15.231 Periodic operation in the band 40.66– 40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz. Subpart F—Ultra-Wideband Operation 15.233 Operation within the bands 43.71–44.49 MHz, 46.60–46.98 MHz, 48.75–49.51 MHz and 15.501 Scope. 49.66–50.0 MHz. 15.503 Definitions. 15.235 Operation within the band 49.82–49.90 15.505 Cross reference. MHz. 15.507 Marketing of UWB equipment. 15.236 Operation of wireless microphones in 15.509 Technical requirements for ground the bands 54–72 MHz, 76–88 MHz, 174–216 penetrating radars and wall imaging sys- MHz, 470–608 MHz and 614–698 MHz. tems. 15.237 Operation in the bands 72.0–73.0 MHz, 15.510 Technical requirements for through- 74.6–74.8 MHz and 75.2–76.0 MHz. wall imaging systems. 15.239 Operation in the band 88–108 MHz. 15.511 Technical requirements for surveil- 15.240 Operation in the band 433.5–434.5 MHz. lance systems.

880

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00890 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.3

15.513 Technical requirements for medical less otherwise exempted from the li- imaging systems. censing requirements elsewhere in this 15.515 Technical requirements for vehicular chapter. radar systems. 15.517 Technical requirements for indoor (c) Unless specifically exempted, the UWB systems. operation or marketing of an inten- 15.519 Technical requirements for hand held tional or unintentional radiator that is UWB systems. not in compliance with the administra- 15.521 Technical requirements applicable to tive and technical provisions in this all UWB devices. part, including prior equipment au- 15.523 Measurement procedures. thorization, as appropriate, is prohib- 15.525 Coordination requirements. ited under section 302 of the Commu- Subpart G—Access Broadband Over nications Act of 1934, as amended, and Power Line (Access BPL) subpart I of part 2 of this chapter. The equipment authorization procedures 15.601 Scope. are detailed in subpart J of part 2 of 15.603 Definitions. this chapter. 15.605 Cross reference. 15.607 Equipment authorization of Access [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 82 BPL equipment. FR 50830, Nov. 2, 2017] 15.609 Marketing of Access BPL equipment. 15.611 General technical requirements. § 15.3 Definitions. 15.613 Measurement procedures. 15.615 General administrative requirements. (a) Auditory assistance device. An intentional radiator used to provide audi- Subpart H—White Space Devices tory assistance communications (in- 15.701 Scope. cluding but not limited to applications 15.703 Definitions. such as assistive listening, auricular 15.705 Cross reference. training, audio description for the 15.706 Information to the user. blind, and simultaneous language 15.707 Permissible channels of operation. translation) for: 15.709 General technical requirements. (1) Persons with disabilities: In the 15.711 Interference avoidance methods. 15.712 Interference protection requirements. context of part 15 rules (47 CFR part 15.713 White space database. 15), the term ‘‘disability,’’ with respect 15.714 White space database administration to the individual, has the meaning fees. given to it by section 3(2)(A) of the 15.715 White space database administrator. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 15.717 White space devices that rely on spec- (42 U.S.C. 12102(2)(A)), i.e., a physical or trum sensing. mental impairment that substantially AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304, 307, limits one or more of the major life ac- 336, 544a, and 549. tivities of such individuals; SOURCE: 54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, unless (2) Persons who require language otherwise noted. translation; or (3) Persons who may otherwise ben- Subpart A—General efit from auditory assistance communications in places of public gath- § 15.1 Scope of this part. erings, such as a church, theater, audi- (a) This part sets out the regulations torium, or educational institution. under which an intentional, uninten- (b) Biomedical telemetry device. An in- tional, or incidental radiator may be tentional radiator used to transmit operated without an individual license. measurements of either human or ani- It also contains the technical specifica- mal biomedical phenomena to a re- tions, administrative requirements and ceiver. other conditions relating to the mar- (c) Cable input selector switch. A trans- keting of part 15 devices. fer switch that is intended as a means (b) The operation of an intentional or to alternate between the reception of unintentional radiator that is not in broadcast signals via connection to an accordance with the regulations in this antenna and the reception of cable tel- part must be licensed pursuant to the evision service. provisions of section 301 of the Commu- (d) Cable locating equipment. An inten- nications Act of 1934, as amended, un- tional radiator used intermittently by

881

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00891 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.3 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

trained operators to locate buried ca- marketed for use by the general public bles, lines, pipes, and similar struc- or is intended to be used in the home. tures or elements. Operation entails (i) Class B digital device. A digital de- coupling a radio frequency signal onto vice that is marketed for use in a resi- the cable, pipes, etc. and using a re- dential environment notwithstanding ceiver to detect the location of that use in commercial, business and indus- structure or element. trial environments. Examples of such (e) Cable system terminal device devices include, but are not limited to, (CSTD). A TV interface device that personal computers, calculators, and serves, as its primary function, to con- similar electronic devices that are nect a cable system operated under marketed for use by the general public. part 76 of this chapter to a TV broad- NOTE: The responsible party may also qual- cast receiver or other subscriber ify a device intended to be marketed in a premise equipment. Any device which commercial, business or industrial environ- functions as a CSTD in one of its oper- ment as a Class B device, and in fact is en- ating modes must comply with the couraged to do so, provided the device com- technical requirements for such de- plies with the technical specifications for a vices when operating in that mode. Class B digital device. In the event that a (f) Carrier current system. A system, or particular type of device has been found to part of a system, that transmits radio repeatedly cause harmful interference to radio communications, the Commission may frequency energy by conduction over classify such a digital device as a Class B the electric power lines. A carrier cur- digital device, regardless of its intended use. rent system can be designed such that the signals are received by conduction (j) Cordless telephone system. A system directly from connection to the elec- consisting of two transceivers, one a tric power lines (unintentional radi- base station that connects to the pub- ator) or the signals are received over- lic switched telephone network and the the-air due to radiation of the radio other a mobile handset unit that com- frequency signals from the electric municates directly with the base sta- power lines (intentional radiator). tion. Transmissions from the mobile (g) CB receiver. Any receiver that op- unit are received by the base station erates in the Personal Radio Services and then placed on the public switched on frequencies designated for CB Radio telephone network. Information re- Service stations, as well as any received from the switched telephone ceiver provided with a separate band network is transmitted by the base sta- specifically designed to receive the tion to the mobile unit. transmissions of CB stations in the NOTE: The Domestic Public Cellular Radio Personal Radio Services. This includes Telecommunications Service is considered to the following: be part of the switched telephone network. (1) A CB receiver sold as a separate In addition, intercom and paging operations unit of equipment; are permitted provided these are not in- (2) The receiver section of a CB trans- tended to be the primary modes of operation. ceiver; (k) Digital device. (Previously defined (3) A converter to be used with any as a computing device). An uninten- receiver for the purpose of receiving CB tional radiator (device or system) that transmissions; and generates and uses timing signals or (4) A multiband receiver that in- pulses at a rate in excess of 9,000 pulses cludes a band labelled ‘‘CB’’ or ‘‘11- (cycles) per second and uses digital meter’’ in which such band can be sepa- techniques; inclusive of telephone rately selected, except that an Ama- equipment that uses digital techniques teur Radio Service receiver that was or any device or system that generates manufactured prior to January 1, 1960, and uses radio frequency energy for the and which includes an 11-meter band purpose of performing data processing shall not be considered to be a CB re- functions, such as electronic computa- ceiver. tions, operations, transformations, re- (h) Class A digital device. A digital de- cording, filing, sorting, storage, re- vice that is marketed for use in a com- trieval, or transfer. A radio frequency mercial, industrial or business environ- device that is specifically subject to an ment, exclusive of a device which is emanation requirement in any other

882

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00892 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.3

FCC Rule part or an intentional radi- nal to the digital device that connects ator subject to subpart C of this part the digital device to an external device that contains a digital device is not by wire or cable, and any circuit board subject to the standards for digital de- designed for interchangeable mount- vices, provided the digital device is ing, internally or externally, that in- used only to enable operation of the creases the operating or processing radio frequency device and the digital speed of a digital device, e.g., ‘‘turbo’’ device does not control additional cards and ‘‘enhancement’’ boards. Ex- functions or capabilities. amples of peripheral devices include NOTE: Computer terminals and peripherals terminals, printers, external floppy that are intended to be connected to a com- disk drives and other data storage de- puter are digital devices. vices, video monitors, keyboards, inter- (l) Field disturbance sensor. A device face boards, external memory expan- that establishes a radio frequency field sion cards, and other input/output de- in its vicinity and detects changes in vices that may or may not contain dig- that field resulting from the movement ital circuitry. This definition does not of persons or objects within its range. include CPU boards, as defined in para- (m) Harmful interference. Any emis- graph (bb) of this section, even though sion, radiation or induction that en- a CPU board may connect to an exter- dangers the functioning of a radio navi- nal keyboard or other components. gation service or of other safety serv- (s) Personal computer. An electronic ices or seriously degrades, obstructs or computer that is marketed for use in repeatedly interrupts a the home, notwithstanding business radiocommunications service operating applications. Such computers are con- in accordance with this chapter. sidered Class B digital devices. Com- (n) Incidental radiator. A device that puters which use a standard TV re- generates radio frequency energy dur- ceiver as a display device or meet all of ing the course of its operation al- the following conditions are considered though the device is not intentionally examples of personal computers: designed to generate or emit radio fre- (1) Marketed through a retail outlet quency energy. Examples of incidental or direct mail order catalog. radiators are dc motors, mechanical (2) Notices of sale or advertisements light switches, etc. are distributed or directed to the gen- (o) Intentional radiator. A device that eral public or hobbyist users rather intentionally generates and emits than restricted to commercial users. radio frequency energy by radiation or (3) Operates on a battery or 120 volt induction. electrical supply. (p) Kit. Any number of electronic parts, usually provided with a sche- If the responsible party can dem- matic diagram or printed circuit board, onstrate that because of price or per- which, when assembled in accordance formance the computer is not suitable with instructions, results in a device for residential or hobbyist use, it may subject to the regulations in this part, request that the computer be consid- even if additional parts of any type are ered to fall outside of the scope of this required to complete assembly. definition for personal computers. (q) Perimeter protection system. A field (t) Power line carrier systems. An unin- disturbance sensor that employs RF tentional radiator employed as a car- transmission lines as the radiating rier current system used by an electric source. These RF transmission lines power utility entity on transmission are installed in such a manner that al- lines for protective relaying, telem- lows the system to detect movement etry, etc. for general supervision of the within the protected area. power system. The system operates by (r) Peripheral device. An input/output the transmission of radio frequency en- unit of a system that feeds data into ergy by conduction over the electric and/or receives data from the central power transmission lines of the system. processing unit of a digital device. Pe- The system does not include those elec- ripherals to a digital device include tric lines which connect the distribu- any device that is connected external tion substation to the customer or to the digital device, any device inter- house wiring.

883

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00893 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.3 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(u) Radio frequency (RF) energy. Elec- (aa) Cable ready consumer electronics tromagnetic energy at any frequency equipment. Consumer electronics TV re- in the radio spectrum between 9 kHz ceiving devices, including TV receivers, and 3,000,000 MHz. videocassette recorders and similar de- (v) Scanning receiver. For the purpose vices, that incorporate a tuner capable of this part, this is a receiver that of receiving television signals and an automatically switches among two or input terminal intended for receiving more frequencies in the range of 30 to cable television service, and are mar- 960 MHz and that is capable of stopping keted as ‘‘cable ready’’ or ‘‘cable com- at and receiving a radio signal detected patible.’’ Such equipment shall comply on a frequency. Receivers designed with the technical standards specified solely for the reception of the broad- in § 15.118 and the provisions of cast signals under part 73 of this chap- § 15.19(d). ter, for the reception of NOAA broad- (bb) CPU board. A circuit board that cast weather band signals, or for oper- contains a microprocessor, or fre- ation as part of a licensed service are quency determining circuitry for the not included in this definition. microprocessor, the primary function (w) Television (TV) broadcast receiver. of which is to execute user-provided A device designed to receive television programming, but not including: pictures that are broadcast simulta- (1) A circuit board that contains only neously with sound on the television a microprocessor intended to operate channels authorized under part 73 of under the primary control or instruc- this chapter. tion of a microprocessor external to (x) Transfer switch. A device used to such a circuit board; or alternate between the reception of (2) A circuit board that is a dedicated over-the-air radio frequency signals via controller for a storage or input/output connection to an antenna and the re- device. ception of radio frequency signals re- (cc) External radio frequency power ceived by any other method, such as amplifier. A device which is not an inte- from a TV interface device. gral part of an intentional radiator as (y) TV interface device. An uninten- manufactured and which, when used in tional radiator that produces or trans- conjunction with an intentional radi- lates in frequency a radio frequency ator as a signal source, is capable of carrier modulated by a video signal de- amplifying that signal. rived from an external or internal sig- (dd) Test equipment is defined as nal source, and which feeds the modu- equipment that is intended primarily lated radio frequency energy by con- for purposes of performing measure- duction to the antenna terminals or ments or scientific investigations. other non-baseband input connections Such equipment includes, but is not of a television broadcast receiver. A TV limited to, field strength meters, spec- interface device may include a stand- trum analyzers, and modulation mon- alone RF modulator, or a composite de- itors. vice consisting of an RF modulator, (ee) Radar detector. A receiver de- video source and other components designed to signal the presence of radio vices. Examples of TV interface devices signals used for determining the speed are video cassette recorders and ter- of motor vehicles. This definition does minal devices attached to a cable sys- not encompass the receiver incor- tem or used with a Master Antenna (in- porated within a radar transceiver cer- cluding those used for central distribu- tified under the Commission’s rules. tion video devices in apartment or of- (ff) Access Broadband over Power Line fice buildings). (Access BPL). A carrier current system (z) Unintentional radiator. A device installed and operated on an electric that intentionally generates radio fre- utility service as an unintentional ra- quency energy for use within the de- diator that sends radio frequency en- vice, or that sends radio frequency sig- ergy on frequencies between 1.705 MHz nals by conduction to associated equip- and 80 MHz over medium voltage lines ment via connecting wiring, but which or over low voltage lines to provide is not intended to emit RF energy by broadband communications and is lo- radiation or induction. cated on the supply side of the utility

884

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00894 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.3

service’s points of interconnection with user premises. In-House BPL devices customer premises. Access BPL does may establish closed networks within a not include power line carrier systems user’s premises or provide connections as defined in § 15.3(t) or In-House BPL to Access BPL networks, or both. as defined in § 15.3(gg). (hh) Slant-Range distance. Diagonal (gg) In-House Broadband over Power distance measured from the center of Line (In-House BPL). A carrier current the measurement antenna to the near- system, operating as an unintentional est point of the overhead power line radiator, that sends radio frequency carrying the Access BPL signal being energy by conduction over electric measured. This distance is equal to the power lines that are not owned, operated or controlled by an electric serv- hypotenuse of the right triangle as cal- ice provider. The electric power lines culated in the formula below. The may be aerial (overhead), underground, slant-range distance shall be cal- or inside the walls, floors or ceilings of culated as follows:

Where: overhead power line carrying the BPL signals down to the height of the meas- dslant is the slant-range distance, in meters (see Figure 1, below); urement antenna, in meters; h is the height of the power line, in d is the horizontal (lateral) distance be- pwr—line h meters; and tween the center of the measurement an- hant is the measurement antenna height, in tenna and the vertical projection of the meters.

885

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00895 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR ER21NO11.002 ER21NO11.003 § 15.5 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Dslant is the slant-range distance, in meters; (d) Intentional radiators that Dh is the horizontal (lateral) distance be- produce Class B emissions (damped tween the center of the measurement an- wave) are prohibited. tenna and the vertical projection of the overhead power line carrying the BPL [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 75 signals down to the height of the meas- FR 63031, Oct. 13, 2010] urement antenna, in meters; Dlimit is the distance at which the emission § 15.7 [Reserved] limit is specified in Part 15 (e.g., 30 meters for frequencies below 30 MHz); § 15.9 Prohibition against eaves- Hpwr—line is the height of the power line, in dropping. meters; and Except for the operations of law en- Hant is the measurement antenna height, in forcement officers conducted under meters. (ii) Level Probing Radar (LPR): A lawful authority, no person shall use, short-range radar transmitter used in a either directly or indirectly, a device operated pursuant to the provisions of wide range of applications to measure this part for the purpose of overhearing the amount of various substances, or recording the private conversations mostly liquids or granulates. LPR of others unless such use is authorized equipment may operate in open-air en- by all of the parties engaging in the vironments or inside an enclosure con- conversation. taining the substance being measured. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 § 15.11 Cross reference. FR 18340, May 2, 1990; 57 FR 33448, July 29, The provisions of subparts A, H, I, J 1992; 59 FR 25340, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 31048, and K of part 2 apply to intentional June 19, 1996; 62 FR 26242, May 13, 1997; 64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999; 65 FR 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; and unintentional radiators, in addi- 66 FR 32582, June 15, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July tion to the provisions of this part. 29, 2002; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005; 76 FR 71907, Also, a cable system terminal device Nov. 21, 2011; 78 FR 34927, June 11, 2013; 79 FR and a cable input selector switch shall 12677, Mar. 6, 2014; 82 FR 41103, Aug. 29, 2017] be subject to the relevant provisions of part 76 of this chapter. § 15.5 General conditions of operation. (a) Persons operating intentional or § 15.13 Incidental radiators. unintentional radiators shall not be Manufacturers of these devices shall deemed to have any vested or recogniz- employ good engineering practices to able right to continued use of any minimize the risk of harmful inter- given frequency by virtue of prior reg- ference. istration or certification of equipment, or, for power line carrier systems, on § 15.15 General technical require- the basis of prior notification of use ments. pursuant to § 90.35(g) of this chapter. (a) An intentional or unintentional (b) Operation of an intentional, unin- radiator shall be constructed in accord- tentional, or incidental radiator is sub- ance with good engineering design and ject to the conditions that no harmful manufacturing practice. Emanations interference is caused and that inter- from the device shall be suppressed as ference must be accepted that may be much as practicable, but in no case caused by the operation of an author- shall the emanations exceed the levels ized radio station, by another inten- specified in these rules. tional or unintentional radiator, by in- (b) Except as follows, an intentional dustrial, scientific and medical (ISM) or unintentional radiator must be con- equipment, or by an incidental radi- structed such that the adjustments of ator. any control that is readily accessible (c) The operator of a radio frequency by or intended to be accessible to the device shall be required to cease oper- user will not cause operation of the de- ating the device upon notification by a vice in violation of the regulations. Ac- Commission representative that the cess BPL equipment shall comply with device is causing harmful interference. the applicable standards at the control Operation shall not resume until the adjustment that is employed. The condition causing the harmful inter- measurement report used in support of ference has been corrected. an application for Certification and the

886

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00896 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.19

user instructions for Access BPL equip- § 15.19 Labeling requirements. ment shall clearly specify the user-or (a) In addition to the requirements in installer-control settings that are re- part 2 of this chapter, a device subject quired for conformance with these reg- to certification, or Supplier’s Declara- ulations. tion of Conformity shall be labeled as (c) Parties responsible for equipment follows: compliance should note that the limits (1) Receivers associated with the op- specified in this part will not prevent eration of a licensed radio service, e.g., harmful interference under all cir- FM broadcast under part 73 of this cumstances. Since the operators of chapter, land mobile operation under part 15 devices are required to cease op- part 90 of this chapter, etc., shall bear eration should harmful interference the following statement in a con- occur to authorized users of the radio spicuous location on the device: frequency spectrum, the parties responsible for equipment compliance are This device complies with part 15 of the encouraged to employ the minimum FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the condi- field strength necessary for commu- tion that this device does not cause harmful interference. nications, to provide greater attenuation of unwanted emissions than re- (2) A stand-alone cable input selector quired by these regulations, and to ad- switch, shall bear the following state- vise the user as to how to resolve ment in a conspicuous location on the harmful interference problems (for ex- device: ample, see § 15.105(b)). This device complies with part 15 of the [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 70 FCC Rules for use with cable television serv- FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] ice. (3) All other devices shall bear the § 15.17 Susceptibility to interference. following statement in a conspicuous (a) Parties responsible for equipment location on the device: compliance are advised to consider the This device complies with part 15 of the proximity and the high power of non- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- Government licensed radio stations, lowing two conditions: (1) This device may such as broadcast, amateur, land mo- not cause harmful interference, and (2) this bile, and non-geostationary mobile sat- device must accept any interference re- ellite feeder link earth stations, and of ceived, including interference that may U.S. Government radio stations, which cause undesired operation. could include high-powered radar sys- (4) Where a device is constructed in tems, when choosing operating fre- two or more sections connected by quencies during the design of their wires and marketed together, the equipment so as to reduce the suscepti- statement specified under paragraph bility for receiving harmful inter- (a) of this section is required to be af- ference. Information on non-Govern- fixed only to the main control unit. ment use of the spectrum can be ob- (5) When the device is so small or for tained by consulting the Table of Fre- such use that it is impracticable to quency Allocations in § 2.106 of this label it with the statement specified chapter. under paragraph (a) of this section in a (b) Information on U.S. Government font that is four-point or larger, and operations can be obtained by con- the device does not have a display that tacting: Director, Spectrum Plans and can show electronic labeling, then the Policy, National Telecommunications information required by this paragraph and Information Administration, De- shall be placed in the user manual and partment of Commerce, Room 4096, must also either be placed on the de- Washington, DC 20230. vice packaging or on a removable label attached to the device. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 (b)–(c) [Reserved] FR 4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 63 FR 40835, July 31, 1998] (d) Consumer electronics TV receiving devices, including TV receivers,

887

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00897 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.21 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

videocassette recorders, and similar de- and are built in quantities of five or vices, that incorporate features in- less for personal use. tended to be used with cable television (b) It is recognized that the indi- service, but do not fully comply with vidual builder of home-built equipment the technical standards for cable ready may not possess the means to perform equipment set forth in § 15.118, shall the measurements for determining not be marketed with terminology that compliance with the regulations. In describes the device as ‘‘cable ready’’ this case, the builder is expected to em- or ‘‘cable compatible,’’ or that other- ploy good engineering practices to wise conveys the impression that the meet the specified technical standards device is fully compatible with cable to the greatest extent practicable. The service. Factual statements about the provisions of § 15.5 apply to this equip- various features of a device that are in- ment. tended for use with cable service or the quality of such features are acceptable § 15.25 Kits. so long as such statements do not A TV interface device, including a imply that the device is fully compat- cable system terminal device, which is ible with cable service. Statements re- marketed as a kit shall comply with lating to product features are generally the following requirements: acceptable where they are limited to (a) All parts necessary for the assem- one or more specific features of a de- bled device to comply with the tech- vice, rather than the device as a whole. nical requirements of this part must be This requirement applies to consumer supplied with the kit. No mechanism TV receivers, videocassette recorders for adjustment that can cause oper- and similar devices manufactured or ation in violation of the requirements imported for sale in this country on or of this part shall be made accessible to after October 31, 1994. the builder. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 59 (b) At least two units of the kit shall FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, be assembled in exact accordance with 1996; 61 FR 31048, June 19, 1996; 62 FR 41881, the instructions supplied with the Aug. 4, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 65 FR product to be marketed. If all compo- 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; 68 FR 66733, Nov. 28, 2003; nents required to fully complete the 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003; 82 FR 50830, Nov. 2, kit (other than those specified in para- 2017] graph (a) of this section that are need- § 15.21 Information to user. ed for compliance with the technical provisions and must be included with The users manual or instruction the kit) are not normally furnished manual for an intentional or uninten- with the kit, assembly shall be made tional radiator shall caution the user using the recommended components. that changes or modifications not ex- The assembled units shall be certified pressly approved by the party respon- or authorized under Supplier’s Declara- sible for compliance could void the tion of Conformity, as appropriate, user’s authority to operate the equip- pursuant to the requirements of this ment. In cases where the manual is part. provided only in a form other than (1) The measurement data required paper, such as on a computer disk or for a TV interface device subject to over the Internet, the information re- certification shall be obtained for each quired by this section may be included of the two units and submitted with an in the manual in that alternative form, application for certification pursuant provided the user can reasonably be ex- to subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. pected to have the capability to access (2) The measurement data required information in that form. for a TV interface device subject to [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 Supplier’s Declaration of Conformity FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003] shall be obtained for the units tested and retained on file pursuant to the § 15.23 Home-built devices. provisions of subpart J of part 2 of this (a) Equipment authorization is not chapter. required for devices that are not mar- (c) A copy of the exact instructions keted, are not constructed from a kit, that will be provided for assembly of

888

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00898 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.27

the device shall be submitted with an authorization or retained in the Sup- application for certification. Those plier’s Declaration of Conformity parts that are not normally furnished records, as appropriate. The party re- shall be detailed in the application for sponsible for the equipment, as de- certification. tailed in § 2.909 of this chapter, shall (d) In lieu of the label required by ensure that these special accessories § 15.19, the following label, along with are provided with the equipment. The the label bearing the FCC identifier instruction manual for such devices and other information specified in shall include appropriate instructions §§ 2.925 and 2.926, shall be included in on the first page of the text concerned the kit with instructions to the builder with the installation of the device that that it shall be attached to the com- these special accessories must be used pleted kit: with the device. It is the responsibility of the user to use the needed special ac- (Name of Grantee) cessories supplied with the equipment. (FCC Identifier) In cases where the manual is provided only in a form other than paper, such This device can be expected to comply with as on a computer disk or over the part 15 of the FCC Rules provided it is as- Internet, the information required by sembled in exact accordance with the in- this section may be included in the structions provided with this kit. Operation is subject to the following conditions: (1) manual in that alternative form, pro- This device may not cause harmful inter- vided the user can reasonably be ex- ference, and (2) this device must accept any pected to have the capability to access interference received including interference information in that form. that may cause undesired operation. (b) If a device requiring special acces- (e) For the purpose of this section, sories is installed by or under the su- circuit boards used as repair parts for pervision of the party marketing the the replacement of electrically iden- device, it is the responsibility of that tical defective circuit boards are not party to install the equipment using considered to be kits. the special accessories. For equipment requiring professional installation, it is [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989,as amended at 63 not necessary for the responsible party FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 82 FR 50830, Nov. 2, to market the special accessories with 2017] the equipment. However, the need to § 15.27 Special accessories. use the special accessories must be detailed in the instruction manual, and it (a) Equipment marketed to a con- is the responsibility of the installer to sumer must be capable of complying provide and to install the required ac- with the necessary regulations in the cessories. configuration in which the equipment is marketed. Where special accessories, (c) Accessory items that can be read- such as shielded cables and/or special ily obtained from multiple retail out- connectors, are required to enable an lets are not considered to be special ac- unintentional or intentional radiator cessories and are not required to be to comply with the emission limits in marketed with the equipment. The this part, the equipment must be mar- manual included with the equipment keted with, i.e., shipped and sold with, must specify what additional compo- those special accessories. However, in nents or accessories are required to be lieu of shipping or packaging the spe- used in order to ensure compliance cial accessories with the unintentional with this part, and it is the responsi- or intentional radiator, the responsible bility of the user to provide and use party may employ other methods of en- those components and accessories. suring that the special accessories are (d) The resulting system, including provided to the consumer, without ad- any accessories or components mar- ditional charge, at the time of pur- keted with the equipment, must com- chase. Information detailing any alter- ply with the regulations. native method used to supply the spe- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 cial accessories shall be included in the FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003; 82 FR 50831, Nov. 2, application for a grant of equipment 2017]

889

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00899 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.29 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 15.29 Inspection by the Commission. (1) FCC/OET MP–2: Measurement of UHF Noise Figures of TV Receivers. (a) Any equipment or device subject (2) Unlicensed Personal Communica- to the provisions of this part, together tions Service (UPCS) devices are to be with any certificate, notice of registra- measured for compliance using ANSI tion or any technical data required to C63.17–2013: ‘‘American National Stand- be kept on file by the operator, sup- ard Methods of Measurement of the plier or party responsible for compli- Electromagnetic and Operational Com- ance of the device shall be made avail- patibility of Unlicensed Personal Com- able for inspection by a Commission munications Services (UPCS) Devices’’ representative upon reasonable re- (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). quest. (3) Other intentional radiators are to (b) The owner or operator of a radio be measured for compliance using the frequency device subject to this part following procedure: ANSI C63.10–2013 shall promptly furnish to the Commis- (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). sion or its representative such informa- (4) Unintentional radiators are to be tion as may be requested concerning measured for compliance using the fol- the operation of the radio frequency lowing procedure excluding clauses device. 4.5.3, 4.6, 6.2.13, 8.2.2, 9, and 13: ANSI (c) The party responsible for the com- C63.4–2014 (incorporated by reference, pliance of any device subject to this see § 15.38). part shall promptly furnish to the NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (a)(4): Digital devices Commission or its representatives such tested to show compliance with the provi- information as may be requested con- sions of § 15.109(g)(2) must be tested following cerning the operation of the device, in- the ANSI C63.4–2014 procedure described in cluding a copy of any measurements paragraph (a)(4) of this section. made for obtaining an equipment au- (b) All parties making compliance thorization or demonstrating compli- measurements on equipment subject to ance with the regulations. the requirements of this part are urged (d) The Commission, from time to to use these measurement procedures. time, may request the party respon- Any party using other procedures sible for compliance, including an im- should ensure that such other proce- porter, to submit to the FCC Labora- dures can be relied on to produce meas- tory in Columbia, Maryland, various urement results compatible with the equipment to determine that the equip- FCC measurement procedures. The de- ment continues to comply with the ap- scription of the measurement proce- plicable standards. Shipping costs to dure used in testing the equipment for the Commission’s Laboratory and re- compliance and a list of the test equip- turn shall be borne by the responsible ment actually employed shall be made party. Testing by the Commission will part of an application for certification be performed using the measurement or included with the data required to procedure(s) that was in effect at the be retained by the party responsible for time the equipment was authorized. devices authorized pursuant to Sup- plier’s Declaration of Conformity. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 82 (c) Except as otherwise indicated in FR 50831, Nov. 2, 2017] § 15.256, for swept frequency equipment, measurements shall be made with the § 15.31 Measurement standards. frequency sweep stopped at those fre- (a) The following measurement pro- quencies chosen for the measurements cedures are used by the Commission to to be reported. determine compliance with the tech- (d) Field strength measurements nical requirements in this part. Except shall be made, to the extent possible, where noted, copies of these procedures on an open area test site. Test sites are available from the Commission’s other than open area test sites may be current duplicating contractor whose employed if they are properly cali- name and address are available from brated so that the measurement results the Commission’s Consumer and Gov- correspond to what would be obtained ernmental Affairs Bureau at 1–888– from an open area test site. In the case CALL-FCC (1–888–225–5322). of equipment for which measurements

890

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00900 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.31

can be performed only at the installa- extrapolation factor of 20 dB/decade tion site, such as perimeter protection (inverse linear-distance for field systems, carrier current systems, and strength measurements; inverse-linear- systems employing a ‘‘leaky’’ coaxial distance-squared for power density cable as an antenna, measurements for measurements). Supplier’s Declaration of Conformity (2) At frequencies below 30 MHz, or for obtaining a grant of equipment measurements may be performed at a authorization shall be performed at a distance closer than that specified in minimum of three installations that the regulations; however, an attempt can be demonstrated to be representa- should be made to avoid making meas- tive of typical installation sites. urements in the near field. Pending the (e) For intentional radiators, meas- development of an appropriate measurements of the variation of the input urement procedure for measurements power or the radiated signal level of performed below 30 MHz, when per- the fundamental frequency component forming measurements at a closer dis- of the emission, as appropriate, shall be performed with the supply voltage tance than specified, the results shall varied between 85% and 115% of the be extrapolated to the specified dis- nominal rated supply voltage. For bat- tance by either making measurements tery operated equipment, the equip- at a minimum of two distances on at ment tests shall be performed using a least one radial to determine the prop- new battery. er extrapolation factor or by using the (f) To the extent practicable, the de- square of an inverse linear distance ex- vice under test shall be measured at trapolation factor (40 dB/decade). This the distance specified in the appro- paragraph (f) shall not apply to Access priate rule section. The distance speci- BPL devices operating below 30 MHz. fied corresponds to the horizontal dis- (3) For Access BPL devices operating tance between the measurement an- below 30 MHz, measurements shall be tenna and the closest point of the performed at the 30-meter reference equipment under test, support equip- distance specified in the regulations ment or interconnecting cables as de- whenever possible. Measurements may termined by the boundary defined by be performed at a distance closer than an imaginary straight line periphery that specified in the regulations if cir- describing a simple geometric configu- cumstances such as high ambient noise ration enclosing the system containing levels or geographic limitations are the equipment under test. The equip- present. When performing measurement under test, support equipment ments at a distance which is closer and any interconnecting cables shall be than specified, the field strength re- included within this boundary. sults shall be extrapolated to the speci- (1) At frequencies at or above 30 MHz, fied distance by using the square of an measurements may be performed at a inverse linear distance extrapolation distance other than what is specified factor (i.e., 40 dB/decade) in conjunc- provided: measurements are not made tion with the slant-range distance de- in the near field except where it can be fined in § 15.3(hh) of this part. As an al- shown that near field measurements are appropriate due to the characteris- ternative, a site-specific extrapolation tics of the device; and it can be dem- factor derived from a straight line best onstrated that the signal levels needed fit of measurements of field strength in μ to be measured at the distance em- dB V/m vs. logarithmic distance in me- ployed can be detected by the measure- ters for each carrier frequency, as de- ment equipment. Measurements shall termined by a linear least squares re- not be performed at a distance greater gression calculation from measure- than 30 meters unless it can be further ments for at least four distances from demonstrated that measurements at a the power line, may be used. Compli- distance of 30 meters or less are im- ance measurements for Access BPL and practical. When performing measure- the use of site-specific extrapolation ments at a distance other than that factors shall be made in accordance specified, the results shall be extrapo- with the Measurement Guidelines for lated to the specified distance using an Access BPL systems specified by the

891

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00901 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.31 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Commission. Site-specific determina- leads may be employed if necessary to tion of the distance extrapolation fac- interconnect to associated peripherals. tor shall not be used at locations where (h) A composite system, as defined in a ground conductor is present within 30 § 2.947(f) of this chapter, that incor- meters if the Access BPL signals are on porates a carrier current system shall the neutral/grounded line of a power be tested as if the carrier current sys- system. tem were incorporated in a separate de- (4) The applicant for a grant of cer- vice; that is, the device shall be tested tification shall specify the extrapo- for compliance with whatever rules lation method used in the application would apply to the device were the car- filed with the Commission. For equip- rier current system not incorporated, ment subject to Supplier’s Declaration and the carrier current system shall be of Conformity, this information shall tested for compliance with the rules be retained with the measurement applicable to carrier current systems. data. (i) If the device under test provides (5) When measurement distances of 30 for the connection of external acces- meters or less are specified in the regu- sories, including external electrical lations, the Commission will test the input signals, the device shall be tested equipment at the distance specified un- with the accessories attached. The de- less measurement at that distance re- vice under test shall be fully exercised sults in measurements being performed with these external accessories. The in the near field. When measurement emission tests shall be performed with the device and accessories configured distances of greater than 30 meters are in a manner that tends to produce specified in the regulations, the Com- maximized emissions within the range mission will test the equipment at a of variations that can be expected closer distance, usually 30 meters, ex- under normal operating conditions. In trapolating the measured field strength the case of multiple accessory external to the specified distance using the ports, an external accessory shall be methods shown in this section. connected to one of each type of port. (6) Measurements shall be performed Only one test using peripherals or ex- at a sufficient number of radials ternal accessories that are representa- around the equipment under test to de- tive of the devices that will be em- termine the radial at which the field ployed with the equipment under test strength values of the radiated emis- is required. All possible equipment sions are maximized. The maximum combinations do not need to be tested. field strength at the frequency being The accessories or peripherals con- measured shall be reported in the nected to the device being tested shall equipment authorization report. This be unmodified, commercially available paragraph shall not apply to Access equipment. BPL equipment on overhead medium (j) If the equipment under test con- voltage lines. In lieu thereof, the meas- sists of a central control unit and an urement guidelines established by the external or internal accessory(ies) (pe- Commission for Access BPL shall be ripheral) and the party declaring com- followed. pliance of the equipment or applying (g) Equipment under test shall be po- for a grant of equipment authorization sitioned and adjusted, using those con- manufactures or assembles the central trols that are readily accessible to or control unit and at least one of the ac- are intended to be accessible to the cessory devices that can be used with consumer, in such a manner as to that control unit, testing of the con- maximize the level of the emissions. trol unit and/or the accessory(ies) must For those devices to which wire leads be performed using the devices manu- may be attached by the operator, tests factured or assembled by that party, in shall be performed with wire leads at- addition to any other needed devices tached. The wire leads shall be of the which the party does not manufacture length to be used with the equipment if or assemble. If the party declaring that length is known. Otherwise, wire compliance of the equipment or apply- leads one meter in length shall be ating for a grant of equipment authoriza- tached to the equipment. Longer wire tion does not manufacture or assemble

892

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00902 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.31

the central control unit and at least with the device operating at the num- one of the accessory devices that can ber of frequencies in each band speci- be used with that control unit or the fied in the following table: party can demonstrate that the central control unit or accessory(ies) normally Number Frequency range over of fre- Location in the range of would be marketed or used with equip- which device operates quen- operation ment from a different entity, testing of cies the central control unit and/or the ac- 1 MHz or less ...... 1 Middle. cessory(ies) must be performed using 1 to 10 MHz ...... 2 1 near top and 1 near the specific combination of equipment bottom. which is intended to be marketed or More than 10 MHz ...... 3 1 near top, 1 near middle and 1 near bot- used together. Only one test using pe- tom. ripherals or accessories that are representative of the devices that will be (n) Measurements on TV broadcast employed with the equipment under receivers shall be performed with the test is required. All possible equipment receiver tuned to each VHF frequency combinations are not required to be and also shall include the following os- tested. The accessories or peripherals cillator frequencies: 520, 550, 600, 650, connected to the device being tested 700, 750, 800, 850, 900 and 931 MHz. If shall be unmodified, commercially measurements cannot be made on one available equipment. or more of the latter UHF frequencies (k) Composite systems (i.e., systems because of the presence of signals from that incorporate different devices con- licensed radio stations or for other rea- tained in a single enclosure or in sepa- sons to be detailed in the measurement rate enclosures connected by wire or report, measurements shall be made cable) shall be measured for compli- with the receiver oscillator at a nearby ance with the technical standards of frequency. If the receiver is not capa- this part in accordance with the proce- ble of receiving channels above 806 dures in § 2.947(f) of this chapter. For MHz, the measurements employing the digital devices that consist of a com- oscillator frequencies 900 and 931 MHz bination of Class A and Class B devices, may be omitted. the total combination of which results in a Class A digital device, it is only (o) The amplitude of spurious emis- necessary to demonstrate that the sions from intentional radiators and equipment combination complies with emissions from unintentional radiators the limits for a Class A device. This which are attenuated more than 20 dB equipment combination may not be below the permissible value need not employed for obtaining a grant of be reported unless specifically required equipment authorization or declaring elsewhere in this part. compliance of a Class B digital device. (p) In those cases where the provi- However, if the digital device combina- sions in this section conflict with the tion consists of a Class B central con- measurement procedures in paragraph trol unit, e.g., a personal computer, and (a) of this section and the procedures a Class A internal peripheral(s), it were implemented after June 23, 1989, must be demonstrated that the Class B the provisions contained in the meas- central control unit continues to com- urement procedures shall take prece- ply with the limits for a Class B digital dence. device with the Class A internal pe- (q) As an alternative to § 15.256, a ripheral(s) installed but not active. level probing radar (LPR) may be cer- (l) Measurements of radio frequency tified as an intentional radiator by emissions conducted to the public util- showing compliance with the general ity power lines shall be performed provisions for operation under part 15 using a 50 ohm/50 uH line-impedance subpart C of this chapter, provided that stabilization network (LISN). the device is tested in accordance with (m) Measurements on intentional ra- the provisions in either paragraphs diators or receivers, other than TV (q)(1) or (2) of this section. Compliance broadcast receivers, shall be performed with the general provisions for an in- and, if required, reported for each band tentional radiator may require compli- in which the device can be operated ance with other rules in this part, e.g.,

893

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00903 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.32 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§§ 15.5, 15.31, and 15.35, etc., when ref- § 15.33 Frequency range of radiated erenced. measurements. (1) An LPR device intended for in- (a) For an intentional radiator, the stallation inside metal and concrete spectrum shall be investigated from enclosures may show compliance for radiated emissions when measured out- the lowest radio frequency signal gen- side a representative enclosure with erated in the device, without going the LPR installed inside, in accordance below 9 kHz, up to at least the fre- with the measurement guidelines es- quency shown in this paragraph: tablished by the Commission for these (1) If the intentional radiator oper- devices. LPR devices operating inside ates below 10 GHz: to the tenth har- these types of enclosures shall ensure monic of the highest fundamental fre- that the enclosure is closed when the quency or to 40 GHz, whichever is radar device is operating. Care shall be lower. taken to ensure that gaskets, flanges, (2) If the intentional radiator oper- and other openings are sealed to elimi- ates at or above 10 GHz and below 30 nate signal leakage outside of the GHz: to the fifth harmonic of the high- structure. The responsible party shall est fundamental frequency or to 100 take reasonable steps to ensure that GHz, whichever is lower. LPR devices intended for use in these (3) If the intentional radiator oper- types of enclosures shall not be in- ates at or above 30 GHz: to the fifth stalled in open-air environments or in- harmonic of the highest fundamental side enclosures with lower radio-fre- frequency or to 200 GHz, whichever is quency attenuating characteristics lower, unless specified otherwise else- (e.g., fiberglass, plastic, etc.). An LPR where in the rules. device approved under this subsection (4) If the intentional radiator oper- may only be operated in the type of en- ates at or above 95 GHz: To the third closure for which it was approved. (2) Except as provided in paragraph harmonic of the highest fundamental (q)(1) of this section, an LPR device frequency or to 750 GHz, whichever is shall be placed in testing positions that lower, unless specified otherwise else- ensure the field strength values of the where in the rules. radiated emissions are maximized, in- (5) If the intentional radiator con- cluding in the main beam of the LPR tains a digital device, regardless of antenna. whether this digital device controls the functions of the intentional radiator or [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 the digital device is used for additional FR 13083, Mar. 29, 1991; 57 FR 24990, June 12, 1992; 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 37430, control or function purposes other than July 12, 1993; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 61 FR to enable the operation of the inten- 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 FR 41881, Aug. 4, 1997; 62 tional radiator, the frequency range FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, shall be investigated up to the range 1998; 63 FR 42278, Aug. 7, 1998; 65 FR 58466, specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR (4) of this section or the range applica- 54034, Sept. 7, 2004; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005; 76 ble to the digital device, as shown in FR 71908, Nov. 21, 2011; 77 FR 4913, Feb. 1, 2012; 77 FR 43013, July 23, 2012; 79 FR 12677, paragraph (b)(1) of this section, which- Mar. 6, 2014; 80 FR 2838, Jan. 21, 2015; 80 FR ever is the higher frequency range of 33447, June 12, 2015; 82 FR 50831, Nov. 2, 2017] investigation. (b) For unintentional radiators: § 15.32 Test procedures for CPU (1) Except as otherwise indicated in boards and computer power supplies. paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, for an unintentional radiator, in- Power supplies and CPU boards used cluding a digital device, the spectrum with personal computers and for which shall be investigated from the lowest separate authorizations are required to radio frequency signal generated or be obtained shall be tested in accord- used in the device, without going below ance with the specific procedures pub- the lowest frequency for which a radi- lished or otherwise authorized by the ated emission limit is specified, up to Commission. the frequency shown in the following [82 FR 50832, Nov. 2, 2017] table:

894

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00904 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.35

Highest frequency generated measurement range specified for the or used in the device or on Upper frequency of measure- digital device in paragraph (b)(1) of which the device operates or ment range (MHz) tunes (MHz) this section. (c) The above specified frequency Below 1.705 ...... 30. 1.705–108 ...... 1000. ranges of measurements apply to the 108–500 ...... 2000. measurement of radiated emissions 500–1000 ...... 5000. and, in the case of receivers, the meas- Above 1000 ...... 5th harmonic of the highest urement to demonstrate compliance frequency or 40 GHz, whichever is lower. with the antenna conduction limits specified in § 15.111. The frequency (2) A unintentional radiator, exclud- range of measurements for AC power ing a digital device, in which the high- line conducted limits is specified in est frequency generated in the device, §§ 15.107 and 15.207 and applies to all the highest frequency used in the de- equipment subject to those regula- vice and the highest frequency on tions. In some cases, depending on the which the device operates or tunes are frequency(ies) generated and used by less than 30 MHz and which, in accord- the equipment, only signals conducted ance with § 15.109, is required to comply onto the AC power lines are required to with standards on the level of radiated be measured. emissions within the frequency range 9 (d) Particular attention should be kHz to 30 MHz, such as a CB receiver or paid to harmonics and subharmonics of a device designed to conduct its radio the fundamental frequency as well as frequency emissions via connecting to those frequencies removed from the wires or cables, e.g., a carrier current fundamental by multiples of the oscil- system not intended to radiate, shall lator frequency. Radiation at the fre- be investigated from the lowest radio quencies of multiplier states should frequency generated or used in the de- also be checked. vice, without going below 9 kHz (25 [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 61 MHz for CB receivers), up to the fre- FR 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 63 FR 42278, Aug. 7, quency shown in the following table. If 1998; 84 FR 25691, June 4, 2019] the unintentional radiator contains a digital device, the upper frequency to § 15.35 Measurement detector func- be investigated shall be that shown in tions and bandwidths. the table below or in the table in para- The conducted and radiated emission graph (b)(1) of this section, as based on limits shown in this part are based on both the highest frequency generated the following, unless otherwise speci- and the highest frequency used in the fied in this part: digital device, whichever range is high- (a) On any frequency or frequencies er. below or equal to 1000 MHz, the limits shown are based on measuring equip- Upper fre- Highest frequency generated or used in the de- quency of ment employing a CISPR quasi-peak vice or on which the device operates or tunes measure- detector function and related measure- (MHz) ment range (MHz) ment bandwidths, unless otherwise specified. The specifications for the Below 1.705 ...... 30 1.705–10 ...... 400 measuring instrumentation using the 10–30 ...... 500 CISPR quasi-peak detector can be found in ANSI C63.4–2014, clause 4 (in- (3) Except for a CB receiver, a re- corporated by reference, see § 15.38). As ceiver employing superheterodyne an alternative to CISPR quasi-peak techniques shall be investigated from measurements, the responsible party, 30 MHz up to at least the second har- at its option, may demonstrate compli- monic of the highest local oscillator ance with the emission limits using frequency generated in the device. If measuring equipment employing a such receiver is controlled by a digital peak detector function as long at the device, the frequency range shall be in- same bandwidth as indicated for CISPR vestigated up to the higher of the sec- quasi-peak measurements are em- ond harmonic of the highest local os- ployed. cillator frequency generated in the de- (b) Unless otherwise specified, on any vice or the upper frequency of the frequency or frequencies above 1000

895

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00905 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.37 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

MHz, the radiated emission limits are § 15.37 Transition provisions for com- based on the use of measurement in- pliance with this part. strumentation employing an average (a) The manufacture or importation detector function. Unless otherwise of scanning receivers, and frequency specified, measurements above 1000 converters designed or marketed for MHz shall be performed using a min- use with scanning receivers, that do imum resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz. not comply with the provisions of When average radiated emission meas- § 15.121 shall cease on or before October urements are specified in this part, in- 25, 1999. Effective July 26, 1999, the cluding average emission measure- Commission will not grant equipment ments below 1000 MHz, there also is a authorization for receivers that do not limit on the peak level of the radio fre- comply with the provisions of § 15.121. quency emissions. Unless otherwise This paragraph does not prohibit the specified, e.g., see §§ 15.250, 15.252, sale or use of authorized receivers man- 15.253(d), 15.255, 15.256, and 15.509 ufactured in the United States, or im- through 15.519, the limit on peak radio ported into the United States, prior to frequency emissions is 20 dB above the October 25, 1999. maximum permitted average emission (b) Effective October 16, 2002, an limit applicable to the equipment equipment approval may no longer be under test. This peak limit applies to obtained for medical telemetry equip- the total peak emission level radiated ment operating under the provisions of by the device, e.g., the total peak § 15.241 or § 15.242. The requirements for power level. Note that the use of a obtaining an approval for medical te- pulse desensitization correction factor lemetry equipment after this date are may be needed to determine the total found in subpart H of part 95 of this peak emission level. The instruction chapter. manual or application note for the (c) All radio frequency devices that measurement instrument should be are authorized on or after July 12, 2004 consulted for determining pulse desen- under the certification, or Supplier’s sitization factors, as necessary. Declaration of Conformity procedures (or the prior verification or declaration (c) Unless otherwise specified, e.g., of conformity procedures, as applica- §§ 15.255(b), and 15.256(l)(5), when the ra- ble) shall comply with the conducted diated emission limits are expressed in limits specified in § 15.107 or § 15.207 as terms of the average value of the emis- appropriate. All radio frequency de- sion, and pulsed operation is employed, vices that are manufactured or im- the measurement field strength shall ported on or after July 11, 2005 shall be determined by averaging over one comply with the conducted limits spec- complete pulse train, including blank- ified in § 15.107 or § 15.207, as appro- ing intervals, as long as the pulse train priate. Equipment authorized, im- does not exceed 0.1 seconds. As an al- ported or manufactured prior to these ternative (provided the transmitter op- dates shall comply with the conducted erates for longer than 0.1 seconds) or in limits specified in § 15.107 or § 15.207, as cases where the pulse train exceeds 0.1 appropriate, or with the conducted lim- seconds, the measured field strength its that were in effect immediately shall be determined from the average prior to September 9, 2002. absolute voltage during a 0.1 second in- (d) Radar detectors manufactured or terval during which the field strength imported after August 28, 2002 and mar- is at its maximum value. The exact keted after September 27, 2002 shall method of calculating the average field comply with the regulations specified strength shall be submitted with any in this part. Radar detectors manufac- application for certification or shall be tured or imported prior to January 27, retained in the measurement data file 2003 may be labeled with the informa- for equipment subject to Supplier’s tion required by § 2.925 of this chapter Declaration of Conformity. and § 15.19(a) on the individual equipment carton rather than on the device, [82 FR 50832, Nov. 2, 2017] and are exempt from complying with the requirements of § 15.21.

896

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00906 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.37

(e) U–NII equipment operating in the with the rules for operation in § 15.236 5.25–5.35 GHz band for which applica- must cease no later than September 24, tions for certification are filed on or 2018. Only wireless microphones cer- after July 20, 2006 shall comply with tified for operation under this part the DFS and TPC requirements speci- may be operated under this part as of fied in § 15.407. U–NII equipment oper- July 13, 2020. ating in the 5.25–5.35 GHz band that are (j) White space devices for which a imported or marketed on or after July certification application is filed begin- 20, 2007 shall comply with the DFS and ning June 23, 2016, must comply with TPC requirements in § 15.407. the channel push requirements in (f) All Access BPL devices that are § 15.711(i) of this part. White space de- manufactured, imported, marketed or vices that are imported or marketed installed on or after July 7, 2006, shall beginning September 23, 2016, must comply with the requirements specified comply with this requirement. White in subpart G of this part, including cer- space devices that do not comply with tification of the equipment. this requirement must cease operation (g) The manufacture or importation no later than December 23, 2016. of auditory assistance devices that op- (k) Disclosure requirements for unli- erate in the 72.0–73.0 MHz, 74.6–74.8 censed wireless microphones capable of MHz, and 75.2–76.0 MHz bands that do operating in the 600 MHz service band. not comply with the requirements of Any person who manufactures, sells, § 15.237(c) shall cease on or before July leases, or offers for sale or lease, unli- 11, 2016. Effective January 12, 2015, censed wireless microphones that are equipment approval will not be granted capable of operating in the 600 MHz for auditory assistance devices that op- service band, as defined in this part, on erate in the 72.0–73.0 MHz, 74.6–74.8 or after July 13, 2017, is subject to the MHz, and 75.2–76.0 MHz bands that do following disclosure requirements: not comply with the requirements of (1) Such persons must display the § 15.237(c). These rules do not prohibit consumer disclosure text, as specified the sale or use of authorized auditory by the Consumer and Governmental Af- assistance devices that operate in the fairs Bureau, at the point of sale or 72.0–73.0 MHz, 74.6–74.8 MHz, and 75.2– lease of each such unlicensed wireless 76.0 MHz bands manufactured in the microphone. The text must be dis- United States, or imported into the played in a clear, conspicuous, and United States, prior to July 11, 2016. readily legible manner. One way to ful- (h) Effective June 2, 2015 devices fill the requirement in this section is using digital modulation techniques in to display the consumer disclosure text the 5725–5850 MHz bands will no longer in a prominent manner on the product be certified under the provisions of box by using a label (either printed § 15.247. The technical requirements for onto the box or otherwise affixed to the obtaining certification after this date box), a sticker, or other means. An- for digitally modulated devices and the other way to fulfill this requirement is digitally modulated portion of hybrid to display the text immediately adja- devices are found in subpart E of this cent to each unlicensed wireless micro- part. The provisions for the frequency phone offered for sale or lease and hopping spread spectrum portion of hy- clearly associated with the model to brid devices will remain in § 15.247. Ef- which it pertains. fective June 2, 2016 systems using dig- (2) If such persons offer such unli- ital modulation techniques in the 5725– censed wireless microphones via direct 5850 MHz band certified under the pro- mail, catalog, or electronic means, visions of § 15.247 may no longer be im- they shall prominently display the con- ported or marketed within the United sumer disclosure text in close prox- States. imity to the images and descriptions of (i) As of December 26, 2017, wireless each such unlicensed wireless micro- microphones for which an application phone. The text should be in a size for certification is filed must comply large enough to be clear, conspicuous, with the requirements of § 15.236. Manu- and readily legible, consistent with the facturing and marketing of wireless dimensions of the advertisement or de- microphones that would not comply scription.

897

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00907 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.37 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) If such persons have Web sites per- not sell unlicensed wireless micro- taining to these unlicensed wireless phones directly to the public). microphones, the consumer disclosure (4) The consumer disclosure text de- text must be displayed there in a clear, scribed in paragraph (k)(1) of this sec- conspicuous, and readily legible man- tion is set forth in Figure 1 to this ner (even in the event such persons do paragraph.

(l) The certification of wideband ve- (3) It is not possible to replace the vehicular radars designed to operate in hicular radar equipment designed to the 23.12–29 GHz band under § 15.252 and operate in the 23.12–29 GHz and/or 22–29 ultra-wideband vehicular radars de- GHz bands with vehicular radar equip- signed to operate in the 22–29 GHz band ment designed to operate in the 76–81 under § 15.515 shall not be permitted on GHz band. or after September 20, 2018. (n) Wideband or ultra-wideband ve- (m) The manufacture, importation, hicular radars operating in the 23.12–29 marketing, sale, and installation of GHz band under § 15.252 and/or in the wideband or ultra-wideband vehicular 22–29 GHz band under § 15.515 that are radars that are designed to operate in already installed or in use may con- the 23.12–29 GHz band under § 15.252 and/ tinue to operate in accordance with or in the 22–29 GHz band under § 15.515 their previously obtained certification. shall not be permitted after January 1, Class II permissive changes for such 2022. Notwithstanding the foregoing, equipment shall not be permitted after sale and installation of such radars is January 1, 2022. permitted, for the life of the vehicle, (o) Applicable July 13, 2017, the cer- when the following conditions have tification, manufacture, importation, been met: marketing, sale, and installation of (1) The sale and installation is for the field disturbance sensors that are de- exclusive purpose of repairing or re- signed to operate in the 16.2–17.7 GHz placing defective, damaged, or poten- and 46.7–46.9 GHz bands shall not be tially malfunctioning radars that are permitted. Field disturbance sensors designed to operate in the 23.12–29 GHz already installed or in use in the 16.2– band under § 15.252 and/or in the 22–29 17.7 GHz band may continue to operate GHz band under § 15.515; in accordance with their previously ob- (2) The equipment being repaired or tained certification. Class II permissive replaced has been installed in the vehi- changes shall not be permitted for such cle on or before January 1, 2022; and equipment.

898

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00908 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR ER12MR18.004 Federal Communications Commission § 15.38

(p) Effective October 20, 2017, the cer- tration (NARA). For information on tification under this part of vehicular the availability of this material at radars and fixed radar systems used in NARA, call (202) 741–6030, or go to: airport air operations areas that are http://www.archives.gov/federallregister/ designed to operate in the 76–77 GHz codeloflfederallregulations/ band shall not be permitted. Vehicular ibrllocations.html. radars and fixed radar systems used in (b) The following documents are airport air operations areas operating available from the following address: in the 76–77 GHz band that are already American National Standards Institute installed or in use may continue to op- (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, erate in accordance with their pre- New York, NY 10036, (212) 642–4900, or at viously obtained certification. Any fu- http://webstore.ansi.org/ansidocstore/de- ture certification, or any change of al- fault.asp; ready issued certification and oper- (1) ANSI C63.17–2013: ‘‘American Na- ations of such equipment, shall be under part 95, subpart M, of this chap- tional Standard for Methods of Meas- ter. urement of the Electromagnetic and (q) All fixed white space devices Operational Compatibility of Unli- which are approved by Telecommuni- censed Personal Communications Serv- cation Certification Bodies on or after ices (UPCS) Devices,’’ approved August February 19, 2020 or that are marketed 12, 2013, IBR approved for § 15.31. on or after February 19, 2021 shall com- (2) Third Edition of the International ply with the requirements of § 15.711(c). Special Committee on Radio Inter- Fixed white space devices which are ference (CISPR), Pub. 22, Information approved or marketed before the dates Technology Equipment-Radio Disturb- in the preceding sentence shall comply ance Characteristics-Limits and Meth- with either the requirements of ods of Measurement,’’ 1997, IBR ap- § 15.711(c) or the requirements of proved for § 15.09. § 15.711(c) as in effect prior to August (c) The following documents are 19, 2019 (see 47 CFR part 15 as revised available from the following address: October 1, 2018). Cable Television Laboratories, Inc., 858 Coal Creek Circle, Louisville, Colorado, [77 FR 4913, Feb. 1, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 34927, June 11, 2013; 79 FR 24578, May 1, 2014; 80027, http://www.cablelabs.com/ 80 FR 71728, Nov. 17, 2015; 80 FR 73068, Nov. 23, opencable/udcp, (303) 661–9100; 2015; 82 FR 41559, Sept. 1, 2017; 82 FR 43870, (1) M–UDCP–PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni- Sept. 20, 2017; 82 FR 50832, Nov. 2, 2017; 83 FR Directional Cable Product Supporting 10640, 10642, Mar. 12, 2018; 84 FR 34796, July 19, M–Card: Multiple Profiles; Conform- 2019] ance Checklist: PICS,’’ February 25, § 15.38 Incorporation by reference. 2008, IBR approved for § 15.123(c). (2) TP–ATP–M–UDCP–I05–20080304, (a) The materials listed in this sec- ‘‘Uni-Directional Digital Cable Prod- tion are incorporated by reference in ucts Supporting M–Card; M–UDCP De- this part. These incorporations by ref- vice Acceptance Test Plan,’’ March 4, erence were approved by the Director 2008, IBR approved for § 15.123(c). of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. (d) The following documents are These materials are incorporated as available from the following address: they exist on the date of the approval, Consumer Electronics Association, 1919 and notice of any change in these ma- S. Eads St., Arlington; VA 22202, http:// terials will be published in the FED- www.ce.org/Standards/Standard-List- ERAL REGISTER. The materials are ings.aspx, (703) 907–7634. available for purchase at the cor- (1) CEA–542–B: ‘‘CEA Standard: Cable responding addresses as noted, and all Television Channel Identification are available for inspection at the Fed- Plan,’’ July 2003, IBR approved for eral Communications Commission, 445 § 15.118. 12th St. SW., Reference Information (2) CEA–766–A: ‘‘U.S. and Canadian Center, Room CY–A257, Washington, Region Rating Tables (RRT) and Con- DC 20554, (202) 418–0270, and at the Na- tent Advisory Descriptors for Trans- tional Archives and Records Adminis- port of Content Advisory Information

899

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00909 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.101 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

using ATSC A/65–A Program and Sys- except clauses 4.5.3, 4.6, 6.2.13, 8.2.2, 9, tem Information Protocol (PSIP),’’ and 13. April 2001, IBR approved for § 15.120. (3) ANSI C63.10–2013, ‘‘American Na- (3) Uni-Dir-PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni-Di- tional Standard of Procedures for Com- rectional Receiving Device: Conform- pliance Testing of Unlicensed Wireless ance Checklist: PICS Proforma,’’ Sep- Devices,’’ANSI approved June 27, 2013, tember 3, 2003, IBR approved for IBR approved for § 15.31(a)(3). § 15.123(c). (h) The following documents are (4) Uni-Dir-ATP–I02–040225: ‘‘Uni-Di- available from the following addresses: rectional Receiving Device, Acceptance Society of Cable Telecommunications Test Plan,’’ February 25, 2004, IBR ap- Engineers (SCTE) c/o Global Engineer- proved for § 15.123(c). ing Documents, 15 Inverness Way East, (e) The following document is avail- Englewood, Colorado 80112 or the able from the European Telecommuni- American National Standards Insti- cations Standards Institute, 650 Route tute, 25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor, des Lucioles, F–06921 Sophia Antipolis New York, NY 10036 or at Cedex, France, or at http://www.etsi.org/ http:// deliver/etsilen/300400l300499/30042201/ www.scte.org/standards/index.cfm; 01.04.02l60/enl30042201v010402p.pdf. (1) SCTE 28 2003 (formerly DVS 295): (1) ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08): ‘‘Host-POD Interface Standard,’’ 2003, ‘‘Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio IBR approved for § 15.123. spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless micro- (2) SCTE 40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): phones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency ‘‘Digital Cable Network Interface range; Part 1: Technical characteristics Standard,’’ 2003, IBR approved for and methods of measurement,’’ Copyright § 15.123. 2011, IBR approved for § 15.236(g). (3) SCTE 41 2003 (formerly DVS 301): (2) [Reserved] ‘‘POD Copy Protection System,’’ 2003, (f) The following documents are IBR approved for § 15.123. available from the following address: (4) ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS Global Engineering Documents, 15 In- 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex verness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112, and Transport System Standard for (800) 854–7179, or at http://global.ihs.com; Cable Television,’’ 2003, IBR approved (1) EIA–608: ‘‘Recommended Practice for § 15.123. for Line 21 Data Service,’’ 1994, IBR ap- (5) ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (formerly DVS proved for § 15.120. 234): ‘‘Service Information Delivered (2) EIA–744: ‘‘Transport of Content Out-of-Band for Digital Cable Tele- Advisory Information Using Extended vision,’’ 2002, IBR approved for § 15.123. Data Service (XDS),’’ 1997, IBR approved for § 15.120. [77 FR 43013, July 23, 2012, as amended at 80 (g) Institute of Electrical and Elec- FR 2838, Jan. 21, 2015; 80 FR 33447, June 12, tronic Engineers (IEEE), 3916 Ranchero 2015; 80 FR 73068, Nov. 23, 2015; 82 FR 50832, Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48108, 1–800–699– Nov. 2, 2017] 9277, http://www.techstreet.com/ieee. (1) ANSI C63.4–2014: ‘‘American Na- Subpart B—Unintentional Radiators tional Standard for Methods of Meas- urement of Radio-Noise Emissions § 15.101 Equipment authorization of from Low-Voltage Electrical and Elec- unintentional radiators. tronic Equipment in the Range of 9 (a) Except as otherwise exempted in kHz to 40 GHz,’’ ANSI approved June §§ 15.23, 15.103, and 15.113, unintentional 13, 2014, IBR approved for § 15.35(a). radiators shall be authorized prior to (2) ANSI C63.4–2014: ‘‘American Na- the initiation of marketing, pursuant tional Standard for Methods of Meas- to the procedures for certification or urement of Radio-Noise Emissions Supplier’s Declaration of Conformity from Low-Voltage Electrical and Elec- (SDoC) given in subpart J of part 2 of tronic Equipment in the Range of 9 this chapter, as follows: kHz to 40 GHz,’’ ANSI approved June 13, 2014, IBR approved for § 15.31(a)(4),

900

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00910 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.101

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (a)

Equipment authorization Type of device required

TV Broadcast Receiver ...... SDoC or Certification. FM Broadcast Receiver ...... SDoC or Certification. CB Receiver ...... SDoC or Certification. Superregenerative Receiver ...... SDoC or Certification. Scanning Receiver ...... Certification. Radar Detector ...... Certification. All other receivers subject to Part 15 ...... SDoC or Certification. TV Interface Device ...... SDoC or Certification. Cable System Terminal Device ...... SDoC or Certification. Stand-alone Cable input selector switch ...... SDoC or Certification. Class B personal computers and peripherals ...... SDoC or Certification. CPU boards and internal power supplies used with Class B personal computers ...... SDoC or Certification. Class B personal computers assembled using authorized CPU boards or power supplies SDoC or Certification. Class B external switching power supplies ...... SDoC or Certification. Other Class B digital devices & peripherals ...... SDoC or Certification. Class A digital devices, peripherals & external switching power supplies ...... SDoC or Certification. Access Broadband over Power Line (Access BPL) ...... Certification. All other devices ...... SDoC or Certification.

(b) Only those receivers that operate However, additional testing is not re- (tune) within the frequency range of quired for this Supplier’s Declaration 30–960 MHz, CB receivers and radar de- of Conformity, provided the procedures tectors are subject to the authoriza- in § 15.102(b) are followed. tions shown in paragraph (a) of this (d) Peripheral devices, as defined in section. Receivers operating above 960 § 15.3(r), shall be authorized under Sup- MHz or below 30 MHz, except for radar plier’s Declaration of Conformity, or a detectors and CB receivers, are exempt grant of certification, as appropriate, from complying with the technical pro- prior to marketing. Regardless of the visions of this part but are subject to provisions of paragraphs (a) or (c) of § 15.5. this section, if a CPU board, power sup- (c) Personal computers shall be au- ply, or peripheral device will always be thorized in accordance with one of the marketed with a specific personal com- following methods: puter, it is not necessary to obtain a (1) The specific combination of CPU separate authorization for that product board, power supply and enclosure is provided the specific combination of tested together and authorized under personal computer, peripheral device, Supplier’s Declaration of Conformity CPU board and power supply has been or a grant of certification; authorized under Supplier’s Declara- (2) The personal computer is authorized under Supplier’s Declaration of tion of Conformity or a grant of certifi- Conformity or a grant of certification, cation as a personal computer. and the CPU board or power supply in (1) No authorization is required for a that computer is replaced with a CPU peripheral device or a subassembly board or power supply that has been that is sold to an equipment manufac- separately authorized under Supplier’s turer for further fabrication; that man- Declaration of Conformity or a grant of ufacturer is responsible for obtaining certification; or the necessary authorization prior to (3) The CPU board and power supply further marketing to a vendor or to a used in the assembly of a personal com- user. puter have been separately authorized (2) Power supplies and CPU boards under Supplier’s Declaration of Con- that have not been separately author- formity or a grant of certification; and ized and are designed for use with per- (4) Personal computers assembled sonal computers may be imported and using either of the methods specified in marketed only to a personal computer paragraphs (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this sec- equipment manufacturer that has indi- tion must, by themselves, also be au- cated, in writing, to the seller or im- thorized under Supplier’s Declaration porter that they will obtain Supplier’s of Conformity if they are marketed. Declaration of Conformity or a grant of

901

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00911 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.102 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

certification for the personal computer other similar modifications are not employing these components. permitted. (e) Subassemblies to digital devices (b) Assemblers of personal computer are not subject to the technical stand- systems employing modular CPU ards in this part unless they are mar- boards and/or power supplies are not keted as part of a system in which case required to test the resulting system the resulting system must comply with provided the following conditions are the applicable regulations. Subassem- met: blies include: (1) Each device used in the system (1) Devices that are enclosed solely has been authorized as required under within the enclosure housing the dig- this part (according to § 15.101(e), some ital device, except for: Power supplies subassemblies used in a personal com- used in personal computers; devices in- puter system may not require an au- cluded under the definition of a periph- thorization); eral device in § 15.3(r); and personal (2) The original label and identifica- computer CPU boards, as defined in tion on each piece of equipment remain § 15.3(bb); unchanged; (2) CPU boards, as defined in (3) Each responsible party’s instructions to ensure compliance (including, § 15.3(bb), other than those used in per- if necessary, the use of shielded cables sonal computers, that are marketed or other accessories or modifications) without an enclosure or power supply; are followed when the system is assem- and bled; (3) Switching power supplies that are (4) If the system is marketed, the re- separately marketed and are solely for sulting equipment combination is au- use internal to a device other than a thorized under Supplier’s Declaration personal computer. of Conformity pursuant to § 15.101(c)(4) [82 FR 50832, Nov. 2, 2017] and a compliance information statement, as described in § 2.1077(b) of this § 15.102 CPU boards and power sup- chapter, is supplied with the system. plies used in personal computers. Marketed systems shall also comply (a) Authorized CPU boards and power with the labeling requirements in supplies that are sold as separate com- § 15.19 and must be supplied with the in- ponents shall be supplied with com- formation required under §§ 15.21, 15.27 plete installation instructions. These and 15.105; and instructions shall specify all of the in- (5) The assembler of a personal com- stallation procedures that must be fol- puter system may be required to test lowed to ensure compliance with the the system and/or make necessary standards, including, if necessary, the modifications if a system is found to type of enclosure, e.g., a metal enclo- cause harmful interference or to be sure, proper grounding techniques, the noncompliant with the appropriate use of shielded cables, the addition of standards in the configuration in which any needed components, and any nec- it is marketed (see §§ 2.909, 15.1, 15.27(d) essary modifications to additional and 15.101(e)). components. [61 FR 31050, June 19, 1996, as amended at 82 (1) Any additional parts needed to en- FR 50833, Nov. 2, 2017] sure compliance with the standards, except for the enclosure, are considered § 15.103 Exempted devices. to be special accessories and, in accord- The following devices are subject ance with § 15.27, must be marketed only to the general conditions of oper- with the CPU board or power supply. ation in §§ 15.5 and 15.29 and are exempt (2) Any modifications that must be from the specific technical standards made to a personal computer, periph- and other requirements contained in eral device, CPU board or power supply this part. The operator of the exempted during installation of a CPU board or device shall be required to stop oper- power supply must be simple enough ating the device upon a finding by the that they can be performed by the av- Commission or its representative that erage consumer. Parts requiring sol- the device is causing harmful inter- dering, disassembly of circuitry or ference. Operation shall not resume

902

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00912 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.105

until the condition causing the harm- devices that include, or make provision ful interference has been corrected. Al- for the use of, battery eliminators, AC though not mandatory, it is strongly adaptors or battery chargers which recommended that the manufacturer of permit operation while charging or an exempted device endeavor to have that connect to the AC power lines in- the device meet the specific technical directly, obtaining their power through standards in this part. another device which is connected to (a) A digital device utilized exclu- the AC power lines, do not fall under sively in any transportation vehicle in- this exemption. cluding motor vehicles and aircraft. (i) Responsible parties should note (b) A digital device used exclusively that equipment containing more than as an electronic control or power sys- one device is not exempt from the tech- tem utilized by a public utility or in an nical standards in this part unless all industrial plant. The term public utility of the devices in the equipment meet includes equipment only to the extent the criteria for exemption. If only one that it is in a dedicated building or of the included devices qualifies for ex- large room owned or leased by the util- emption, the remainder of the equip- ity and does not extend to equipment ment must comply with any applicable installed in a subscriber’s facility. regulations. If a device performs more (c) A digital device used exclusively than one function and all of those func- as industrial, commercial, or medical tions do not meet the criteria for ex- test equipment. emption, the device does not qualify (d) A digital device utilized exclu- for inclusion under the exemptions. sively in an appliance, e.g., microwave oven, dishwasher, clothes dryer, air § 15.105 Information to the user. conditioner (central or window), etc. (e) Specialized medical digital de- (a) For a Class A digital device or pe- vices (generally used at the direction ripheral, the instructions furnished the of or under the supervision of a li- user shall include the following or censed health care practitioner) wheth- similar statement, placed in a promi- er used in a patient’s home or a health nent location in the text of the man- care facility. Non-specialized medical ual: devices, i.e., devices marketed through NOTE: This equipment has been tested and retail channels for use by the general found to comply with the limits for a Class public, are not exempted. This exemp- A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the tion also does not apply to digital de- FCC Rules. These limits are designed to pro- vices used for record keeping or any vide reasonable protection against harmful purpose not directly connected with interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equip- medical treatment. ment generates, uses, and can radiate radio (f) Digital devices that have a power frequency energy and, if not installed and consumption not exceeding 6 nW. used in accordance with the instruction (g) Joystick controllers or similar manual, may cause harmful interference to devices, such as a mouse, used with radio communications. Operation of this digital devices but which contain only equipment in a residential area is likely to non-digital circuitry or a simple cir- cause harmful interference in which case the cuit to convert the signal to the format user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. required (e.g., an integrated circuit for analog to digital conversion) are (b) For a Class B digital device or pe- viewed as passive add-on devices, not ripheral, the instructions furnished the themselves directly subject to the user shall include the following or technical standards or the equipment similar statement, placed in a promi- authorization requirements. nent location in the text of the man- (h) Digital devices in which both the ual: highest frequency generated and the highest frequency used are less than NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class 1.705 MHz and which do not operate B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the from the AC power lines or contain FCC Rules. These limits are designed to pro- provisions for operation while con- vide reasonable protection against harmful nected to the AC power lines. Digital interference in a residential installation.

903

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00913 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.107 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

This equipment generates, uses and can radi- minal. The lower limit applies at the ate radio frequency energy and, if not in- band edges. stalled and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference μ Frequency of emis- Conducted limit (dB V) to radio communications. However, there is sion (MHz) no guarantee that interference will not occur Quasi-peak Average in a particular installation. If this equip- 0.15–0.5 ...... 66 to 56* ...... 56 to 46* ment does cause harmful interference to 0.5–5 ...... 56 ...... 46 radio or television reception, which can be 5–30 ...... 60 ...... 50 determined by turning the equipment off and *Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency. on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the fol- (b) For a Class A digital device that lowing measures: is designed to be connected to the pub- —Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. lic utility (AC) power line, the radio —Increase the separation between the equip- frequency voltage that is conducted ment and receiver. back onto the AC power line on any —Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the re- frequency or frequencies within the ceiver is connected. band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed —Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/ the limits in the following table, as TV technician for help. measured using a 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. Compliance with the provisions of this (c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) paragraph shall be based on the meas- and (b) of this section do not apply to urement of the radio frequency voltage digital devices exempted from the tech- between each power line and ground at nical standards under the provisions of the power terminal. The lower limit § 15.103. applies at the boundary between the (d) For systems incorporating several frequency ranges. digital devices, the statement shown in μ paragraph (a) or (b) of this section Frequency of emis- Conducted limit (dB V) needs to be contained only in the in- sion (MHz) Quasi-peak Average struction manual for the main control unit. 0.15–0.5 ...... 79 ...... 66 (e) In cases where the manual is pro- 0.5–30 ...... 73 ...... 60 vided only in a form other than paper, (c) The limits shown in paragraphs such as on a computer disk or over the (a) and (b) of this section shall not Internet, the information required by apply to carrier current systems oper- this section may be included in the ating as unintentional radiators on fre- manual in that alternative form, pro- quencies below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, vided the user can reasonably be ex- these carrier current systems shall be pected to have the capability to access subject to the following standards: information in that form. (1) For carrier current systems con- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 taining their fundamental emission FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003] within the frequency band 535–1705 kHz and intended to be received using a § 15.107 Conducted limits. standard AM broadcast receiver: no (a) Except for Class A digital devices, limit on conducted emissions. for equipment that is designed to be (2) For all other carrier current sys- connected to the public utility (AC) tems: 1000 μV within the frequency power line, the radio frequency voltage band 535–1705 kHz, as measured using a that is conducted back onto the AC 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. power line on any frequency or fre- (3) Carrier current systems operating quencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 below 30 MHz are also subject to the ra- MHz shall not exceed the limits in the diated emission limits in § 15.109(e). following table, as measured using a 50 (d) Measurements to demonstrate μH/50 ohms line impedance stabiliza- compliance with the conducted limits tion network (LISN). Compliance with are not required for devices which only the provisions of this paragraph shall employ battery power for operation be based on the measurement of the and which do not operate from the AC radio frequency voltage between each power lines or contain provisions for power line and ground at the power ter- operation while connected to the AC

904

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00914 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.109

power lines. Devices that include, or tentional radiators that are designed make provision for, the use of battery to conduct their radio frequency emis- chargers which permit operating while sions via connecting wires or cables charging, AC adaptors or battery elimi- and that operate in the frequency nators or that connect to the AC power range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz, including de- lines indirectly, obtaining their power vices that deliver the radio frequency through another device which is con- energy to transducers, such as ultra- nected to the AC power lines, shall be sonic devices not covered under part 18 tested to demonstrate compliance with of this chapter, shall comply with the the conducted limits. radiated emission limits for intentional radiators provided in § 15.209 for [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, the frequency range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz. 1993; 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 45670, As an alternative, carrier current sys- July 10, 2002] tems used as unintentional radiators and operating in the frequency range of § 15.109 Radiated emission limits. 525 kHz to 1705 kHz may comply with (a) Except for Class A digital devices, the radiated emission limits provided the field strength of radiated emissions in § 15.221(a). At frequencies above 30 from unintentional radiators at a dis- MHz, the limits in paragraph (a), (b), or tance of 3 meters shall not exceed the (g) of this section, as appropriate, following values: apply. (f) For a receiver which employs ter- Field minals for the connection of an exter- strength Frequency of emission (MHz) (microvolts/ nal receiving antenna, the receiver meter) shall be tested to demonstrate compli- 30–88 ...... 100 ance with the provisions of this section 88–216 ...... 150 with an antenna connected to the an- 216–960 ...... 200 tenna terminals unless the antenna Above 960 ...... 500 conducted power is measured as specified in § 15.111(a). If a permanently at- (b) The field strength of radiated tached receiving antenna is used, the emissions from a Class A digital de- receiver shall be tested to demonstrate vice, as determined at a distance of 10 compliance with the provisions of this meters, shall not exceed the following: section. Field (g) As an alternative to the radiated strength emission limits shown in paragraphs Frequency of emission (MHz) (microvolts/ meter) (a) and (b) of this section, digital devices may be shown to comply with the 30–88 ...... 90 standards contained in Third Edition of 88–216 ...... 150 216–960 ...... 210 the International Special Committee Above 960 ...... 300 on Radio Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, ‘‘Information Technology Equipment— (c) In the emission tables above, the Radio Disturbance Characteristics— tighter limit applies at the band edges. Limits and Methods of Measurement’’ Sections 15.33 and 15.35 which specify (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). the frequency range over which radi- In addition: ated emissions are to be measured and (1) The test procedure and other re- the detector functions and other meas- quirements specified in this part shall urement standards apply. continue to apply to digital devices. (d) For CB receivers, the field (2) If, in accordance with § 15.33 of strength of radiated emissions within this part, measurements must be per- the frequency range of 25–30 MHz shall formed above 1000 MHz, compliance not exceed 40 microvolts/meter at a dis- above 1000 MHz shall be demonstrated tance of 3 meters. The field strength of with the emission limit in paragraph radiated emissions above 30 MHz from (a) or (b) of this section, as appro- such devices shall comply with the lim- priate. Measurements above 1000 MHz its in paragraph (a) of this section. may be performed at the distance spec- (e) Carrier current systems used as ified in the CISPR 22 publications for unintentional radiators or other unin- measurements below 1000 MHz provided

905

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00915 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.111 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the limits in paragraphs (a) and (b) of (a) A power utility operating a power this section are extrapolated to the line carrier system shall submit the de- new measurement distance using an in- tails of all existing systems plus any verse linear distance extrapolation fac- proposed new systems or changes to ex- tor (20 dB/decade), e.g., the radiated isting systems to an industry-operated limit above 1000 MHz for a Class B dig- entity as set forth in § 90.35(g) of this ital device is 150 uV/m, as measured at chapter. No notification to the FCC is a distance of 10 meters. required. (3) The measurement distances shown (b) The operating parameters of a in CISPR Pub. 22, including measure- power line carrier system (particularly ments made in accordance with this the frequency) shall be selected to paragraph above 1000 MHz, are consid- achieve the highest practical degree of ered, for the purpose of § 15.31(f)(4) of compatibility with authorized or li- this part, to be the measurement dis- censed users of the radio spectrum. The tances specified in this part. signals from this operation shall be (h) Radar detectors shall comply contained within the frequency band 9 with the emission limits in paragraph kHz to 490 kHz. A power line carrier (a) of this section over the frequency system shall operate on an unpro- range of 11.7–12.2 GHz. tected, non-interference basis in ac- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 cordance with § 15.5 of this part. If FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; harmful interference occurs, the elec- 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July 29, tric power utility shall discontinue use 2002; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004; 80 FR 33447, or adjust its power line carrier oper- June 12, 2015] ation, as required, to remedy the interference. Particular attention should be § 15.111 Antenna power conduction paid to the possibility of interference limits for receivers. to Loran C operations at 100 kHz. (a) In addition to the radiated emis- (c) Power line carrier system appa- sion limits, receivers that operate ratus shall be operated with the min- (tune) in the frequency range 30 to 960 imum power possible to accomplish the MHz and CB receivers that provide ter- desired purpose. No equipment author- minals for the connection of an exter- ization is required. nal receiving antenna may be tested to (d) The best engineering principles demonstrate compliance with the pro- shall be used in the generation of radio visions of § 15.109 with the antenna ter- frequency currents by power line car- minals shielded and terminated with a rier systems to guard against harmful resistive termination equal to the im- interference to authorized radio users, pedance specified for the antenna, pro- particularly on the fundamental and vided these receivers also comply with harmonic frequencies. the following: With the receiver an- (e) Power line carrier system appa- tenna terminal connected to a resistive ratus shall conform to such engineer- termination equal to the impedance ing standards as may be promulgated specified or employed for the antenna, by the Commission. In addition, such the power at the antenna terminal at systems should adhere to industry ap- any frequency within the range of proved standards designed to enhance measurements specified in § 15.33 shall the use of power line carrier systems. not exceed 2.0 nanowatts. (f) The provisions of this section (b) CB receivers and receivers that apply only to systems operated by a operate (tune) in the frequency range power utility for general supervision of 30 to 960 MHz that are provided only the power system and do not permit with a permanently attached antenna operation on electric lines which con- shall comply with the radiated emis- nect the distribution substation to the sion limitations in this part, as meas- customer or house wiring. Such oper- ured with the antenna attached. ation can be conducted under the other provisions of this part. § 15.113 Power line carrier systems. (g) Special provisions. An electric Power line carrier systems, as de- power utility entity shall not operate a fined in § 15.3(t), are subject only to the new or modified power line carrier following requirements: (PLC) system in the 135.7–137.8 kHz and/

906

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00916 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.115

or 472–479 kHz bands if a previously co- appearing on frequencies removed by ordinated amateur station pursuant to more than 4.6 MHz below or 7.4 MHz § 97.301(g)(2) of this chapter is located above the video carrier frequency on within one kilometer of the trans- which the TV interface device is oper- mission lines conducting the PLC sig- ated shall not exceed the following: nal. (i) For a cable system terminal device or a TV interface device used with [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. 7, 1989; 75 FR 63031, Oct. 13, 2010; 82 FR 27213, a master antenna, 692.8 times the June 14, 2017] square root of (R). (ii) For all other TV interface de- § 15.115 TV interface devices, includ- vices, 10.95 times the square root of (R). ing cable system terminal devices. (3) The term master antenna used in (a) Measurements of the radiated this section refers to TV interface de- emissions of a TV interface device vices employed for central distribution shall be conducted with the output ter- of television or other video signals minal(s) of the device terminated by a within a building. Such TV interface resistance equal to the rated output devices must be designed to: impedance. The emanations of a TV (i) Distribute multiple television sig- interface device incorporating an in- nals at the same time; tentional radiator shall not exceed the (ii) Distribute such signals by cable limits in § 15.109 or subpart C of this to outlets or TV receivers in multiple part, whichever is higher for each fre- rooms in the building in which the TV quency. Where it is possible to deter- interface devices are installed; and, mine which portion of the device is (iii) Distribute all over-the-air or cable signals. contributing a particular radio frequency emission, the emissions from NOTE: Cable-ready video cassette recorders the TV interface device portion shall continue to be subject to the provisions for comply with the emission limits in general TV interface devices. § 15.109, and the emissions from the in- (c) A TV interface device shall be tentional radiator shall comply with equipped with a transfer switch for subpart C of this part. connecting the antenna terminals of a (b) Output signal limits: receiver selectively either to the re- (1) At any RF output terminal, the ceiving antenna or to the radio fre- maximum measured RMS voltage, in quency output of the TV interface de- microvolts, corresponding to the peak vice, subject to the following: envelope power of the modulated signal (1) When measured in any of its set during maximum amplitude peaks positions, transfer switches shall com- across a resistance (R in ohms) match- ply with the following requirements: ing the rated output impedance of the (i) For a cable system terminal de- TV interface device, shall not exceed vice or a TV interface device equipped the following: for use with a cable system or a master (i) For a cable system terminal de- antenna, as defined in paragraph (b)(3) vice or a TV interface device used with of this section, the isolation between a master antenna, 692.8 times the the antenna and cable input terminals square root of (R) for the video signal shall be at least 80 dB from 54 MHz to and 155 times the square root of (R) for 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from 216 MHz to the audio signal. 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from 550 (ii) For all other TV interface de- MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB standard ap- vices, 346.4 times the square root of (R) plies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB standard for the video signal and 77.5 times the applies at 550 MHz. In the case of a square root of (R) for the audio signal. transfer switch requiring a power (2) At any RF output terminal, the source, the required isolation shall be maximum measured RMS voltage, in maintained in the event the device is microvolts, corresponding to the peak not connected to a power source or envelope power of the modulated signal power is interrupted. during maximum amplitude peaks (ii) For all other TV interface de- across a resistance (R in ohms) match- vices, the maximum voltage, cor- ing the rated output impedance of the responding to the peak envelope power TV interface device, of any emission of the modulated video signal during

907

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00917 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.115 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

maximum amplitude peaks, in not exceed the limit in paragraph microvolts, appearing at the receiving (c)(1)(ii) of this section. antenna input terminals when termi- (5) If a transfer switch is not re- nated with a resistance (R in ohms) quired, the following label shall be matching the rated impedance of the used in addition to the label shown in antenna input of the switch, shall not § 15.19(a): exceed 0.346 times the square root of (R). This device is intended to be attached to a (iii) Measurement to determine com- receiver that is not used to receive over-the- air broadcast signals. Connection of this de- pliance with the transfer switch limits vice in any other fashion may cause harmful shall be made using a connecting cable, interference to radio communications and is where required, between the TV inter- in violation of the FCC Rules, part 15. face device and the transfer switch of the type and length: (d) A TV interface device, including a (A) Provided with the TV interface cable system terminal device, shall in- device, corporate circuitry to automatically (B) Recommended in the instruction prevent emanations from the device manual, or from exceeding the technical specifica- (C) Normally employed by the con- tions in this part. These circuits shall sumer. be adequate to accomplish their func- (2) A TV interface device shall be de- tions when the TV interface device is signed and constructed, to the extent presented, if applicable, with video practicable, so as to preclude the possi- input signal levels in the range of one bility that the consumer may inadvert- to five volts; this requirement is not ently attach the output of the device applicable to a TV interface device to the receiving antenna, if any, with- that uses a built-in signal source and out first going through the transfer has no provisions for the connection of switch. an external signal source. For devices (3) A transfer switch is not required that contain provisions for an external for a TV interface device that, when signal source but do not contain provi- connected, results in the user no longer sions for the input of an external having any need to receive standard baseband signal, e.g., some cable sys- over-the-air broadcast signals via a tem terminal devices, compliance with separate antenna. A transfer switch is the provisions of this paragraph shall not required to be marketed with a be demonstrated with a radio fre- cable system terminal device unless quency input signal of 0 to 25 dBmV. that device provides for the connection (e) For cable system terminal devices of an external antenna. A transfer and TV interface devices used with a switch is not required for a device that master antenna, as defined in para- is intended to be used as an accessory graph (b)(3) of this section, the holder to an authorized TV interface device. of the grant of authorization shall (4) An actual transfer switch is not specify in the instruction manual or required for a TV interface device, in- pamphlet, if a manual is not provided, cluding a cable system terminal device, the types of wires or coaxial cables that has an antenna input terminal(s); necessary to ensure that the unit com- provided, the circuitry following the plies with the requirements of this antenna input terminal(s) has suffi- part. The holder of the grant of author- cient bandwidth to allow the reception ization must comply with the provi- of all TV broadcast channels author- sions of § 15.27. For all other TV inter- ized under part 73 of this chapter and: face devices, the wires or coaxial cables For a cable system terminal device used to couple the output signals to that can alternate between the recep- the TV receiver shall be provided by tion of cable television service and an the responsible party. antenna, compliance with the isolation (f) A TV interface device which is requirement specified in paragraph submitted to the Commission as a com- (c)(1)(i) of this section can be dem- posite device in a single enclosure con- onstrated; and, for all other TV inter- taining a RF modulator, video source face devices, the maximum voltage ap- and other component devices shall be pearing at the antenna terminal(s) does submitted on a single application (FCC

908

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00918 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.117

Form 731) and shall be authorized as a terminals that can be used for off-the- single device. air reception of TV broadcast signals, (g) An external device or accessory as authorized under part 73 of this that is intended to be attached to a TV chapter. interface device shall comply with the (b) TV broadcast receivers shall be technical and administrative require- capable of adequately receiving all ments set out in the rules under which channels allocated by the Commission it operates. For example, a personal to the television broadcast service that computer must be certificated to show broadcast digital signals using the compliance with the regulations for DTV transmission standard in digital devices. § 73.682(d) of this chapter, but need not (h) Stand-alone switches used to al- be capable of receiving analog signals ternate between cable service and an or signals using the Next Gen TV antenna shall provide isolation be- transmission standard in § 73.682(f) of tween the antenna and cable input ter- this chapter. minals that is at least 80 dB from 54 (c) On a given receiver, use of the MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from 216 UHF and VHF tuning systems shall MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from provide approximately the same degree 550 MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB standard of tuning accuracy with approximately applies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB stand- the same expenditure of time and ef- ard applies at 550 MHz. In the case of fort: Provided, however, That this re- stand-alone switches requiring a power quirement will be considered to be met source, the required isolation shall be if the need for routine fine tuning is maintained in the event the device is eliminated on UHF channels. not connected to a power source or (1) Basic tuning mechanism. If a TV power is interrupted. broadcast receiver is equipped to pro- (i) Switches and other devices in- vide for repeated access to VHF tele- tended to be used to by-pass the proc- vision channels at discrete tuning posi- essing circuitry of a cable system ter- tions, that receiver shall be equipped minal device, whether internal to such to provide for repeated access to a min- a terminal device or a stand-alone unit, imum of six UHF television channels at shall not attenuate the input signal discrete tuning positions. Unless a dis- more than 6 dB from 54 MHz to 550 crete tuning position is provided for MHz, or more than 8 dB from 550 MHz each channel allocated to UHF tele- to 804 MHz. The 6 dB standard applies vision, each position shall be readily at 550 MHz. adjustable to a particular UHF channel by the user without the use of tools. If [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 59 FR 25341, May 16, 12 or fewer discrete tuning positions 1994; 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996; 77 FR 4913, are provided, each position shall be ad- Feb. 1, 2012] justable to receive any channel allocated to UHF television. § 15.117 TV broadcast receivers. NOTE: The combination of detented rotary (a) All TV broadcast receivers switch and pushbutton controls is accept- shipped in interstate commerce or im- able, provided UHF channels, after their ini- ported into the United States, for sale tial selection, can be accurately tuned with or resale to the public, shall comply an expenditure of time and effort approxi- with the provisions of this section, ex- mately the same as that used in accurately cept that paragraphs (f) and (g) of this tuning VHF channels. A UHF tuning system comprising five pushbuttons and a separate section shall not apply to the features manual tuning knob is considered to provide of such sets that provide for reception repeated access to six channels at discrete of digital television signals. The ref- tuning positions. A one-knob (VHF/UHF) erence in this section to TV broadcast tuning system providing repeated access to receivers also includes devices, such as 11 or more discrete tuning positions is also TV interface devices and set-top de- acceptable, provided each of the tuning posi- vices that are intended to provide tions is readily adjustable, without the use audio-video signals to a video monitor, of tools, to receive any UHF channel. that incorporate the tuner portion of a (2) Tuning controls and channel read- TV broadcast receiver and that are out. UHF tuning controls and channel equipped with an antenna or antenna readout on a given receiver shall be

909

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00919 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.117 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

comparable in size, location, accessi- (4) In the case of a TV tuner built-in bility and legibility to VHF controls as part of a video tape recorder that and readout on that receiver. uses a power splitter between the antenna terminals of the video tape re- NOTE: Differences between UHF and VHF corder and the input terminals of the channel readout that follow directly from the larger number of UHF television chan- TV tuner or a TV broadcast receiver nels available are acceptable if it is clear that uses a power splitter between the that a good faith effort to comply with the antenna terminals of two or more UHF provisions of this section has been made. tuners contained within that receiver, 4 dB may be subtracted from the noise (d) If equipment and controls that figure measured at the antenna termi- tend to simplify, expedite or perfect nals of the video tape recorder or TV the reception of television signals (e.g., broadcast receiver for determining AFC, visual aids, remote control, or compliance of the UHF tuner(s) with signal seeking capability referred to the 14 dB noise figure limit. generally as tuning aids) are incor- (h) Digital television reception capa- porated into the VHF portion of a TV bility. TV broadcast receivers are rebroadcast receiver, tuning aids of the quired only to provide useable picture same type and comparable capability and sound commensurate with their and quality shall be provided for the video and audio capabilities when re- UHF portion of that receiver. ceiving digital television signals. (e) If a television receiver has an an- (i) Digital television reception require- tenna affixed to the VHF antenna ter- ment. (1) Responsible parties, as defined minals, it must have an antenna de- in § 2.909 of this chapter, are required to signed for and capable of receiving all equip with DTV tuners new TV broad- UHF television channels affixed to the cast receivers that are shipped in inter- UHF antenna terminals. If a VHF an- state commerce or imported from any tenna is provided with but not affixed foreign country into the United States to a receiver, a UHF antenna shall be and for which they are responsible to provided with the receiver. comply with the provisions of this sec- (f) The picture sensitivity of a TV tion. For purposes of this section, the broadcast receiver averaged for all term ‘‘TV broadcast receivers’’ in- channels between 14 and 69 inclusive cludes other video devices (video- shall not be more than 8dB larger than cassette recorders (VCRs), digital video the peak picture sensitivity of that re- recorders such as hard drive and DVD ceiver averaged for all channels be- recorders, etc.) that receive television tween 2 and 13 inclusive. signals. (g) The noise figure for any television (2) The requirement to include dig- channel 14 to 69 inclusive shall not ex- ital television reception capability in ceed 14 dB. A TV receiver model is con- new TV broadcast receivers does not sidered to comply with this noise fig- apply to devices such as mobile tele- ure if the maximum noise figure for phones and personal digital assistants channels 14–69 inclusive of 97.5% of all where such devices do not include the receivers within that model does not capability to receive TV service on the exceed 14 dB. frequencies allocated for broadcast tel- (1) The responsible party shall meas- evision service. ure the noise figure of a number of (j) For a TV broadcast receiver UHF channels of the test sample to equipped with a cable input selector give reasonable assurance that the switch, the selector switch shall pro- UHF noise figure for each channel com- vide, in any of its set positions, isola- plies with the above limit. tion between the antenna and cable (2) The responsible party shall insert input terminals of at least 80 dB from in his files a statement explaining the 54 MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from basis on which it will rely to ensure 216 MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB that at least 97.5% of all production from 550 MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB units of the test sample that are manu- standard applies at 216 MHz and the 60 factured have a noise figure of no dB standard applies at 550 MHz. In the greater than 14 dB. case of a selector switch requiring a (3) [Reserved] power source, the required isolation

910

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00920 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.118

shall be maintained in the event the consistent with the dimensions of the device is not connected to a power advertisement or description. source or power is interrupted. An ac- (3) Consumer alert. This television re- tual switch that can alternate between ceiver has only an analog broadcast reception of cable television service tuner and will require a converter box and an antenna is not required for a TV after February 17, 2009, to receive over- broadcast receiver, provided compli- the-air broadcasts with an antenna be- ance with the isolation requirement cause of the Nation’s transition to dig- specified in this paragraph can be dem- ital broadcasting. Analog-only TVs onstrated and the circuitry following should continue to work as before with the antenna input terminal(s) has suffi- cable and satellite TV services, gaming cient band-width to allow the reception consoles, VCRs, DVD players, and simi- of all TV broadcast channels author- lar products. For more information, ized under this chapter. call the Federal Communications Com- (k) The following requirements apply to all responsible parties, as defined in mission at 1–888–225–5322 (TTY: 1–888– § 2.909 of this chapter, and any person 835–5322) or visit the Commission’s dig- that displays or offers for sale or rent ital television Web site at: http:// television receiving equipment that is www.dtv.gov. not capable of receiving, decoding and [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1993, as amended at 59 tuning digital signals. FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 30532, June 17, (1) Such parties and persons shall 1996; 67 FR 63294, Oct. 11, 2002; 70 FR 38804, place conspicuously and in close prox- July 6, 2005; 70 FR 75743, Dec. 21, 2005; 72 FR imity to such television broadcast re- 26560, May 10, 2007; 73 FR 5681, Jan. 30, 2008; ceivers a sign containing, in clear and 77 FR 4913, Feb. 1, 2012; 81 FR 5052, Feb. 1, conspicuous print, the Consumer Alert 2016; 83 FR 5021, Feb. 2, 2018] disclosure text required by paragraph (k)(3) of this section. The text should § 15.118 Cable ready consumer elec- be in a size of type large enough to be tronics equipment. clear, conspicuous and readily legible, (a) All consumer electronics TV re- consistent with the dimensions of the ceiving equipment marketed in the equipment and the label. The informa- United States as cable ready or cable tion may be printed on a transparent compatible shall comply with the pro- material and affixed to the screen, if visions of this section. Consumer elec- the receiver includes a display, in a tronics TV receiving equipment that manner that is removable by the con- includes features intended for use with sumer and does not obscure the pic- cable service but does not fully comply ture, or, if the receiver does not in- with the provisions of this section are clude a display, in a prominent loca- subject to the labelling requirements tion on the device, such as on the top of § 15.19(d). Until such time as gen- or front of the device, when displayed erally accepted testing standards are for sale, or the information in this for- developed, paragraphs (c) and (d) of mat may be displayed separately im- this section will apply only to the ana- mediately adjacent to each television log portion of covered consumer elec- broadcast receiver offered for sale and tronics TV receiving equipment clearly associated with the analog-only (b) Cable ready consumer electronics model to which it pertains. (2) If such parties and persons display equipment shall be capable of receiving or offer for sale or rent such television all NTSC or similar video channels on broadcast receivers via direct mail, channels 1 through 125 of the channel catalog, or electronic means, they shall allocation plan set forth in CEA–542–B: prominently display in close proximity ‘‘CEA Standard: Cable Television Chan- to the images or descriptions of such nel Identification Plan,’’ (incorporated television broadcast receivers, in clear by reference, see § 15.38). and conspicuous print, the Consumer (c) Cable ready consumer electronics Alert disclosure text required by para- equipment must meet the following graph (k)(3) of this section. The text technical performance requirements. should be in a size large enough to be Compliance with these requirements clear, conspicuous, and readily legible, shall be determined by performing

911

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00921 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.118 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

measurements at the unfiltered IF out- with a 10 IRE flat field with color put port. Where appropriate, the Com- burst, visual to aural carrier ratio of 10 mission will consider allowing alter- dB, aural carrier unmodulated. The native measurement methods. equipment under test (EUT) shall be (1) Adjacent channel interference. In placed on a rotatable table that is one the presence of a lower adjacent chan- meter in height. Any excess length of nel CW signal that is 1.5 MHz below the the power cord and other connecting desired visual carrier in frequency and leads shall be coiled on the floor under 10 dB below the desired visual carrier the table. The EUT shall be immersed in amplitude, spurious signals within in a horizontally polarized uniform CW the IF passband shall be attenuated at field of 100 mV/m at a frequency 2.55 least 55 dB below the visual carrier of MHz above the visual carrier of the the desired signal. The desired input EUT tuned channel. Measurements signal shall be an NTSC visual carrier shall be made with the EUT tuned to modulated with a 10 IRE flat field with six EIA IS–132 channels, two each in color burst and the aural carrier which the low VHF, high VHF and UHF is 10 dB below the visual carrier should broadcast bands. On each channel, the be unmodulated. Measurements are to levels at the IF passband due to the de- be performed for input signal levels of sired and interfering signals are to be 0 dBmV and + 15 dBmV, with the re- measured. ceiver tuned to ten evenly spaced EIA (4) Tuner overload. Spurious signals IS–132 channels covering the band 54 within the IF passband shall be attenu- MHz to 804 MHz. ated at least 55 dB below the visual (2) Image channel interference. Image carrier of the desired channel using a channel interference within the IF comb-like spectrum input with each passband shall be attenuated below the visual carrier of the desired channel by visual carrier signal individually set at at least 60 dB from 54 MHz to 714 MHz + 15 dBmV from 54 to 550 MHz. The de- and 50 dB from 714 MHz to 804 MHz. The sired input signal is to be an NTSC sig- 60 dB standard applies at 714 MHz. In nal on which the visual carrier is mod- testing for compliance with this stand- ulated with a 10 IRE flat field with ard, the desired input signal is to be an color burst and the aural carrier is NTSC signal on which the visual car- unmodulated and 10 dB below the vis- rier is modulated with a 10 IRE flat ual carrier. Measurements shall be field with color burst and the aural made with the receiver tuned to at carrier is unmodulated and 10 dB below least seven evenly spaced EIA IS–132 the visual carrier. The undesired test channels covering the band 54 MHz to signal shall be a CW signal equal in 550 MHz. In addition, spurious signals amplitude to the desired visual carrier within the IF passband shall be attenu- and located 90 MHz above the visual ated at least 51 dB below the visual carrier frequency of the desired chan- carrier of the desired channel using a nel. Measurements shall be performed comb spectrum input with each signal for input signals of 0 dBmV and + 15 individually set at + 15 dBmV from 550 dBmV, with the receiver tuned to at to 804 MHz. Measurements shall be least ten evenly spaced EIA IS–132 made with the receiver tuned to at channels covering the band 54 MHz to least three evenly spaced EIA IS–132 804 MHz. channels covering the band 550 MHz to (3) Direct pickup interference. The di- 804 MHz. rect pickup (DPU) of a co-channel (5) Cable input conducted emissions. (i) interfering ambient field by a cable Conducted spurious emissions that ap- ready device shall not exceed the fol- pear at the cable input to the device lowing criteria. The ratio of the desired must meet the following criteria. The to undesired signal levels at the IF input shall be an NTSC video carrier passband on each channel shall be at modulated with a 10 IRE flat field with least 45 dB. The average ratio over the color burst at a level of 0 dBmV and six channels shall be at least 50 dB. The with a visual to aural ratio of 10 dB. desired input signal shall be an NTSC The aural carrier shall be signal having a visual carrier level of 0 unmodulated. The peak level of the dBmV. The visual carrier is modulated spurious signals will be measured using

912

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00922 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.120

a spectrum analyzer connected by a di- defined in section 15.3(w) of this chap- rectional coupler to the cable input of ter, including personal computer sys- the equipment under test. Spurious sig- tems meeting that definition, must en- nal levels must not exceed the limits in sure that one-half of their product the following table: models with picture screens 33 cm (13 in) or larger in diameter shipped in From 54 MHz up to and including 300 MHz–26 dBmV interstate commerce or manufactured From 300 MHz up to and including 450 MHz– in the United States comply with the 20 dBmV provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) From 450 MHz up to and including 804 MHz- of this section. 15 dBmV NOTE: This paragraph places no restric- (ii) The average of the measurements tions on the shipping or sale of television re- on multiple channels from 450 MHz up ceivers that were manufactured before July to and including 804 MHz shall be no 1999. greater than ¥20 dBmV. Measurements (b) All TV broadcast receivers as de- shall be made with the receiver tuned fined in § 15.3(w), including personal to at least four EIA IS–132 channels in computer systems meeting that defini- each of the above bands. The test chan- tion, with picture screens 33 cm (13 in) nels are to be evenly distributed across or larger, measured diagonally, or with each of the bands. Measurements for displays in the 16:9 aspect ratio that conducted emissions caused by sources are 19.8 cm (7.8 in) or greater in height internal to the device are to be made in and digital television receivers without a shielded room. Measurements for an associated display device shipped in conducted emissions caused by exter- interstate commerce or manufactured nal signal sources shall be made in an in the United States shall comply with ambient RF field whose field strength the provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), is 100 mV/m, following the same test and (e) of this section. conditions as described in paragraph (c) Transmission format. (1) Analog (c)(3) of this section. television program rating information (d) The field strength of radiated shall be transmitted on line 21 of field emissions from cable ready consumer 2 of the vertical blanking interval of electronics equipment shall not exceed television signals, in accordance with the limits in § 15.109(a) when measured § 73.682(a)(22) of this chapter. in accordance with the applicable pro- (2) Digital television program rating cedures specified in §§ 15.31 and 15.35 for information shall be transmitted in unintentional radiators, with the fol- digital television signals in accordance lowing modifications. During testing with § 73.682(d) of this chapter. the NTSC input signal level is to be + (d) Operation. (1) Analog television 15 dBmV, with a visual to aural ratio of receivers will receive program ratings 10 dB. The visual carrier is to be modu- transmitted pursuant to EIA–744: lated by a 10 IRE flat field with color ‘‘Transport of Content Advisory Infor- burst; the aural carrier is to be mation Using Extended Data Service unmodulated. Measurements are to be (XDS)’’ (incorporated by reference, see taken on six EIA IS–132 channels even- § 15.38) and EIA–608: ‘‘Recommended ly spaced across the required RF input Practice for Line 21 Data Service’’ (in- range of the equipment under test. corporated by reference, see § 15.38). Blocking of programs shall occur when [59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994, as amended at 61 a program rating is received that FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996; 65 FR 64391, Oct. 27, meets the pre-determined user require- 2000; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 2849, Jan. ments. 21, 2004; 69 FR 57861, Sept. 28, 2004; 77 FR 4913, Feb. 1, 2012] (2) Digital television receivers shall react in a similar manner as analog § 15.119 [Reserved] televisions when programmed to block specific rating categories. Digital tele- § 15.120 Program blocking technology vision receivers will receive program requirements for television receiv- rating descriptors transmitted pursu- ers. ant to industry standard EIA/CEA–766– (a) Effective July 1, 1999, manufactur- A ‘‘U.S. and Canadian Region Rating ers of television broadcast receivers as Tables (RRT) and Content Advisory

913

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00923 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.121 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Descriptors for Transport of Content block programs with the more restric- Advisory Information using ATSC A/ tive ratings of TV–14 and TV-MA. 65–A Program and System Information (ii) If the user chooses to block pro- Protocol (PSIP),’’ 2001 (incorporated by gramming according to a combination reference, see § 15.38). Blocking of proof age based and content based ratings grams shall occur when a program rat- the receiver must have the ability to ing is received that meets the pre-de- automatically block programming termined user requirements. Digital with a more restrictive age rating but television receivers shall be able to re- a similar content rating. For example, spond to changes in the content advi- if all shows rated TV-PG-V have been sory rating system. selected for blocking, the user should (e) All television receivers as de- be able to block automatically shows scribed in paragraph (a) of this section with the more restrictive ratings of shall block programming as follows: TV–14–V and TV-MA-V. (1) Channel Blocking. Channel Block- (iii) The user should have the capa- ing should occur as soon as a program bility of overriding the automatic rating packet with the appropriate blocking described in paragraphs Content Advisory or MPAA rating (e)(4)(i) and (4)(ii) of this section. level is received. Program blocking is described as a receiver performing all [63 FR 20133, Apr. 23, 1998, as amended at 68 of the following: FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004; 69 FR 59534, Oct. 4, 2004; 73 FR 5682, Jan. • Muting the program audio. 30, 2008; 74 FR 63079, Dec. 2, 2009; 77 FR 4913, • Rendering the video black or otherwise Feb. 1, 2012] indecipherable. • Eliminating program-related captions. § 15.121 Scanning receivers and fre- (2) Default State. The default state of quency converters used with scanning receivers. a receiver (i.e., as provided to the consumer) should not block unrated pro- (a) Except as provided in paragraph grams. However, it is permissible to in- (c) of this section, scanning receivers clude features that allow the user to and frequency converters designed or reprogram the receiver to block pro- marketed for use with scanning receiv- grams that are not rated. ers, shall: (3) Picture-In-Picture (PIP). If a re- (1) Be incapable of operating (tun- ceiver has the ability to decode pro- ing), or readily being altered by the gram-related rating information for user to operate, within the frequency the Picture-In-Picture (PIP) video sig- bands allocated to the Cellular Radio- nal, then it should block the PIP chan- telephone Service in part 22 of this nel in the same manner as the main chapter (cellular telephone bands). channel. If the receiver does not have Scanning receivers capable of ‘‘readily the ability to decode PIP program-re- being altered by the user’’ include, but lated rating information, then it are not limited to, those for which the should block or otherwise disable the ability to receive transmissions in the PIP if the viewer has enabled program cellular telephone bands can be added blocking. by clipping the leads of, or installing, a (4) Selection of Ratings. Each tele- simple component such as a diode, re- vision receiver, in accordance with user sistor or jumper wire; replacing a plug- input, shall block programming based in semiconductor chip; or programming on the age based ratings, the content a semiconductor chip using special ac- based ratings, or a combination of the cess codes or an external device, such two. as a personal computer. Scanning re- (i) If the user chooses to block pro- ceivers, and frequency converters de- gramming according to its age based signed for use with scanning receivers, rating level, the receiver must have the also shall be incapable of converting ability to automatically block pro- digital cellular communication trans- grams with a more restrictive age missions to analog voice audio. based rating. For example, if all shows (2) Be designed so that the tuning, with an age-based rating of TV-PG control and filtering circuitry is inac- have been selected for blocking, the cessible. The design must be such that user should be able to automatically any attempts to modify the equipment

914

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00924 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.123

to receive transmissions from the Cel- (1) ‘‘Permanently affixed’’ means lular Radiotelephone Service likely that the label is etched, engraved, will render the receiver inoperable. stamped, silkscreened, indelible print- (b) Except as provided in paragraph ed or otherwise permanently marked (c) of this section, scanning receivers on a permanently attached part of the shall reject any signals from the Cel- equipment or on a nameplate of metal, lular Radiotelephone Service frequency plastic or other material fastened to bands that are 38 dB or lower based the equipment by welding, riveting, or upon a 12 dB SINAD measurement, permanent adhesive. The label shall be which is considered the threshold designed to last the expected lifetime where a signal can be clearly discerned of the equipment in the environment in from any interference that may be which the equipment may be operated present. and must not be readily detachable. (c) Scanning receivers and frequency The label shall not be a stick-on, paper converters designed or marketed for label. use with scanning receivers, are not (2) When the device is so small that it subject to the requirements of para- is not practicable to place the warning graphs (a) and (b) of this section pro- label on it, the information required by vided that they are manufactured ex- this paragraph shall be placed in a clusively for, and marketed exclusively prominent location in the instruction to, entities described in 18 U.S.C. manual or pamphlet supplied to the 2512(2), or are marketed exclusively as user and shall also be placed on the test equipment pursuant to § 15.3(dd). container in which the device is mar- (d) Modification of a scanning re- keted. However, the FCC identifier ceiver to receive transmissions from must be displayed on the device. Cellular Radiotelephone Service fre- [64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999, as amended at 66 quency bands will be considered to con- FR 32582, June 15, 2001] stitute manufacture of such equipment. This includes any individual, in- § 15.122 [Reserved] dividuals, entity or organization that modifies one or more scanners. Any § 15.123 Labeling of digital cable ready modification to a scanning receiver to products. receive transmissions from the Cellular (a) The requirements of this section Radiotelephone Service frequency shall apply to unidirectional digital bands voids the certification of the cable products. Unidirectional digital scanning receiver, regardless of the cable products are one-way devices date of manufacture of the original that accept a Point of Deployment unit. In addition, the provisions of module (POD) and which include, but § 15.23 shall not be interpreted as per- are not limited to televisions, set-top- mitting modification of a scanning re- boxes and recording devices connected ceiver to receiver Cellular Radio- to digital cable systems. telephone Service transmissions. Unidirectional digital cable products (e) Scanning receivers and frequency do not include interactive two-way dig- converters designed for use with scan- ital television products. ning receivers shall not be assembled (b) A unidirectional digital cable from kits or marketed in kit form un- product may not be labeled with or less they comply with the require- marketed using the term ‘‘digital cable ments in paragraph (a) through (c) of ready,’’ or other terminology that de- this section. scribes the device as ‘‘cable ready’’ or (f) Scanning receivers shall have a ‘‘cable compatible,’’ or otherwise indi- label permanently affixed to the prod- cates that the device accepts a POD or uct, and this label shall be readily visi- conveys the impression that the device ble to the purchaser at the time of pur- is compatible with digital cable service chase. The label shall read as follows: unless it implements at a minimum WARNING: MODIFICATION OF THIS the following features: DEVICE TO RECEIVE CELLULAR RA- (1) Tunes NTSC analog channels DIOTELEPHONE SERVICE SIGNALS transmitted in-the-clear. IS PROHIBITED UNDER FCC RULES (2) Tunes digital channels that are AND FEDERAL LAW. transmitted in compliance with SCTE

915

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00925 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.123 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): ‘‘Digital either a DVI/HDCP or HDMI/HDCP Cable Network Interface Standard’’ (in- interface. corporated by reference, see § 15.38), (c) Before a manufacturer’s or im- provided, however, that with respect to porter’s first unidirectional digital Table B.11 of that standard, the phase cable product may be labeled or mar- noise requirement shall be ¥86 dB/Hz keted as digital cable ready or with including both in-the-clear channels other terminology as described in para- and channels that are subject to condi- graph (b) of this section, the manufac- tional access. turer or importer shall verify the de- (3) Allows navigation of channels vice as follows: based on channel information (virtual (1) The manufacturer or importer channel map and source names) pro- shall have a sample of its first model of vided through the cable system in com- a unidirectional digital cable product pliance with ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (for- tested to show compliance with the merly DVS 234): ‘‘Service Information procedures set forth in Uni-Dir-PICS– Delivered Out-of-Band for Digital Cable I01–030903: Uni-Directional Receiving Television’’ (incorporated by reference, Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS see § 15.38), and/or PSIP-enabled naviga- Proforma (incorporated by reference, tion (ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS see § 15.38) at a qualified test facility. If 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex the model fails to comply, the manu- and Transport System Standard for facturer or importer shall have any Cable Television’’ (incorporated by ref- modifications to the product to correct erence, see § 15.38)). failures of the procedures in Uni–Dir– (4) Includes the POD-Host Interface PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Re- specified in SCTE 28 2003 (formerly ceiving Device: Conformance Checklist: DVS 295): ‘‘Host-POD Interface Stand- PICS Proforma,’’ September 3, 2003 (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38) re- ard’’ (incorporated by reference, see tested at a qualified test facility and § 15.38), and SCTE 41 2003 (formerly the product must comply with Uni-Dir- DVS 301): ‘‘POD Copy Protection Sys- PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Re- tem’’ (incorporated by reference, see ceiving Device: Conformance Checklist: § 15.38), or implementation of a more PICS Proforma,’’ September 3, 2003 (in- advanced POD-Host Interface based on corporated by reference, see § 15.38) in successor standards. Support for Inter- accordance with the test procedures set net protocol flows is not required. forth in Uni–Dir–ATP–I02–040225: ‘‘Uni- (5) Responds to emergency alerts Directional Receiving Device, Accept- that are transmitted in compliance ance Test Plan,’’ February 25, 2004 (in- with ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS corporated by reference, see § 15.38) or 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex with M–UDCP–PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni- and Transport System Standard for Directional Cable Product Supporting Cable Television’’ (incorporated by ref- M–Card: Multiple Profiles; Conform- erence, see § 15.38). ance Checklist: PICS,’’ February 25, (6) In addition to the requirements of 2008 (incorporated by reference, see paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this § 15.38) in accordance with the test pro- section, a unidirectional digital cable cedures set forth in TP–ATP–M–UDCP– television may not be labeled or mar- I05–20080304, ‘‘Uni-Directional Digital keted as digital cable ready or with Cable Products Supporting M–Card; M– other terminology as described in para- UDCP Device Acceptance Test Plan,’’ graph (b) of this section, unless it in- March 4, 2008 (incorporated by ref- cludes a DTV broadcast tuner as set erence, see § 15.38) before the product or forth in § 15.117(i) and employs at least any related model may be labeled or one interface specified in paragraphs marketed. If the manufacturer or im- (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section: porter’s first unidirectional digital (i) For 480p grade unidirectional dig- cable product is not a television, then ital cable televisions, either a DVI/ that manufacturer or importer’s first HDCP, HDMI/HDCP, or 480p Y,Pb,Pr model of a unidirectional digital cable interface. product which is a television shall be (ii) For 720p/1080i grade tested pursuant to this subsection as unidirectional digital cable televisions, though it were the first unidirectional

916

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00926 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.123

digital cable product. A qualified test dures of Uni–Dir–PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni- facility may only require compliance Directional Receiving Device: Con- with the procedures set forth in Uni- formance Checklist: PICS Proforma,’’ Dir-PICS–I01–030903: Uni-Directional September 03, 2003 (incorporated by ref- Receiving Device: Conformance Check- erence, see § 15.38) unless the first list: PICS Proforma, September 3, 2003 model tested was not a television, in (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). which event the first television shall be Compliance testing beyond those pro- tested as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of cedures shall be at the discretion of the this section. The manufacturer or im- manufacturer or importer. porter shall ensure that all subsequent (2) A qualified test facility is a test- models of unidirectional digital cable ing laboratory representing cable tele- products comply with the procedures in vision system operators serving a ma- the Uni–Dir–PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni-Di- jority of the cable television sub- rectional Receiving Device: Conform- scribers in the United States or an ap- ance Checklist: PICS Proforma,’’ Sep- propriately qualified independent lab- tember 03, 2003 (incorporated by ref- oratory with adequate equipment and erence, see § 15.38) and all other appli- competent personnel knowledgeable cable rules and standards. The manu- with respect to Uni-Dir-PICS–I01– facturer or importer shall maintain 030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving De- records indicating such compliance in vice: Conformance Checklist: PICS accordance with Supplier’s Declaration Proforma,’’ September 03, 2003 (incor- of Conformity requirements in part 2, porated by reference, see § 15.38); Uni– subpart J of this chapter. The manu- Dir–ATP–I02–040225: ‘‘Uni-Directional facturer or importer shall further sub- Receiving Device, Acceptance Test mit documentation demonstrating Plan,’’ February 25, 2004 (incorporated compliance with the procedures in the by reference, see § 15.38); M–UDCP– Uni–Dir–PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni-Direc- PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni-Directional tional Receiving Device: Conformance Cable Product Supporting M–Card: Checklist: PICS Proforma,’’ September Multiple Profiles; Conformance Check- 03, 2003 (incorporated by reference, see list: PICS,’’ February 25, 2008 (incor- § 15.38) to the qualified test facility. porated by reference, see § 15.38); and TP–ATP–M–UDCP–I05–20080304, ‘‘Uni- (4) Unidirectional digital cable prod- Directional Digital Cable Products uct models must be tested for compli- Supporting M–Card; M–UDCP Device ance with Uni-Dir-PICS–I01–030903: Acceptance Test Plan,’’ March 4, 2008 ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving Device: (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). Conformance Checklist: PICS For any independent testing laboratory Proforma,’’ September 3, 2003 (incor- to be qualified hereunder such labora- porated by reference, see § 15.38) in ac- tory must ensure that all its decisions cordance with Uni–Dir–ATP–I02–040225: are impartial and have a documented ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving Device Ac- structure which safeguards impar- ceptance Test Plan,’’ February 25, 2004, tiality of the operations of the testing (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38) laboratory. In addition, any inde- or an equivalent test procedure that pendent testing laboratory qualified produces identical pass/fail test results. hereunder must not supply or design In the event of any dispute over the ap- products of the type it tests, nor pro- plicable results under an equivalent vide any other products or services test procedure, the results under Uni– that could compromise confidentiality, Dir–ATP–I02–040225: ‘‘Uni-Directional objectivity or impartiality of the test- Receiving Device Acceptance Test ing laboratory’s testing process and de- Plan,’’ February 25, 2004 (incorporated cisions. by reference, see § 15.38) shall govern. (3) Subsequent to the testing of its (5) This paragraph applies to initial unidirectional digital cable unidirectional digital cable product product model, a manufacturer or im- models which utilize Point-of-Deploy- porter is not required to have other ment modules (PODs) in multi-stream models of unidirectional digital cable mode (M–UDCPs). products tested at a qualified test fa- (i) The manufacturer or importer cility for compliance with the proce- shall have a sample of its first model of

917

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00927 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.123 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

a M–UDCP tested at a qualified test fa- Products Supporting M–Card; M–UDCP cility to show compliance with M– Device Acceptance Test Plan,’’ March UDCP–PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni-Direc- 4, 2008 (incorporated by reference, see tional Cable Product Supporting M– § 15.38). For any independent testing Card: Multiple Profiles; Conformance laboratory to be qualified hereunder Checklist: PICS,’’ February 25, 2008 (in- such laboratory must ensure that all corporated by reference, see § 15.38) as its decisions are impartial and have a specified in the procedures set forth in documented structure which safe- TP–ATP–M–UDCP–I05–20080304, ‘‘Uni- guards impartiality of the operations Directional Digital Cable Products of the testing laboratory. In addition, Supporting M–Card; M–UDCP Device any independent testing laboratory Acceptance Test Plan,’’ March 4, 2008 qualified hereunder must not supply or (both references incorporated by ref- design products of the type it tests, nor erence, see § 15.38). If the model fails to provide any other products or services comply, the manufacturer or importer that could compromise confidentiality, shall have retested, at a qualified test objectivity or impartiality of the test- facility, a product that complies with ing laboratory’s testing process and de- Uni-Dir-PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni-Direc- cisions. tional Receiving Device: Conformance (iii) Subsequent to the successful Checklist: PICS Proforma,’’ September testing of its initial M–UDCP, a manu- 03, 2003 (incorporated by reference, see facturer or importer is not required to § 15.38) in accordance with Uni–Dir– have other M–UDCP models tested at a ATP–I02–040225: ‘‘Uni-Directional Re- qualified test facility for compliance ceiving Device Acceptance Test Plan,’’ with M–UDCP–PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni- February 25, 2004, (incorporated by ref- Directional Cable Product Supporting erence, see § 15.38) or an equivalent test M-Card: Multiple Profiles; Conform- procedure that produces identical pass/ ance Checklist: PICS,’’ February 25, fail test results before any product or 2008 (incorporated by reference, see related model may be labeled or mar- § 15.38) unless the first model tested keted. If the manufacturer or import- was not a television, in which event er’s first M–UDCP is not a television, the first television shall be tested as then that manufacturer or importer’s provided in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this first model of a M–UDCP which is a tel- section. The manufacturer or importer evision shall be tested pursuant to this shall ensure that all subsequent models subsection as though it were the first of M–UDCPs comply with M–UDCP– M–UDCP. PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni-Directional (ii) A qualified test facility is a test- Cable Product Supporting M-Card: ing laboratory representing cable tele- Multiple Profiles; Conformance Check- vision system operators serving a ma- list: PICS,’’ February 25, 2008 (incor- jority of the cable television sub- porated by reference, see § 15.38) and all scribers in the United States or an ap- other applicable rules and standards. propriately qualified independent lab- The manufacturer or importer shall oratory with adequate equipment and maintain records indicating such com- competent personnel knowledgeable pliance in accordance with Supplier’s with Uni-Dir-PICS–I01–030903: ‘‘Uni-Di- Declaration of Conformity require- rectional Receiving Device: Conform- ments in part 2, subpart J of this chap- ance Checklist: PICS Proforma,’’ Sep- ter. For each M–UDCP model, the man- tember 03, 2003 (incorporated by ref- ufacturer or importer shall further sub- erence, see § 15.38); Uni–Dir–ATP–I02– mit documentation demonstrating 040225: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving De- compliance with M–UDCP–PICS–I04– vice, Acceptance Test Plan,’’ February 080225, ‘‘Uni-Directional Cable Product 25, 2004 (incorporated by reference, see Supporting M-Card: Multiple Profiles; § 15.38); M–UDCP–PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni- Conformance Checklist: PICS,’’ Feb- Directional Cable Product Supporting ruary 25, 2008 (incorporated by ref- M–Card: Multiple Profiles; Conform- erence, see § 15.38) to the qualified test ance Checklist: PICS,’’ February 25, facility. 2008 (incorporated by reference, see (iv) M–UDCPs must be in compliance § 15.38); and TP–ATP–M–UDCP–I05– with M–UDCP–PICS–I04–080225, ‘‘Uni- 20080304, ‘‘Uni-Directional Digital Cable Directional Cable Product Supporting

918

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00928 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.201

M–Card: Multiple Profiles; Conform- (b) Except as otherwise exempted in ance Checklist: PICS,’’ February 25, paragraph (c) of this section and in 2008 (incorporated by reference, see § 15.23, all intentional radiators oper- § 15.38) in accordance with the proce- ating under the provisions of this part dures set forth in TP–ATP–M–UDCP– shall be certified by the Telecommuni- I05–20080304, ‘‘Uni-Directional Digital cation Certification Bodies pursuant to Cable Products Supporting M–Card; M– the procedures in subpart J of part 2 of UDCP Device Acceptance Test Plan,’’ this chapter prior to marketing. March 4, 2008 (incorporated by ref- (c) For devices such as perimeter pro- erence, see § 15.38) or an equivalent test tection systems which, in accordance procedure that produces identical pass/ with § 15.31(d), are required to be meas- fail test results. In the event of any ured at the installation site, each ap- dispute over the applicable results plication for certification must be ac- under an equivalent test procedure, the companied by a statement indicating results under TP–ATP–M–UDCP–I05– that the system has been tested at 20080304, ‘‘Uni-Directional Digital Cable three installations and found to com- Products Supporting M–Card; M–UDCP ply at each installation. Until such Device Acceptance Test Plan,’’ March time as certification is granted, a 4, 2008 (incorporated by reference, see given installation of a system that was § 15.38) shall govern. measured for the submission for cer- (d) Manufacturers and importers tification will be considered to be in shall provide in appropriate post-sale material that describes the features compliance with the provisions of this and functionality of the product, such chapter, including the marketing regu- as the owner’s guide, the following lan- lations in subpart I of part 2 of this guage: ‘‘This digital television is capa- chapter, if tests at that installation ble of receiving analog basic, digital show the system to be in compliance basic and digital premium cable tele- with the relevant technical require- vision programming by direct connec- ments. Similarly, where measurements tion to a cable system providing such must be performed on site for equip- programming. A security card provided ment subject to Supplier’s Declaration by your cable operator is required to of Conformity, a given installation view encrypted digital programming. that has been found compliant with the Certain advanced and interactive dig- applicable standards will be considered ital cable services such as video-on-de- to be in compliance with the provisions mand, a cable operator’s enhanced proof this chapter, including the mar- gram guide and data-enhanced tele- keting regulations in subpart I of part vision services may require the use of a 2 of this chapter. set-top box. For more information call (d) For perimeter protection systems your local cable operator.’’ operating in the frequency bands allo- [68 FR 66733, Nov. 28, 2003, as amended at 76 cated to television broadcast stations FR 40277, July 8, 2011; 77 FR 4914, Feb. 1, 2012; operating under part 73 of this chapter, 82 FR 50833, Nov. 2, 2017] the holder of the grant of certification must test each installation prior to ini- Subpart C—Intentional Radiators tiation of normal operation to verify compliance with the technical stand- § 15.201 Equipment authorization re- ards and must maintain a list of all in- quirement. stallations and records of measurements. For perimeter protection sys- (a) Intentional radiators operated as tems operating outside of the fre- carrier current systems, devices operated under the provisions of §§ 15.211, quency bands allocated to television 15.213, and 15.221, and devices operating broadcast stations, upon receipt of a below 490 kHz in which all emissions grant of certification, further testing are at least 40 dB below the limits in of the same or similar type of system § 15.209 are subject to Suppliers Dec- or installation is not required. laration of Conformity pursuant to the [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 procedures in subpart J of part 2 of this FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 82 FR 50834, Nov. 2, chapter prior to marketing. 2017]

919

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00929 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.202 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 15.202 Certified operating frequency installation site. However, the installer range. shall be responsible for ensuring that Client devices that operate in a mas- the proper antenna is employed so that ter/client network may be certified if the limits in this part are not exceed- they have the capability of operating ed. outside permissible part 15 frequency [82 FR 41559, Sept. 1, 2017] bands, provided they operate on only permissible part 15 frequencies under § 15.204 External radio frequency the control of the master device with power amplifiers and antenna which they communicate. Master de- modifications. vices marketed within the United (a) Except as otherwise described in States must be limited to operation on paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, permissible part 15 frequencies. Client no person shall use, manufacture, sell devices that can also act as master de- or lease, offer for sale or lease (includ- vices must meet the requirements of a ing advertising for sale or lease), or im- master device. For the purposes of this port, ship, or distribute for the purpose section, a master device is defined as a of selling or leasing, any external radio device operating in a mode in which it frequency power amplifier or amplifier has the capability to transmit without kit intended for use with a part 15 in- receiving an enabling signal. In this tentional radiator. mode it is able to select a channel and (b) A transmission system consisting initiate a network by sending enabling of an intentional radiator, an external signals to other devices. A network al- radio frequency power amplifier, and ways has at least one device operating an antenna, may be authorized, mar- in master mode. A client device is de- keted and used under this part. Except fined as a device operating in a mode in as described otherwise in this section, which the transmissions of the device when a transmission system is author- are under control of the master. A de- ized as a system, it must always be vice in client mode is not able to ini- marketed as a complete system and tiate a network. must always be used in the configura- [70 FR 23040, May 4, 2005] tion in which it was authorized. (c) An intentional radiator may be § 15.203 Antenna requirement. operated only with the antenna with An intentional radiator shall be de- which it is authorized. If an antenna is signed to ensure that no antenna other marketed with the intentional radi- than that furnished by the responsible ator, it shall be of a type which is au- party shall be used with the device. thorized with the intentional radiator. The use of a permanently attached an- An intentional radiator may be author- tenna or of an antenna that uses a ized with multiple antenna types. Ex- unique coupling to the intentional ra- ceptions to the following provisions, if diator shall be considered sufficient to any, are noted in the rule section under comply with the provisions of this sec- which the transmitter operates, e.g., tion. The manufacturer may design the § 15.255(b)(1)(ii) of this part. unit so that a broken antenna can be (1) The antenna type, as used in this replaced by the user, but the use of a paragraph, refers to antennas that standard antenna jack or electrical have similar in-band and out-of-band connector is prohibited. This require- radiation patterns. ment does not apply to carrier current (2) Compliance testing shall be per- devices or to devices operated under formed using the highest gain antenna the provisions of §§ 15.211, 15.213, 15.217, for each type of antenna to be certified 15.219, 15.221, or § 15.236. Further, this with the intentional radiator. During requirement does not apply to inten- this testing, the intentional radiator tional radiators that must be profes- shall be operated at its maximum sionally installed, such as perimeter available output power level. protection systems and some field dis- (3) Manufacturers shall supply a list turbance sensors, or to other inten- of acceptable antenna types with the tional radiators which, in accordance application for equipment authoriza- with § 15.31(d), must be measured at the tion of the intentional radiator.

920

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00930 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.205

(4) Any antenna that is of the same 5.825 GHz band pursuant to § 15.407 of type and of equal or less directional this part. The amplifier must be of a gain as an antenna that is authorized design such that it can only be con- with the intentional radiator may be nected as part of a system in which it marketed with, and used with, that in- has been previously authorized. (The tentional radiator. No retesting of this use of a non-standard connector or a system configuration is required. The form of electronic system identifica- marketing or use of a system configu- tion is acceptable.) The output power ration that employs an antenna of a of such an amplifier must not exceed different type, or that operates at a the maximum permitted output power higher gain, than the antenna author- of its associated transmitter. ized with the intentional radiator is (2) The outside packaging and user not permitted unless the procedures manual for external radio frequency specified in § 2.1043 of this chapter are power amplifiers sold in accordance followed. with paragraph (d)(1) of this section (d) Except as described in this para- must include notification that the am- graph, an external radio frequency plifier can be used only in a system power amplifier or amplifier kit shall which it has obtained authorization. be marketed only with the system con- Such a notice must identify the au- figuration with which it was approved thorized system by FCC Identifier. and not as a separate product. (1) An external radio frequency power [69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004, as amended at 78 amplifier may be marketed for indi- FR 59850, Sept. 30, 2013] vidual sale provided it is intended for use in conjunction with a transmitter § 15.205 Restricted bands of operation. that operates in the 902–928 MHz, 2400– (a) Except as shown in paragraph (d) 2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz bands of this section, only spurious emissions pursuant to § 15.247 of this part or a are permitted in any of the frequency transmitter that operates in the 5.725– bands listed below:

MHz MHz MHz GHz

0.090–0.110 ...... 16.42–16.423 399.9–410 4.5–5.15 1 0.495–0.505 ...... 16.69475–16.69525 608–614 5.35–5.46 2.1735–2.1905 ...... 16.80425–16.80475 960–1240 7.25–7.75 4.125–4.128 ...... 25.5–25.67 1300–1427 8.025–8.5 4.17725–4.17775 ...... 37.5–38.25 1435–1626.5 9.0–9.2 4.20725–4.20775 ...... 73–74.6 1645.5–1646.5 9.3–9.5 6.215–6.218 ...... 74.8–75.2 1660–1710 10.6–12.7 6.26775–6.26825 ...... 108–121.94 1718.8–1722.2 13.25–13.4 6.31175–6.31225 ...... 123–138 2200–2300 14.47–14.5 8.291–8.294 ...... 149.9–150.05 2310–2390 15.35–16.2 8.362–8.366 ...... 156.52475–156.52525 2483.5–2500 17.7–21.4 8.37625–8.38675 ...... 156.7–156.9 2690–2900 22.01–23.12 8.41425–8.41475 ...... 162.0125–167.17 3260–3267 23.6–24.0 12.29–12.293 ...... 167.72–173.2 3332–3339 31.2–31.8 12.51975–12.52025 ...... 240–285 3345.8–3358 36.43–36.5 12.57675–12.57725 ...... 322–335.4 3600–4400 (2) 13.36–13.41. 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490–0.510 MHz. 2 Above 38.6

(b) Except as provided in paragraphs emission limits in § 15.209 shall be dem- (d) and (e) of this section, the field onstrated based on the average value of strength of emissions appearing within the measured emissions. The provisions these frequency bands shall not exceed in § 15.35 apply to these measurements. the limits shown in § 15.209. At fre- (c) Except as provided in paragraphs quencies equal to or less than 1000 (d) and (e) of this section, regardless of MHz, compliance with the limits in the field strength limits specified else- § 15.209 shall be demonstrated using where in this subpart, the provisions of measurement instrumentation employ- this section apply to emissions from ing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. any intentional radiator. Above 1000 MHz, compliance with the

921

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00931 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.207 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) The following devices are exempt ating under the provisions of § 15.245 from the requirements of this section: shall not exceed the limits specified in (1) Swept frequency field disturbance § 15.245(b). sensors operating between 1.705 and 37 MHz provided their emissions only [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 46791, Nov. 7, 1990; 56 FR 6288, Feb. 15, sweep through the bands listed in para- 1991; 57 FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992; 58 FR 33774, graph (a) of this section, the sweep is June 21, 1993; 60 FR 28068, May 30, 1995; 61 FR never stopped with the fundamental 14503, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 FR 4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 62 emission within the bands listed in FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997; 67 FR 34855, May 16, paragraph (a) of this section, and the 2002; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 3265, Jan. fundamental emission is outside of the 23, 2004; 69 FR 72031, Dec. 10, 2004; 79 FR 12678, bands listed in paragraph (a) of this Mar. 6, 2014; 80 FR 73069, Nov. 23, 2015; 84 FR section more than 99% of the time the 25691, June 4, 2019] device is actively transmitting, with- § 15.207 Conducted limits. out compensation for duty cycle. (2) Transmitters used to detect bur- (a) Except as shown in paragraphs (b) ied electronic markers at 101.4 kHz and (c) of this section, for an inten- which are employed by telephone com- tional radiator that is designed to be panies. connected to the public utility (AC) (3) Cable locating equipment oper- power line, the radio frequency voltage ated pursuant to § 15.213. that is conducted back onto the AC (4) Any equipment operated under power line on any frequency or fre- the provisions of §§ 15.255 and 15.256 in quencies, within the band 150 kHz to 30 the frequency band 75–85 GHz, § 15.257 in MHz, shall not exceed the limits in the the 92–95 GHz band or § 15.258. following table, as measured using a 50 (5) Biomedical telemetry devices op- μH/50 ohms line impedance stabiliza- erating under the provisions of § 15.242 tion network (LISN). Compliance with of this part are not subject to the re- the provisions of this paragraph shall stricted band 608–614 MHz but are sub- be based on the measurement of the ject to compliance within the other re- radio frequency voltage between each stricted bands. power line and ground at the power ter- (6) Transmitters operating under the minal. The lower limit applies at the provisions of subparts D or F of this boundary between the frequency part. ranges. (7) Devices operated pursuant to Conducted limit (dBμV) § 15.225 are exempt from complying Frequency of emission (MHz) with this section for the 13.36–13.41 MHz Quasi-peak Average band only. 0.15–0.5 ...... 66 to 56* ...... 56 to 46* (8) Devices operated in the 24.075– 0.5–5 ...... 56 ...... 46 24.175 GHz band under § 15.245 are ex- 5–30 ...... 60 ...... 50 empt from complying with the require- *Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency. ments of this section for the 48.15–48.35 GHz and 72.225–72.525 GHz bands only, (b) The limit shown in paragraph (a) and shall not exceed the limits speci- of this section shall not apply to car- fied in § 15.245(b). rier current systems operating as in- (9) Devices operated in the 24.0–24.25 tentional radiators on frequencies GHz band under § 15.249 are exempt below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, these from complying with the requirements carrier current systems shall be sub- of this section for the 48.0–48.5 GHz and ject to the following standards: 72.0–72.75 GHz bands only, and shall not (1) For carrier current system con- exceed the limits specified in § 15.249(a). taining their fundamental emission (10) White space devices operating within the frequency band 535–1705 kHz under subpart H of this part are ex- and intended to be received using a empt from complying with the require- standard AM broadcast receiver: no ments of this section for the 608–614 limit on conducted emissions. MHz band. (2) For all other carrier current sys- (e) Harmonic emissions appearing in tems: 1000 μV within the frequency the restricted bands above 17.7 GHz band 535–1705 kHz, as measured using a from field disturbance sensors oper- 50 μH/50 ohms LISN.

922

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00932 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.209

(3) Carrier current systems operating unwanted emissions to the limits speci- below 30 MHz are also subject to the ra- fied in this table, the limits in this diated emission limits in § 15.205, table are based on the frequency of the § 15.209, § 15.221, § 15.223, or § 15.227, as ap- unwanted emission and not the funda- propriate. mental frequency. However, the level (c) Measurements to demonstrate of any unwanted emissions shall not compliance with the conducted limits exceed the level of the fundamental are not required for devices which only frequency. employ battery power for operation (d) The emission limits shown in the and which do not operate from the AC above table are based on measurements power lines or contain provisions for employing a CISPR quasi-peak detec- operation while connected to the AC tor except for the frequency bands 9–90 power lines. Devices that include, or make provisions for, the use of battery kHz, 110–490 kHz and above 1000 MHz. chargers which permit operating while Radiated emission limits in these three charging, AC adapters or battery elimi- bands are based on measurements em- nators or that connect to the AC power ploying an average detector. lines indirectly, obtainig their power (e) The provisions in §§ 15.31, 15.33, through another device which is con- and 15.35 for measuring emissions at nected to the AC power lines, shall be distances other than the distances tested to demonstrate compliance with specified in the above table, deter- the conducted limits. mining the frequency range over which radiated emissions are to be measured, [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; and limiting peak emissions apply to 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 45671, July 10, all devices operated under this part. 2002] (f) In accordance with § 15.33(a), in some cases the emissions from an in- § 15.209 Radiated emission limits; gen- tentional radiator must be measured to eral requirements. beyond the tenth harmonic of the high- (a) Except as provided elsewhere in est fundamental frequency designed to this subpart, the emissions from an in- be emitted by the intentional radiator tentional radiator shall not exceed the because of the incorporation of a dig- field strength levels specified in the ital device. If measurements above the following table: tenth harmonic are so required, the ra- Measure- diated emissions above the tenth har- Field strength ment dis- monic shall comply with the general Frequency (MHz) (microvolts/meter) tance (meters) radiated emission limits applicable to the incorporated digital device, as 0.009–0.490 ...... 2400/F(kHz) 300 0.490–1.705 ...... 24000/F(kHz) 30 shown in § 15.109 and as based on the 1.705–30.0 ...... 30 30 frequency of the emission being meas- 30–88 ...... 100 ** 3 ured, or, except for emissions con- 88–216 ...... 150 ** 3 216–960 ...... 200 ** 3 tained in the restricted frequency Above 960 ...... 500 3 bands shown in § 15.205, the limit on ** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emis- spurious emissions specified for the in- sions from intentional radiators operating under this section tentional radiator, whichever is the shall not be located in the frequency bands 54–72 MHz, 76– 88 MHz, 174–216 MHz or 470–806 MHz. However, operation higher limit. Emissions which must be within these frequency bands is permItted under other sec- measured above the tenth harmonic of tions of this part, e.g., §§ 15.231 and 15.241. the highest fundamental frequency de- (b) In the emission table above, the signed to be emitted by the intentional tighter limit applies at the band edges. radiator and which fall within the re- (c) The level of any unwanted emis- stricted bands shall comply with the sions from an intentional radiator op- general radiated emission limits in erating under these general provisions § 15.109 that are applicable to the incor- shall not exceed the level of the funda- porated digital device. mental emission. For intentional radiators which operate under the provi- (g) Perimeter protection systems sions of other sections within this part may operate in the 54–72 MHz and 76–88 and which are required to reduce their MHz bands under the provisions of this

923

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00933 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.211 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

section. The use of such perimeter pro- control element (or specific hardware tection systems is limited to indus- on which the software that controls the trial, business and commercial applica- radio operation resides). All single or tions. split modular transmitters are ap- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. proved with an antenna. All of the fol- 7, 1989; 55 FR 18340, May 2, 1990; 62 FR 58658, lowing requirements apply, except as Oct. 30, 1997] provided in paragraph (b) of this section. § 15.211 Tunnel radio systems. (1) Single modular transmitters must An intentional radiator utilized as meet the following requirements to ob- part of a tunnel radio system may op- tain a modular transmitter approval. erate on any frequency provided it (i) The radio elements of the modular meets all of the following conditions: transmitter must have their own (a) Operation of a tunnel radio sys- shielding. The physical crystal and tem (intentional radiator and all con- tuning capacitors may be located ex- necting wires) shall be contained solely ternal to the shielded radio elements. within a tunnel, mine or other struc- (ii) The modular transmitter must ture that provides attenuation to the have buffered modulation/data inputs radiated signal due to the presence of (if such inputs are provided) to ensure naturally surrounding earth and/or that the module will comply with part water. 15 requirements under conditions of ex- (b) Any intentional or unintentional cessive data rates or over-modulation. radiator external to the tunnel, mine (iii) The modular transmitter must or other structure, as described in have its own power supply regulation. paragraph (a) of this section, shall be subject to the other applicable regula- (iv) The modular transmitter must tions contained within this part. comply with the antenna and trans- (c) The total electromagnetic field mission system requirements of from a tunnel radio system on any fre- §§ 15.203, 15.204(b) and 15.204(c). The an- quency or frequencies appearing out- tenna must either be permanently at- side of the tunnel, mine or other struc- tached or employ a ‘‘unique’’ antenna ture described in paragraph (a) of this coupler (at all connections between the section, shall not exceed the limits module and the antenna, including the shown in § 15.209 when measured at the cable). The ‘‘professional installation’’ specified distance from the surrounding provision of § 15.203 is not applicable to structure, including openings. Par- modules but can apply to limited mod- ticular attention shall be paid to the ular approvals under paragraph (b) of emissions from any opening in the this section. structure to the outside environment. (v) The modular transmitter must be When measurements are made from the tested in a stand-alone configuration, openings, the distances shown in i.e., the module must not be inside an- § 15.209 refer to the distance from the other device during testing for compli- plane of reference which fits the entire ance with part 15 requirements. Unless perimeter of each above ground open- the transmitter module will be battery ing. powered, it must comply with the AC (d) The conducted limits in § 15.207 line conducted requirements found in apply to the radiofrequency voltage on § 15.207. AC or DC power lines and data the public utility power lines outside of input/output lines connected to the the tunnel. module must not contain ferrites, unless they will be marketed with the § 15.212 Modular transmitters. module (see § 15.27(a)). The length of (a) Single modular transmitters con- these lines shall be the length typical sist of a completely self-contained ra- of actual use or, if that length is un- diofrequency transmitter device that is known, at least 10 centimeters to in- typically incorporated into another sure that there is no coupling between product, host or device. Split modular the case of the module and supporting transmitters consist of two compo- equipment. Any accessories, periph- nents: a radio front end with antenna erals, or support equipment connected (or radio devices) and a transmitter to the module during testing shall be

924

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00934 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.212

unmodified and commercially available included in the application for equip- (see § 15.31(i)). ment authorization. (vi) The modular transmitter must be (viii) Radio frequency devices oper- equipped with either a permanently af- ating under the provisions of this part fixed label or must be capable of elec- are subject to the radio frequency radi- tronically displaying its FCC identi- ation exposure requirements specified fication number. in §§ 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, and 2.1093 of (A) If using a permanently affixed this chapter, as appropriate. Applica- label, the modular transmitter must be tions for equipment authorization of labeled with its own FCC identification modular transmitters under this sec- number, and, if the FCC identification tion must contain a statement con- number is not visible when the module firming compliance with these require- is installed inside another device, then ments. The modular transmitter must the outside of the device into which the comply with any applicable RF expo- module is installed must also display a sure requirements in its final configu- label referring to the enclosed module. ration. Technical information showing This exterior label can use wording the basis for this statement must be such as the following: ‘‘Contains Trans- submitted to the Commission upon re- mitter Module FCC ID: XYZMODEL1’’ quest. or ‘‘Contains FCC ID: XYZMODEL1.’’ (2) Split modular transmitters must Any similar wording that expresses the meet the requirements in paragraph same meaning may be used. The Grant- (a)(1) of this section, excluding para- ee may either provide such a label, an graphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(v), and the example of which must be included in following additional requirements to the application for equipment author- obtain a modular transmitter approval. ization, or, must provide adequate in- (i) Only the radio front end must be structions along with the module shielded. The physical crystal and tun- which explain this requirement. In the ing capacitors may be located external latter case, a copy of these instructions to the shielded radio elements. The must be included in the application for interface between the split sections of equipment authorization. the modular system must be digital (B) If the modular transmitter uses with a minimum signaling amplitude an electronic display of the FCC identi- of 150 mV peak-to-peak. fication number, the information must (ii) Control information and other be readily accessible and visible on the data may be exchanged between the modular transmitter or on the device transmitter control elements and radio in which it is installed. If the module is front end. installed inside another device, then (iii) The sections of a split modular the outside of the device into which the transmitter must be tested installed in module is installed must display a a host device(s) similar to that which label referring to the enclosed module. is representative of the platform(s) in- This exterior label can use wording tended for use. such as the following: ‘‘Contains FCC (iv) Manufacturers must ensure that certified transmitter module(s).’’ Any only transmitter control elements and similar wording that expresses the radio front end components that have same meaning may be used. The user been approved together are capable of manual must include instructions on operating together. The transmitter how to access the electronic display. A module must not operate unless it has copy of these instructions must be in- verified that the installed transmitter cluded in the application for equipment control elements and radio front end authorization. have been authorized together. Manu- (vii) The modular transmitter must facturers may use means including, but comply with any specific rules or oper- not limited to, coding in hardware and ating requirements that ordinarily electronic signatures in software to apply to a complete transmitter and meet these requirements, and must de- the manufacturer must provide ade- scribe the methods in their application quate instructions along with the mod- for equipment authorization. ule to explain any such requirements. (b) A limited modular approval may A copy of these instructions must be be granted for single or split modular

925

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00935 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.213 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

transmitters that do not comply with tification, if appropriate, for each type all of the above requirements, e.g., of receiver included in the system. shielding, minimum signaling ampli- (b) A cordless telephone that is in- tude, buffered modulation/data inputs, tended to be connected to the public or power supply regulation, if the man- switched telephone network shall also ufacturer can demonstrate by alter- comply with the applicable regulations native means in the application for in part 68 of this chapter. A separate equipment authorization that the mod- procedure for approval under part 68 is ular transmitter meets all the applica- required for such terminal equipment. ble part 15 requirements under the op- (c) The label required under subpart erating conditions in which the trans- A of this part shall also contain the mitter will be used. Limited modular following statement: ‘‘Privacy of com- approval also may be granted in those munications may not be ensured when instances where compliance with RF using this phone.’’ exposure rules is demonstrated only for (d) Cordless telephones shall incor- particular product configurations. The porate circuitry which makes use of a applicant for certification must state digital security code to provide protec- how control of the end product into tion against unintentional access to which the module will be installed will the public switched telephone network be maintained such that full compli- by the base unit and unintentional ance of the end product is always en- ringing by the handset. These func- sured. tions shall operate such that each access of the telephone network or ring- [72 FR 28893, May 23, 2007, as amended at 85 ing of the handset is preceded by the FR 18149, Apr. 1, 2020] transmission of a code word. Access to § 15.213 Cable locating equipment. the telephone network shall occur only if the code transmitted by the handset An intentional radiator used as cable matches code set in the base unit. locating equipment, as defined in Similarly, ringing of the handset shall § 15.3(d), may be operated on any fre- occur only if the code transmitted by quency within the band 9–490 kHz, sub- the base unit matches the code set in ject to the following limits: Within the the handset. The security code required frequency band 9 kHz, up to, but not in- by this section may also be employed cluding, 45 kHz, the peak output power to perform other communications func- from the cable locating equipment tions, such as providing telephone bill- shall not exceed 10 watts; and, within ing information. This security code the frequency band 45 kHz to 490 kHz, system is to operate in accordance the peak output power from the cable with the following provisions. locating equipment shall not exceed (1) There must be provision for at one watt. If provisions are made for least 256 possible discrete digital codes. connection of the cable locating equip- Factory-set codes must be continu- ment to the AC power lines, the con- ously varied over at least 256 possible ducted limits in § 15.207 also apply to codes as each telephone is manufac- this equipment. tured. The codes may be varied either randomly, sequentially, or using an- § 15.214 Cordless telephones. other systematic procedure. (a) For equipment authorization, a (2) Manufacturers must use one of single application form, FCC Form 731, the following approaches for facili- may be filed for a cordless telephone tating variation in the geographic dis- system, provided the application clear- tribution of individual security codes: ly identifies and provides data for all (i) Provide a means for the user to parts of the system to show compliance readily select from among at least 256 with the applicable technical require- possible discrete digital codes. The ments. When a single application form cordless telephone shall be either in a is submitted, both the base station and non-operable mode after manufacture the portable handset must carry the until the user selects a security code or same FCC identifier. The application the manufacturer must continuously shall include a fee for certification of vary the initial security code as each each type of transmitter and for cer- telephone is produced.

926

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00936 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.219

(ii) Provide a fixed code that is con- diators operating under the provisions tinuously varied among at least 256 dis- of subpart E, the emission bandwidth crete digital codes as each telephone is may span across multiple contiguous manufactured. frequency bands identified in that sub- (iii) Provide a means for the cordless part. The requirement to contain the telephone to automatically select a dif- designated bandwidth of the emission ferent code from among at least 256 within the specified frequency band in- possible discrete digital codes each cludes the effects from frequency time it is activated. sweeping, frequency hopping and other (iv) It is permissible to provide com- modulation techniques that may be binations of fixed, automatic, and user- employed as well as the frequency sta- selectable coding provided the above bility of the transmitter over expected criteria are met. variations in temperature and supply (3) A statement of the means and pro- voltage. If a frequency stability is not cedures used to achieve the required specified in the regulations, it is rec- protection shall be provided in any ap- ommended that the fundamental emis- plication for equipment authorization sion be kept within at least the central of a cordless telephone. 80% of the permitted band in order to [56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, 1991, as amended at 63 minimize the possibility of out-of-band FR 36603, July 7, 1998; 66 FR 7580, Jan. 24, operation. 2001] [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 67 FR 34855, May 16, RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS, ADDITIONAL 2002; 69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004; 70 FR 6774, Feb. PROVISIONS 9, 2005; 79 FR 24578, May 1, 2014] § 15.215 Additional provisions to the general radiated emission limita- § 15.216 [Reserved] tions. § 15.217 Operation in the band 160–190 (a) The regulations in §§ 15.217 kHz. through 15.257 provide alternatives to (a) The total input power to the final the general radiated emission limits radio frequency stage (exclusive of fila- for intentional radiators operating in ment or heater power) shall not exceed specified frequency bands. Unless otherwise stated, there are no restrictions one watt. as to the types of operation permitted (b) The total length of the trans- under these sections. mission line, antenna, and ground lead (b) In most cases, unwanted emis- (if used) shall not exceed 15 meters. sions outside of the frequency bands (c) All emissions below 160 kHz or shown in these alternative provisions above 190 kHz shall be attenuated at must be attenuated to the emission least 20 dB below the level of the limits shown in § 15.209. In no case shall unmodulated carrier. Determination of the level of the unwanted emissions compliance with the 20 dB attenuation from an intentional radiator operating specification may be based on measure- under these additional provisions ex- ments at the intentional radiator’s an- ceed the field strength of the funda- tenna output terminal unless the in- mental emission. tentional radiator uses a permanently (c) Intentional radiators operating attached antenna, in which case com- under the alternative provisions to the pliance shall be demonstrated by meas- general emission limits, as contained uring the radiated emissions. in §§ 15.217 through 15.257 and in subpart E of this part, must be designed to en- § 15.219 Operation in the band 510– 1705 kHz. sure that the 20 dB bandwidth of the emission, or whatever bandwidth may (a) The total input power to the final otherwise be specified in the specific radio frequency stage (exclusive of fila- rule section under which the equipment or heater power) shall not exceed ment operates, is contained within the 100 milliwatts. frequency band designated in the rule (b) The total length of the trans- section under which the equipment is mission line, antenna and ground lead operated. In the case of intentional ra- (if used) shall not exceed 3 meters.

927

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00937 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.221 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(c) All emissions below 510 kHz or uring conducted emissions outside of above 1705 kHz shall be attenuated at the campus, it is acceptable to dem- least 20 dB below the level of the onstrate compliance with this provi- unmodulated carrier. Determination of sion by measuring each individual in- compliance with the 20 dB attenuation tentional radiator employed in the sys- specification may be based on measure- tem at the point where it connects to ments at the intentional radiator’s an- the AC power lines. tenna output terminal unless the in- (c) A grant of equipment authoriza- tentional radiator uses a permanently tion is not required for intentional ra- attached antenna, in which case com- diators operated under the provisions pliance shall be deomonstrated by of this section. In lieu thereof, the in- measuring the radiated emissions. tentional radiator shall be verified for compliance with the regulations in ac- § 15.221 Operation in the band 525– cordance with subpart J of part 2 of 1705 kHz. this chapter. This data shall be kept on (a) Carrier current systems and file at the location of the studio, office transmitters employing a leaky co- or control room associated with the axial cable as the radiating antenna transmitting equipment. In some cases, may operate in the band 525–1705 kHz this may correspond to the location of provided the field strength levels of the the transmitting equipment. radiated emissions do not exceed 15 uV/ (d) For the band 535–1705 kHz, the fre- m, as measured at a distance of 47,715/ quency of operation shall be chosen (frequency in kHz) meters (equivalent such that operation is not within the to Lambda/2Pi) from the electric power protected field strength contours of li- line or the coaxial cable, respectively. censed AM stations. The field strength levels of emissions outside this band shall not exceed the [56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991] general radiated emission limits in § 15.209. § 15.223 Operation in the band 1.705–10 MHz. (b) As an alternative to the provisions in paragraph (a) of this section, (a) The field strength of any emission intentional radiators used for the oper- within the band 1.705–10.0 MHz shall ation of an AM broadcast station on a not exceed 100 microvolts/meter at a college or university campus or on the distance of 30 meters. However, if the campus of any other education institu- bandwidth of the emission is less than tion may comply with the following: 10% of the center frequency, the field (1) On the campus, the field strength strength shall not exceed 15 microvolts/ of emissions appearing outside of this meter or (the bandwidth of the device frequency band shall not exceed the in kHz) divided by (the center fre- general radiated emission limits shown quency of the device in MHz) in § 15.209 as measured from the radi- microvolts/meter at a distance of 30 ating source. There is no limit on the meters, whichever is the higher level. field strength of emissions appearing For the purposes of this section, band- within this frequency band, except that width is determined at the points 6 dB the provisions of § 15.5 continue to com- down from the modulated carrier. The ply. emission limits in this paragraph are (2) At the perimeter of the campus, based on measurement instrumenta- the field strength of any emissions, in- tion employing an average detector. cluding those within the frequency The provisions in § 15.35(b) for limiting band 525–1705 kHz, shall not exceed the peak emissions apply. general radiated emission in § 15.209. (b) The field strength of emissions (3) The conducted limits specified in outside of the band 1.705–10.0 MHz shall § 15.207 apply to the radio frequency not exceed the general radiated emis- voltage on the public utility power sion limits in § 15.209. lines outside of the campus. Due to the large number of radio frequency de- § 15.225 Operation within the band vices which may be used on the cam- 13.110–14.010 MHz. pus, contributing to the conducted (a) The field strength of any emis- emissions, as an alternative to meas- sions within the band 13.553–13.567 MHz

928

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00938 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.231

shall not exceed 15,848 microvolts/ not exceed 1,000 microvolts/meter at 3 meter at 30 meters. meters. (b) Within the bands 13.410–13.553 MHz (b) As an alternative to the limit in and 13.567–13.710 MHz, the field strength paragraph (a) of this section, perimeter of any emissions shall not exceed 334 protection systems may demonstrate microvolts/meter at 30 meters. compliance with the following: the (c) Within the bands 13.110–13.410 MHz field strength of any emissions within and 13.710–14.010 MHz the field strength this band shall not exceed 500 of any emissions shall not exceed 106 microvolts/meter at 3 meters, as deter- microvolts/meter at 30 meters. mined using measurement instrumen- (d) The field strength of any emis- tations employing an average detector. sions appearing outside of the 13.110– The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting 14.010 MHz band shall not exceed the peak emissions apply where compli- general radiated emission limits in ance of these devices is demonstrated § 15.209. under this alternative emission limit. (e) The frequency tolerance of the (c) The field strength of any emis- carrier signal shall be maintained sions appearing outside of this band within ±0.01% of the operating fre- shall not exceed the general radiated quency over a temperature variation of emission limits in § 15.209. ¥20 degrees to + 50 degrees C at normal (d) The frequency tolerance of the supply voltage, and for a variation in carrier signal shall be maintained the primary supply voltage from 85% within ±0.01% of the operating fre- to 115% of the rated supply voltage at quency over a temperature variation of a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- ¥20 degrees to + 50 degrees C at normal tery operated equipment, the equip- supply voltage, and for a variation in ment tests shall be performed using a the primary supply voltage from 85% new battery. to 115% of the rated supply voltage at (f) In the case of radio frequency pow- a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- ered tags designed to operate with a de- tery operated equipment, the equip- vice authorized under this section, the ment tests shall be performed using a tag may be approved with the device or new battery. be considered as a separate device sub- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 ject to its own authorization. Powered FR 33910, Aug. 20, 1990] tags approved with a device under a single application shall be labeled with § 15.231 Periodic operation in the band the same identification number as the 40.66–40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz. device. (a) The provisions of this section are [68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003] restricted to periodic operation within the band 40.66–40.70 MHz and above 70 § 15.227 Operation within the band MHz. Except as shown in paragraph (e) 26.96–27.28 MHz. of this section, the intentional radiator (a) The field strength of any emission is restricted to the transmission of a within this band shall not exceed 10,000 control signal such as those used with microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The alarm systems, door openers, remote emission limit in this paragraph is switches, etc. Continuous trans- based on measurement instrumenta- missions, voice, video and the radio tion employing an average detector. control of toys are not permitted. Data The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting is permitted to be sent with a control peak emissions apply. signal. The following conditions shall (b) The field strength of any emis- be met to comply with the provisions sions which appear outside of this band for this periodic operation: shall not exceed the general radiated (1) A manually operated transmitter emission limits in § 15.209. shall employ a switch that will automatically deactivate the transmitter § 15.229 Operation within the band within not more than 5 seconds of 40.66–40.70 MHz. being released. (a) Unless operating pursuant to the (2) A transmitter activated automati- provisions in § 15.231, the field strength cally shall cease transmission within 5 of any emissions within this band shall seconds after activation.

929

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00939 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.231 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) Periodic transmissions at regular table may be based on the use of meas- predetermined intervals are not per- urement instrumentation with a mitted. However, polling or supervision CISPR quasi-peak detector. The spe- transmissions, including data, to deter- cific method of measurement employed mine system integrity of transmitters shall be specified in the application for used in security or safety applications equipment authorization. If average are allowed if the total duration of emission measurements are employed, transmissions does not exceed more the provisions in § 15.35 for averaging than two seconds per hour for each pulsed emissions and for limiting peak transmitter. There is no limit on the emissions apply. Further, compliance number of individual transmissions, with the provisions of § 15.205 shall be provided the total transmission time demonstrated using the measurement does not exceed two seconds per hour. instrumentation specified in that sec- (4) Intentional radiators which are tion. employed for radio control purposes (3) The limits on the field strength of during emergencies involving fire, se- the spurious emissions in the above curity, and safety of life, when acti- table are based on the fundamental fre- vated to signal an alarm, may operate quency of the intentional radiator. during the pendency of the alarm con- Spurious emissions shall be attenuated dition to the average (or, alternatively, (5) Transmission of set-up informa- CISPR quasi-peak) limits shown in this tion for security systems may exceed table or to the general limits shown in the transmission duration limits in § 15.209, whichever limit permits a high- paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, provided such transmissions are er field strength. under the control of a professional in- (c) The bandwidth of the emission staller and do not exceed ten seconds shall be no wider than 0.25% of the cen- after a manually operated switch is re- ter frequency for devices operating leased or a transmitter is activated above 70 MHz and below 900 MHz. For automatically. Such set-up informa- devices operating above 900 MHz, the tion may include data. emission shall be no wider than 0.5% of (b) In addition to the provisions of the center frequency. Bandwidth is de- § 15.205, the field strength of emissions termined at the points 20 dB down from from intentional radiators operated the modulated carrier. under this section shall not exceed the (d) For devices operating within the following: frequency band 40.66–40.70 MHz, the bandwidth of the emission shall be con- Funda- Field strength of funda- Field strength of fined within the band edges and the fre- mental fre- mental (microvolts/ spurious emissions quency meter) (microvolts/meter) quency tolerance of the carrier shall be (MHz) ±0.01%. This frequency tolerance shall 40.66– 2,250 ...... 225 be maintained for a temperature vari- 40.70. ation of ¥20 degrees to + 50 degrees C 70–130 ...... 1,250 ...... 125 at normal supply voltage, and for a 130–174 .... 1 1,250 to 3,750 ...... 1 125 to 375 174–260 .... 3,750 ...... 375 variation in the primary supply volt- 260–470 .... 1 3,750 to 12,500 ...... 1 375 to 1,250 age from 85% to 115% of the rated sup- Above 470 12,500 ...... 1,250 ply voltage at a temperature of 20 de- 1 Linear interpolations. grees C. For battery operated equip- (1) The above field strength limits ment, the equipment tests shall be per- are specified at a distance of 3 meters. formed using a new battery. The tighter limits apply at the band (e) Intentional radiators may operate edges. at a periodic rate exceeding that speci- (2) Intentional radiators operating fied in paragraph (a) of this section and under the provisions of this section may be employed for any type of oper- shall demonstrate compliance with the ation, including operation prohibited limits on the field strength of emis- in paragraph (a) of this section, pro- sions, as shown in the above table, vided the intentional radiator complies based on the average value of the meas- with the provisions of paragraphs (b) ured emissions. As an alternative, com- through (d) of this section, except the pliance with the limits in the above field strength table in paragraph (b) of

930

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00940 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.233

this section is replaced by the fol- VCRs; to minimize or prevent such in- lowing: terference, the base of the cordless telephone should not be placed near or Funda- Field strength of fun- Field strength of spu- on top of a TV or VCR; and, if inter- mental fre- damental (microvolts/ rious emission quency meter) (microvolts/meter) ference is experienced, moving the (MHz) cordless telephone farther away from 40.66– 1,000 ...... 100 the TV or VCR will often reduce or 40.70. eliminate the interference. A state- 70–130 ...... 500 ...... 50 130–174 .... 500 to 1,500 1 ...... 50 to 150 1 ment describing the means and proce- 174–260 .... 1,500 ...... 150 dures used to achieve automatic chan- 260–470 .... 1,500 to 5,000 1 ...... 150 to 500 1 nel selection shall be provided in any Above 470 5,000 ...... 500 application for equipment authoriza- 1 Linear interpolations. tion of a cordless telephone operating In addition, devices operated under the on channels one through fifteen. provisions of this paragraph shall be Base trans- Handset trans- provided with a means for automati- Channel mitter (MHz) mitter (MHz) cally limiting operation so that the du- 1 ...... 43.720 48.760 ration of each transmission shall not 2 ...... 43.740 48.840 be greater than one second and the si- 3 ...... 43.820 48.860 lent period between transmissions shall 4 ...... 43.840 48.920 be at least 30 times the duration of the 5 ...... 43.920 49.020 6 ...... 43.960 49.080 transmission but in no case less than 10 7 ...... 44.120 49.100 seconds. 8 ...... 44.160 49.160 [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 9 ...... 44.180 49.200 10 ...... 44.200 49.240 7, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 11 ...... 44.320 49.280 2003; 69 FR 71383, Dec. 9, 2004] 12 ...... 44.360 49.360 13 ...... 44.400 49.400 § 15.233 Operation within the bands 14 ...... 44.460 49.460 43.71–44.49 MHz, 46.60–46.98 MHz, 15 ...... 44.480 49.500 48.75–49.51 MHz and 49.66–50.0 16 ...... 46.610 49.670 MHz. 17 ...... 46.630 49.845 18 ...... 46.670 49.860 (a) The provisions shown in this sec- 19 ...... 46.710 49.770 tion are restricted to cordless tele- 20 ...... 46.730 49.875 phones. 21 ...... 46.770 49.830 (b) An intentional radiator used as 22 ...... 46.830 49.890 23 ...... 46.870 49.930 part of a cordless telephone system 24 ...... 46.930 49.990 shall operate centered on one or more 25 ...... 46.970 49.970 of the following frequency pairs, subject to the following conditions: (c) The field strength of the funda- (1) Frequencies shall be paired as mental emission shall not exceed 10,000 shown below, except that channel pair- microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The ing for channels one through fifteen emission limit in this paragraph is may be accomplished by pairing any of based on measurement instrumenta- the fifteen base transmitter fre- tion employing an average detector. quencies with any of the fifteen The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting handset transmitter frequencies. peak emissions apply. (2) Cordless telephones operating on (d) The fundamental emission shall channels one through fifteen must: be confined within a 20 kHz band and (i) Incorporate an automatic channel shall be centered on a carrier frequency selection mechanism that will prevent shown above, as adjusted by the fre- establishment of a link on any occu- quency tolerance of the transmitter at pied frequency; and the time testing is performed. Modula- (ii) The box or an instruction manual tion products outside of this 20 kHz which is included within the box which band shall be attenuated at least 26 dB the individual cordless telephone is to below the level of the unmodulated be marketed shall contain information carrier or to the general limits in indicating that some cordless tele- § 15.209, whichever permits the higher phones operate at frequencies that may emission levels. Emissions on any fre- cause interference to nearby TVs and quency more than 20 kHz removed from

931

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00941 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.235 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the center frequency shall consist sole- cate where, specifically, it will be lo- ly of unwanted emissions and shall not cated on the carton. exceed the general radiated emission [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. limits in § 15.209. Tests to determine 7, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, compliance with these requirements 1991; 56 FR 5659, Feb. 12, 1991; 60 FR 21985, shall be performed using an appro- May 4, 1995] priate input signal as prescribed in § 2.989 of this chapter. § 15.235 Operation within the band (e) All emissions exceeding 20 49.82–49.90 MHz. microvolts/meter at 3 meters are to be (a) The field strength of any emission reported in the application for certifi- within this band shall not exceed 10,000 cation. microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The (f) If the device provides for the con- emission limit in this paragraph is nection of external accessories, includ- based on measurement instrumenta- ing external electrical input signals, tion employing an average detector. the device must be tested with the ac- The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting cessories attached. The emission tests peak emissions apply. shall be performed with the device and (b) The field strength of any emis- accessories configured in a manner sions appearing between the band edges which tends to produce the maximum and up to 10 kHz above and below the level of emissions within the range of band edges shall be attenuated at least variations that can be expected under 26 dB below the level of the normal operating conditions. unmodulated carrier or to the general limits in § 15.209, whichever permits the (g) The frequency tolerance of the higher emission levels. The field carrier signal shall be maintained strength of any emissions removed by within ±0.01% of the operating fre- more than 10 kHz from the band edges quency. The tolerance shall be main- shall not exceed the general radiated tained for a temperature variation of emission limits in § 15.209. All signals ¥ 20 degrees C to + 50 degrees C at nor- exceeding 20 microvolts/meter at 3 me- mal supply voltage, and for variation ters shall be reported in the applica- in the primary voltage from 85% to tion for certification. 115% of the rated supply voltage at a (c) For a home-built intentional radi- temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- ator, as defined in § 15.23(a), operating tery operated equipment, the equip- within the band 49.82–49.90 MHz, the ment tests shall be performed using a following standards may be employed: new battery. (1) The RF carrier and modulation (h) For cordless telephones that do products shall be maintained within not comply with § 15.214(d) of this part, the band 49.82–49.90 MHz. the box or other package in which the (2) The total input power to the de- individual cordless telephone is to be vice measured at the battery or the marketed shall carry a statement in a power line terminals shall not exceed prominent location, visible to the 100 milliwatts under any condition of buyer before purchase, which reads as modulation. follows: (3) The antenna shall be a single ele-

NOTICE: The base units of some cordless ment, one meter or less in length, per- telephones may respond to other nearby manently mounted on the enclosure units or to radio noise resulting in telephone containing the device. calls being dialed through this unit without (4) Emissions outside of this band your knowledge and possibly calls being shall be attenuated at least 20 dB below misbilled. In order to protect against such the level of the unmodulated carrier. occurrences, this cordless telephone is pro- (5) The regulations contained in vided with the following features: (to be § 15.23 of this part apply to intentional completed by the responsible party). radiators constructed under the provi- An application for certification of a sions of this paragraph. cordless telephone shall specify the (d) Cordless telephones are not per- complete text of the statement that mitted to operate under the provisions will be carried on the package and indi- of this section.

932

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00942 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.236

§ 15.236 Operation of wireless micro- (1) Channels allocated and assigned phones in the bands 54–72 MHz, 76– for the broadcast television service. 88 MHz, 174–216 MHz, 470–608 MHz (2) Frequencies in the 600 MHz service and 614–698 MHz. band on which a 600 MHz service li- (a) Definitions. The following defini- censee has not commenced operations, tions apply in this section. as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. Op- (1) Wireless Microphone. An inten- eration on these frequencies must tional radiator that converts sound cease no later than the end of the post- into electrical audio signals that are auction transition period, as defined in transmitted using radio signals to a re- § 27.4 of this chapter. Operation must ceiver which converts the radio signals cease immediately if harmful inter- back into audio signals that are sent ference occurs to a 600 MHz service li- through a sound recording or ampli- censee. fying system. Wireless microphones (3) The 657–663 MHz segment of the may be used for cue and control com- 600 MHz duplex gap. munications and synchronization of TV (4) [Reserved] camera signals as defined in § 74.801 of (5) The 614–616 MHz segment of the this chapter. Wireless microphones do 600 MHz guard band. not include auditory assistance devices (6) Prior to operation in the fre- as defined in § 15.3(a) of this part. quencies identified in paragraphs (c)(2) (2) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 mega- through (5) of this section, wireless hertz guard band at 652–663 MHz that microphone users shall rely on the separates part 27 600 MHz service white space databases in part 15, Sub- uplink and downlink frequencies. part H to determine that their in- (3) 600 MHz guard band. Designated tended operating frequencies are avail- frequency band at 614–617 MHz that pre- able for unlicensed wireless micro- vents interference between licensed phone operation at the location where services in the 600 MHz service band they will be used. Wireless microphone and channel 37. users must register with and check a (4) 600 MHz service band. Frequencies white space database to determine in the 617–652 MHz and 663–698 MHz available channels prior to beginning bands that are reallocated and reas- operation at a given location. A user signed for 600 MHz band services under must re-check the database for avail- part 27. able channels if it moves to another lo- NOTE TO PARAGRAPHS (a)(2), (3) AND (4): The cation. specific frequencies will be determined in (d) The maximum radiated power light of further proceedings pursuant to GN shall not exceed the following values: Docket No. 12–268 and the rules will be up- (1) In the bands allocated and as- dated accordingly pursuant to a future pub- signed for broadcast television and in lic notice. the 600 MHz service band: 50 mW EIRP (5) Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Mid- (2) In the 600 MHz guard band and the dle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation 600 MHz duplex gap: 20 mW EIRP. Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96). (e) Operation is limited to locations (b) Operation under this section is separated from licensed services by the limited to wireless microphones as de- following distances. fined in this section. (1) Four kilometers outside the fol- (c) Operation is permitted in the following protected service contours of lowing frequency bands. co-channel TV stations.

Protected contour Type of station Contour Propagation Channel (dBu) curve

Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ...... Low VHF (2–6) ...... 47 F(50,50) High VHF (7–13) ...... 56 F(50,50) UHF (14–51) ...... 64 F(50,50) Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and Low VHF (2–6) ...... 28 F(50,90) booster. High VHF (7–13) ...... 36 F(50,90) UHF (14–51) ...... 41 F(50,90)

933

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00943 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.237 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) The following distances outside of (b) Emissions from the intentional the area where a 600 MHz service li- radiator shall be confined within a censee has commenced operations, as band 200 kHz wide centered on the op- defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. erating frequency. The 200 kHz band shall lie wholly within the above speci- Separation distance in kilometers fied frequency ranges. Type of station (c) The field strength within the per- Co- Adjacent channel channel mitted 200 kHz band shall not exceed 80 millivolts/meter at 3 meters. The field Base ...... 7 0.2 strength of any emissions radiated on Mobile ...... 35 31 any frequency outside of the specified (f) The operating frequency within a 200 kHz band shall not exceed the gen- permissible band of operation as de- eral radiated emissions limits specified fined in paragraph (c) must comply in § 15.209. The emission limits in this with the following requirements. paragraph are based on measurement (1) The frequency selection shall be instrumentation employing an average offset from the upper or lower band detector. The provisions in § 15.35 for limits by 25 kHz or an integral mul- limiting peak emissions apply. tiple thereof. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 (2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz seg- FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992; 78 FR 34927, June 11, ments within the assignable fre- 2013] quencies may be combined to form a channel whose maximum bandwidth § 15.239 Operation in the band 88–108 shall not exceed 200 kHz. The operating MHz. bandwidth shall not exceed 200 kHz. (a) Emissions from the intentional (3) The frequency tolerance of the radiator shall be confined within a carrier signal shall be maintained band 200 kHz wide centered on the op- within ±0.005% of the operating fre- erating frequency. The 200 kHz band quency over a temperature variation of shall lie wholly within the frequency ¥20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal range of 88–108 MHz. supply voltage, and for a variation in (b) The field strength of any emis- the primary supply voltage from 85% sions within the permitted 200 kHz to 115% of the rated supply voltage at band shall not exceed 250 microvolts/ a temperature of 20 degrees C. Battery meter at 3 meters. The emission limit operated equipment shall be tested in this paragraph is based on measure- using a new battery. ment instrumentation employing an (g) Emissions within the band from average detector. The provisions in one megahertz below to one megahertz § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions above the carrier frequency shall com- apply. ply with the emission mask in § 8.3 of (c) The field strength of any emis- ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08), Elec- sions radiated on any frequency out- tromagnetic compatibility and Radio spec- side of the specified 200 kHz band shall trum Matters (ERM); Wireless micro- not exceed the general radiated emis- phones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency sion limits in § 15.209. range; Part 1: Technical characteristics (d) A custom built telemetry inten- and methods of measurement. Emissions tional radiator operating in the fre- outside of this band shall comply with quency band 88–108 MHz and used for the limits specified in section 8.4 of experimentation by an educational in- ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08). stitute need not be certified provided [80 FR 73069, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 the device complies with the standards FR 4974, Jan. 29, 2016; 82 FR 41559, Sept. 1, in this part and the educational insti- 2017] tution notifies the Office of Engineer- ing and Technology, in writing, in ad- § 15.237 Operation in the bands 72.0– vance of operation, providing the fol- 73.0 MHz, 74.6–74.8 MHz and 75.2– lowing information: 76.0 MHz. (1) The dates and places where the de- (a) The intentional radiator shall be vice will be operated; restricted to use as an auditory assist- (2) The purpose for which the device ance device. will be used;

934

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00944 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.241

(3) A description of the device, in- beled with the same identification cluding the operating frequency, RF number as the device. power output, and antenna; and, (e) To prevent interference to Fed- (4) A statement that the device com- eral Government radar systems, oper- plies with the technical provisions of ation under the provisions of this sec- this part. tion is not permitted within 40 kilometers of the following locations: [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989; 80 FR 53750, Sept. 8, 2015] DoD Radar Site Latitude Longitude

§ 15.240 Operation in the band 433.5– Beale Air Force Base ...... 39°08′10″ N 121°21′04″ W 434.5 MHz. Cape Cod Air Force Station 41°45′07″ N 070°32′17″ W Clear Air Force Station ...... 64°55′16″ N 143°05′02″ W (a) Operation under the provisions of Cavalier Air Force Station .. 48°43′12″ N 097°54′00″ W this section is restricted to devices Eglin Air Force Base ...... 30°43′12″ N 086°12′36″ W that use radio frequency energy to identify the contents of commercial (f) As a condition of the grant, the shipping containers. Operations must grantee of an equipment authorization be limited to commercial and indus- for a device operating under the provi- trial areas such as ports, rail terminals sions of this section shall provide infor- and warehouses. Two-way operation is mation to the user concerning compli- permitted to interrogate and to load ance with the operational restrictions data into devices. Devices operated in paragraphs (a) and (e) of this sec- pursuant to the provisions of this section. As a further condition, the grant- tion shall not be used for voice commu- ee shall provide information on the lo- nications. cations where the devices are installed (b) The field strength of any emis- to the FCC Office of Engineering and sions radiated within the specified fre- Technology, which shall provide this quency band shall not exceed 11,000 information to the Federal Govern- microvolts per meter measured at a ment through the National Tele- distance of 3 meters. The emission communications and Information Ad- limit in this paragraph is based on ministration. The user of the device measurement instrumentation employ- shall be responsible for submitting up- ing an average detector. The peak level dated information in the event the op- of any emissions within the specified erating location or other information frequency band shall not exceed 55,000 changes after the initial registration. microvolts per meter measured at a The grantee shall notify the user of distance of 3 meters. Additionally, de- this requirement. The information pro- vices authorized under these provisions vided by the grantee or user to the shall be provided with a means for Commission shall include the name, automatically limiting operation so address, telephone number and e-mail that the duration of each transmission address of the user, the address and ge- shall not be greater than 60 seconds ographic coordinates of the operating and be only permitted to reinitiate an location, and the FCC identification interrogation in the case of a trans- number of the device. The material mission error. Absent such a trans- shall be submitted to the following ad- mission error, the silent period be- dress: tween transmissions shall not be less Experimental Licensing Branch, than 10 seconds. OET, Federal Communications Com- (c) The field strength of emissions ra- mission, 445 12th Street, SW., Wash- diated on any frequency outside of the ington, DC 20554, ATTN: RFID Reg- specified band shall not exceed the gen- istration. eral radiated emission limits in § 15.209. [69 FR 29464, May 24, 2004] (d) In the case of radio frequency powered tags designed to operate with § 15.241 Operation in the band 174–216 a device authorized under this section, MHz. the tag may be approved with the de- (a) Operation under the provisions of vice or be considered as a separate de- this section is restricted to biomedical vice subject to its own authorization. telemetry devices. Powered tags approved with a device (b) Emissions from the device shall under a single application shall be la- be confined within a 200 kHz band

935

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00945 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.242 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

which shall lie wholly within the fre- frequency outside of the television quency range of 174–216 MHz. broadcast channel within which the (c) The field strength of any emis- fundamental is contained shall not ex- sions radiated within the specified 200 ceed the general limits in § 15.209. kHz band shall not exceed 1500 (d) The user and the installer of a microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The field biomedical telemetry device operating strength of emissions radiated on any within the frequency range 174–216 frequency outside of the specified 200 MHz, 470–608 MHz or 614–668 MHz shall kHz band shall not exceed 150 ensure that the following minimum microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The separation distances are maintained emission limits in this paragraph are between the biomedical telemetry de- based on measurement instrumenta- vice and the authorized radio services tion employing an average detector. operating on the same frequencies: The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting (1) At least 10.3 km outside of the peak emissions apply. Grade B field strength contour (56 dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or § 15.242 Operation in the bands 174– an associated TV booster station oper- 216 MHz and 470–668 MHz. ating within the band 174–216 MHz. (a) The marketing and operation of (2) At least 5.5 km outside of the intentional radiators under the provi- Grade B field strength contour (64 sions of this section is restricted to dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or biomedical telemetry devices employed an associated TV booster station oper- solely on the premises of health care ating within the bands 470–608 MHz or facilities. 614–668 MHz. (1) A health care facility includes (3) At least 5.1 km outside of the 68 hospitals and other establishments dBuV/m field strength contour of a low that offer services, facilities, and beds power TV or a TV translator station for use beyond 24 hours in rendering operating within the band 174–216 MHz. medical treatment and institutions and (4) At least 3.1 km outside of the 74 organizations regularly engaged in pro- dBuV/m field strength contour of a low viding medical services through clin- power TV or a TV translator station ics, public health facilities, and similar operating within the bands 470–608 MHz establishments, including govern- or 614–668 MHz. mental entities and agencies for their (5) Whatever distance is necessary to own medical activities. protect other authorized users within (2) This authority to operate does not these bands. extend to mobile vehicles, such as am- (e) The user and the installer of a bulances, even if those vehicles are as- biomedical telemetry device operating sociated with a health care facility. within the frequency range 608–614 MHz (b) The fundamental emissions from and that will be located within 32 km a biomedical telemetry device oper- of the very long baseline array (VLBA) ating under the provisions of this sec- stations or within 80 km of any of the tion shall be contained within a single other radio astronomy observatories television broadcast channel, as de- noted in footnote US385 of Section 2.106 fined in part 73 of this chapter, under of this chapter must coordinate with, all conditions of operation and shall lie and obtain the written concurrence of, wholly within the frequency ranges of the director of the affected radio as- 174–216 MHz and 470–668 MHz. tronomy observatory before the equip- (c) The field strength of the funda- ment can be installed or operated. The mental emissions shall not exceed 200 National Science Foundation point of mV/m, as measured at a distance of 3 contact for coordination is: Spectrum meters using a quasi-peak detector. Manager, Division of Astronomical Manufacturers should note that a Sciences, NSF Room 1045, 4201 Wilson quasi-peak detector function indicates Blvd., Arlington, VA 22230; tel: (703) field strength per 120 kHz of bandwidth 306–1823. ±20 kHz. Accordingly, the total signal (f) Biomedical telemetry devices level over the band of operation may be must not cause harmful interference to higher than 200 mV/m. The field licensed TV broadcast stations or to strength of emissions radiated on any other authorized radio services, such as

936

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00946 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.245

operations on the broadcast fre- transmission of any other type of mes- quencies under subparts G and H of sage. part 74 of this chapter, land mobile sta- (b) The field strength of any emis- tions operating under part 90 of this sions radiated within the specified fre- chapter in the 470–512 MHz band, and quency band shall not exceed 500 radio astronomy operation in the 608– microvolts/meter at 30 meters. The 614 MHz band. (See § 15.5.) If harmful in- emission limit in this paragraph is terference occurs, the interference based on measurement instrumenta- must either be corrected or the device tion employing an average detector. must immediately cease operation on The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting the occupied frequency. Further, the peak emissions apply. operator of the biomedical telemetry (c) The field strength of emissions ra- device must accept whatever level of diated on any frequency outside of the interference is received from other specified band shall not exceed the gen- radio operations. The operator, i.e., the eral radiated emission limits in § 15.209. health care facility, is responsible for (d) The device shall be self-contained resolving any interference that occurs with no external or readily accessible subsequent to the installation of these controls which may be adjusted to per- devices. mit operation in a manner inconsistent (g) The manufacturers, installers, with the provisions in this section. Any and users of biomedical telemetry de- antenna that may be used with the devices are reminded that they must en- vice shall be permanently attached sure that biomedical telemetry trans- thereto and shall not be readily modifi- mitters operating under the provisions able by the user. of this section avoid operating in close proximity to authorized services using § 15.245 Operation within the bands this spectrum. Sufficient separation 902–928 MHz, 2435–2465 MHz, 5785– 5815 MHz, 10500–10550 MHz, and distance, necessary to avoid causing or 24075–24175 MHz. receiving harmful interference, must be maintained from co-channel oper- (a) Operation under the provisions of ations. These parties are reminded that this section is limited to intentional the frequencies of the authorized serv- radiators used as field disturbance sen- ices are subject to change, especially sors, excluding perimeter protection during the implementation of the dig- systems. ital television services. The operating (b) The field strength of emissions frequencies of the part 15 devices may from intentional radiators operated need to be changed, as necessary and in within these frequency bands shall accordance with the permissive change comply with the following: requirements of this chapter, to accom- Field Field modate changes in the operating fre- strength of strength of Fundamental frequency (MHz) fundamental harmonics quencies of the authorized services. (millivolts/ (millivolts/ (h) The manufacturers, installers and meter) meter) users of biomedical telemetry devices 902–928 ...... 500 1.6 are cautioned that the operation of 2435–2465 ...... 500 1.6 this equipment could result in harmful 5785–5815 ...... 500 1.6 interference to other nearby medical 10500–10550 ...... 2500 25.0 24075–24175 ...... 2500 25.0 devices. [62 FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997, as amended at 77 (1) Regardless of the limits shown in FR 76248, Dec. 27, 2012] the above table, harmonic emissions in the restricted bands below 17.7 GHz, as § 15.243 Operation in the band 890–940 specified in § 15.205, shall not exceed the MHz. field strength limits shown in § 15.209. (a) Operation under the provisions of Harmonic emissions in the restricted this section is restricted to devices bands at and above 17.7 GHz shall not that use radio frequency energy to exceed the following field strength lim- measure the characteristics of a mate- its: rial. Devices operated pursuant to the (i) For the second and third provisions of this section shall not be harmonics of field disturbance sensors used for voice communications or the operating in the 24075–24175 MHz band

937

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00947 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.247 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

and for other field disturbance sensors ternatively, frequency hopping systems designed for use only within a building operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band or to open building doors, 25.0 mV/m. may have hopping channel carrier fre- (ii) For all other field disturbance quencies that are separated by 25 kHz sensors, 7.5 mV/m. or two-thirds of the 20 dB bandwidth of (iii) Field disturbance sensors de- the hopping channel, whichever is signed to be used in motor vehicles or greater, provided the systems operate aircraft must include features to pre- with an output power no greater than vent continuous operation unless their 125 mW. The system shall hop to chan- emissions in the restricted bands, other nel frequencies that are selected at the than the second and third harmonics system hopping rate from a pseudo ran- from devices operating in the 24075– domly ordered list of hopping fre- 24175 MHz band, fully comply with the quencies. Each frequency must be used limits given in § 15.209. Continuous op- equally on the average by each trans- eration of field disturbance sensors de- mitter. The system receivers shall have signed to be used in farm equipment, input bandwidths that match the hop- vehicles such as fork lifts that are in- ping channel bandwidths of their cor- tended primarily for use indoors or for responding transmitters and shall shift very specialized operations, or railroad frequencies in synchronization with locomotives, railroad cars and other the transmitted signals. equipment which travels on fixed (i) For frequency hopping systems op- tracks is permitted. A field disturbance erating in the 902–928 MHz band: if the sensor will be considered not to be op- 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel erating in a continuous mode if its op- is less than 250 kHz, the system shall eration is limited to specific activities use at least 50 hopping frequencies and of limited duration (e.g., putting a ve- the average time of occupancy on any hicle into reverse gear, activating a frequency shall not be greater than 0.4 turn signal, etc.). seconds within a 20 second period; if (2) Field strength limits are specified the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping at a distance of 3 meters. channel is 250 kHz or greater, the sys- (3) Emissions radiated outside of the tem shall use at least 25 hopping fre- specified frequency bands, except for quencies and the average time of occu- harmonics, shall be attenuated by at pancy on any frequency shall not be least 50 dB below the level of the funda- greater than 0.4 seconds within a 10 mental or to the general radiated emis- second period. The maximum allowed sion limits in § 15.209, whichever is the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel lesser attenuation. is 500 kHz. (4) The emission limits shown above (ii) Frequency hopping systems oper- are based on measurement instrumen- ating in the 5725–5850 MHz band shall tation employing an average detector. use at least 75 hopping frequencies. The The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting maximum 20 dB bandwidth of the hop- peak emissions apply. ping channel is 1 MHz. The average [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 time of occupancy on any frequency FR 46792, Nov. 7, 1990; 61 FR 42558, Aug. 16, shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds 1996; 68 FR 68547, Dec. 9, 2003] within a 30 second period. (iii) Frequency hopping systems in § 15.247 Operation within the bands the 2400–2483.5 MHz band shall use at 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and least 15 channels. The average time of 5725–5850 MHz. occupancy on any channel shall not be (a) Operation under the provisions of greater than 0.4 seconds within a pe- this Section is limited to frequency riod of 0.4 seconds multiplied by the hopping and digitally modulated inten- number of hopping channels employed. tional radiators that comply with the Frequency hopping systems may avoid following provisions: or suppress transmissions on a par- (1) Frequency hopping systems shall ticular hopping frequency provided have hopping channel carrier fre- that a minimum of 15 channels are quencies separated by a minimum of 25 used. kHz or the 20 dB bandwidth of the hop- (2) Systems using digital modulation ping channel, whichever is greater. Al- techniques may operate in the 902–928

938

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00948 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.247

MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 directional gain of the antenna exceeds MHz bands. The minimum 6 dB band- 6 dBi. width shall be at least 500 kHz. (c) Operation with directional an- (b) The maximum peak conducted tenna gains greater than 6 dBi. output power of the intentional radi- (1) Fixed point-to-point operation: ator shall not exceed the following: (i) Systems operating in the 2400– (1) For frequency hopping systems 2483.5 MHz band that are used exclu- operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- employing at least 75 non-overlapping ations may employ transmitting an- hopping channels, and all frequency tennas with directional gain greater hopping systems in the 5725–5850 MHz than 6 dBi provided the maximum con- band: 1 watt. For all other frequency ducted output power of the intentional hopping systems in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band: 0.125 watts. radiator is reduced by 1 dB for every 3 (2) For frequency hopping systems dB that the directional gain of the an- operating in the 902–928 MHz band: 1 tenna exceeds 6 dBi. watt for systems employing at least 50 (ii) Systems operating in the 5725– hopping channels; and, 0.25 watts for 5850 MHz band that are used exclu- systems employing less than 50 hop- sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- ping channels, but at least 25 hopping ations may employ transmitting an- channels, as permitted under para- tennas with directional gain greater graph (a)(1)(i) of this section. than 6 dBi without any corresponding (3) For systems using digital modula- reduction in transmitter conducted tion in the 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 output power. MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz bands: 1 Watt. (iii) Fixed, point-to-point operation, As an alternative to a peak power as used in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and measurement, compliance with the one (c)(1)(ii) of this section, excludes the Watt limit can be based on a measure- use of point-to-multipoint systems, ment of the maximum conducted out- omnidirectional applications, and mul- put power. Maximum Conducted Out- tiple co-located intentional radiators put Power is defined as the total trans- transmitting the same information. mit power delivered to all antennas The operator of the spread spectrum or and antenna elements averaged across digitally modulated intentional radi- all symbols in the signaling alphabet ator or, if the equipment is profes- when the transmitter is operating at sionally installed, the installer is re- its maximum power control level. sponsible for ensuring that the system Power must be summed across all an- is used exclusively for fixed, point-to- tennas and antenna elements. The av- point operations. The instruction man- erage must not include any time inter- ual furnished with the intentional radi- vals during which the transmitter is off ator shall contain language in the in- or is transmitting at a reduced power stallation instructions informing the level. If multiple modes of operation operator and the installer of this re- are possible (e.g., alternative modula- sponsibility. tion methods), the maximum conducted (2) In addition to the provisions in output power is the highest total transmit power occurring in any mode. paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (4) The conducted output power limit (c)(1)(i) of this section, transmitters specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band tion is based on the use of antennas that emit multiple directional beams, with directional gains that do not ex- simultaneously or sequentially, for the ceed 6 dBi. Except as shown in para- purpose of directing signals to indi- graph (c) of this section, if transmit- vidual receivers or to groups of receiv- ting antennas of directional gain great- ers provided the emissions comply with er than 6 dBi are used, the conducted the following: output power from the intentional ra- (i) Different information must be diator shall be reduced below the stat- transmitted to each receiver. ed values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (ii) If the transmitter employs an an- and (b)(3) of this section, as appro- tenna system that emits multiple di- priate, by the amount in dB that the rectional beams but does not do emit

939

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00949 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.247 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

multiple directional beams simulta- ducted or a radiated measurement, pro- neously, the total output power con- vided the transmitter demonstrates ducted to the array or arrays that com- compliance with the peak conducted prise the device, i.e., the sum of the power limits. If the transmitter com- power supplied to all antennas, an- plies with the conducted power limits tenna elements, staves, etc. and based on the use of RMS averaging summed across all carriers or fre- over a time interval, as permitted quency channels, shall not exceed the under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, limit specified in paragraph (b)(1) or the attenuation required under this (b)(3) of this section, as applicable. paragraph shall be 30 dB instead of 20 However, the total conducted output dB. Attenuation below the general lim- power shall be reduced by 1 dB below its specified in § 15.209(a) is not re- the specified limits for each 3 dB that quired. In addition, radiated emissions the directional gain of the antenna/an- which fall in the restricted bands, as tenna array exceeds 6 dBi. The direc- defined in § 15.205(a), must also comply tional antenna gain shall be computed with the radiated emission limits spec- as follows: ified in § 15.209(a) (see § 15.205(c)). (A) The directional gain shall be cal- (e) For digitally modulated systems, culated as the sum of 10 log (number of the power spectral density conducted array elements or staves) plus the di- from the intentional radiator to the rectional gain of the element or stave antenna shall not be greater than 8 having the highest gain. dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time (B) A lower value for the directional interval of continuous transmission. gain than that calculated in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section will be ac- This power spectral density shall be de- cepted if sufficient evidence is pre- termined in accordance with the provi- sented, e.g., due to shading of the array sions of paragraph (b) of this section. or coherence loss in the beamforming. The same method of determining the (iii) If a transmitter employs an an- conducted output power shall be used tenna that operates simultaneously on to determine the power spectral den- multiple directional beams using the sity. same or different frequency channels, (f) For the purposes of this section, the power supplied to each emission hybrid systems are those that employ a beam is subject to the power limit combination of both frequency hopping specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this and digital modulation techniques. The section. If transmitted beams overlap, frequency hopping operation of the hy- the power shall be reduced to ensure brid system, with the direct sequence that their aggregate power does not ex- or digital modulation operation ceed the limit specified in paragraph turned-off, shall have an average time (c)(2)(ii) of this section. In addition, of occupancy on any frequency not to the aggregate power transmitted si- exceed 0.4 seconds within a time period multaneously on all beams shall not in seconds equal to the number of hop- exceed the limit specified in paragraph ping frequencies employed multiplied (c)(2)(ii) of this section by more than 8 by 0.4. The power spectral density con- dB. ducted from the intentional radiator to (iv) Transmitters that emit a single the antenna due to the digital modula- directional beam shall operate under tion operation of the hybrid system, the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of with the frequency hopping operation this section. turned off, shall not be greater than 8 (d) In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time the frequency band in which the spread interval of continuous transmission. spectrum or digitally modulated intentional radiator is operating, the radio NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (f): The transition pro- frequency power that is produced by visions found in § 15.37(h) will apply to hybrid devices beginning June 2, 2015. the intentional radiator shall be at least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz (g) Frequency hopping spread spec- bandwidth within the band that con- trum systems are not required to em- tains the highest level of the desired ploy all available hopping channels power, based on either an RF con- during each transmission. However, the

940

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00950 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.249

system, consisting of both the trans- ment must be submitted to the Com- mitter and the receiver, must be de- mission upon request. signed to comply with all of the regula- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 tions in this section should the trans- FR 28762, July 13, 1990; 62 FR 26242, May 13, mitter be presented with a continuous 1997; 65 FR 57561, Sept. 25, 2000; 67 FR 42734, data (or information) stream. In addi- June 25, 2002; 69 FR 54035, Sept. 7, 2004; 72 FR tion, a system employing short trans- 5632, Feb. 7, 2007; 79 FR 24578, May 1, 2014; 85 mission bursts must comply with the FR 18149, Apr. 1, 2020] definition of a frequency hopping sys- § 15.249 Operation within the bands tem and must distribute its trans- 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, missions over the minimum number of 5725–5875 MHZ, and 24.0–24.25 GHz. hopping channels specified in this sec- (a) Except as provided in paragraph tion. (b) of this section, the field strength of (h) The incorporation of intelligence emissions from intentional radiators within a frequency hopping spread operated within these frequency bands spectrum system that permits the sys- shall comply with the following: tem to recognize other users within the Field Field spectrum band so that it individually strength of strength of and independently chooses and adapts Fundamental frequency fundamental harmonics (millivolts/ (microvolts/ its hopsets to avoid hopping on occu- meter) meter) pied channels is permitted. The coordination of frequency hopping systems in 902–928 MHz ...... 50 500 2400–2483.5 MHz ...... 50 500 any other manner for the express pur- 5725–5875 MHz ...... 50 500 pose of avoiding the simultaneous oc- 24.0–24.25 GHz ...... 250 2500 cupancy of individual hopping frequencies by multiple transmitters is (b) Fixed, point-to-point operation as not permitted. referred to in this paragraph shall be limited to systems employing a fixed NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h): Spread spectrum transmitter transmitting to a fixed re- systems are sharing these bands on a non- mote location. Point-to-multipoint interference basis with systems supporting systems, omnidirectional applications, critical Government requirements that have and multiple co-located intentional ra- been allocated the usage of these bands, sec- diators transmitting the same informa- ondary only to ISM equipment operated under the provisions of part 18 of this chap- tion are not allowed. Fixed, point-to- ter. Many of these Government systems are point operation is permitted in the airborne radiolocation systems that emit a 24.05–24.25 GHz band subject to the fol- high EIRP which can cause interference to lowing conditions: other users. Also, investigations of the effect (1) The field strength of emissions in of spread spectrum interference to U. S. Gov- this band shall not exceed 2500 ernment operations in the 902–928 MHz band millivolts/meter. may require a future decrease in the power (2) The frequency tolerance of the limits allowed for spread spectrum oper- carrier signal shall be maintained ation. within ±0.001% of the operating fre- (i) Radio frequency devices operating quency over a temperature variation of ¥ under the provisions of this part are 20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal subject to the radio frequency radi- supply voltage, and for a variation in ation exposure requirements specified the primary supply voltage from 85% to 115% of the rated supply voltage at in §§ 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, and 2.1093 of a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- this chapter, as appropriate. Applica- tery operated equipment, the equip- tions for equipment authorization of ment tests shall be performed using a mobile or portable devices operating new battery. under this section must contain a (3) Antenna gain must be at least 33 statement confirming compliance with dBi. Alternatively, the main lobe these requirements. Technical informa- beamwidth must not exceed 3.5 degrees. tion showing the basis for this state- The beamwidth limit shall apply to both the azimuth and elevation planes. At antenna gains over 33 dBi or

941

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00951 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.250 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

beamwidths narrower than 3.5 degrees, ating under this section may not be power must be reduced to ensure that employed for the operation of toys. Ex- the field strength does not exceed 2500 cept for operation onboard a ship or a millivolts/meter. terrestrial transportation vehicle, the (c) Field strength limits are specified use of a fixed outdoor infrastructure is at a distance of 3 meters. prohibited. A fixed infrastructure in- (d) Emissions radiated outside of the cludes antennas mounted on outdoor specified frequency bands, except for structures, e.g., antennas mounted on harmonics, shall be attenuated by at the outside of a building or on a tele- least 50 dB below the level of the funda- phone pole. mental or to the general radiated emis- (d) Emissions from a transmitter op- sion limits in § 15.209, whichever is the erating under this section shall not ex- lesser attenuation. ceed the following equivalent (e) As shown in § 15.35(b), for fre- isotropically radiated power (EIRP) quencies above 1000 MHz, the field density levels: strength limits in paragraphs (a) and (1) The radiated emissions above 960 (b) of this section are based on average MHz from a device operating under the limits. However, the peak field provisions of this section shall not ex- strength of any emission shall not exceed the following RMS average limits ceed the maximum permitted average based on measurements using a 1 MHz limits specified above by more than 20 resolution bandwidth: dB under any condition of modulation. For point-to-point operation under EIRP in Frequency in MHz dBm paragraph (b) of this section, the peak field strength shall not exceed 2500 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 millivolts/meter at 3 meters along the 1610–1990 ...... ¥63.3 1990–3100 ...... ¥61.3 antenna azimuth. 3100–5925 ...... ¥51.3 ¥ [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 5925–7250 ...... 41.3 7250–10600 ...... ¥51.3 FR 25095, June 20, 1990; 67 FR 1625, Jan. 14, Above 10600 ...... ¥61.3 2002; 77 FR 4914, Feb. 1, 2012] (2) In addition to the radiated emis- § 15.250 Operation of wideband systems within the band 5925–7250 sion limits specified in the table in MHz. paragraph (d)(1) of this section, transmitters operating under the provisions (a) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of a device of this section shall not exceed the fol- operating under the provisions of this lowing RMS average limits when meas- section must be contained within the ured using a resolution bandwidth of 5925–7250 MHz band under all conditions no less than 1 kHz: of operation including the effects from stepped frequency, frequency hopping Frequency in MHz EIRP in or other modulation techniques that dBm may be employed as well as the fre- 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 quency stability of the transmitter 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 over expected variations in temperature and supply voltage. (3) There is a limit on the peak level (b) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- of the emissions contained within a 50 damental emission shall be at least 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- MHz. For transmitters that employ frequency at which the highest radiated quency hopping, stepped frequency or emission occurs and this 50 MHz band- similar modulation types, measure- width must be contained within the ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- 5925–7250 MHz band. The peak EIRP width specified in this paragraph shall limit is 20 log (RBW/50) dBm where be made with the frequency hop or step RBW is the resolution bandwidth in function disabled and with the trans- megahertz that is employed by the mitter operating continuously at a fun- measurement instrument. RBW shall damental frequency following the pro- not be lower than 1 MHz or greater visions of § 15.31(m). than 50 MHz. The video bandwidth of (c) Operation on board an aircraft or the measurement instrument shall not a satellite is prohibited. Devices oper- be less than RBW. If RBW is greater

942

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00952 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.251

than 3 MHz, the application for certifi- (2) The peak emission measurement cation filed with the Commission shall is to be repeated over multiple sweeps contain a detailed description of the with the analyzer set for maximum test procedure, calibration of the test hold until the amplitude stabilizes. setup, and the instrumentation em- (3) For transmitters that employ fre- ployed in the testing. quency hopping, stepped frequency or (4) Radiated emissions at or below 960 similar modulation types, the peak MHz shall not exceed the emission lev- emission level measurement, the meas- els in § 15.209. urement of the RMS average emission (5) Emissions from digital circuitry levels, and the measurement to deter- used to enable the operation of the mine the frequency at which the highest level emission occurs shall be made transmitter may comply with the lim- with the frequency hop or step function its in § 15.209 provided it can be clearly active. Gated signals may be measured demonstrated that those emissions are with the gating active. The provisions due solely to emissions from digital of § 15.31(c) continue to apply to trans- circuitry contained within the transmitters that employ swept frequency mitter and the emissions are not in- modulation. tended to be radiated from the trans- (4) The ¥10 dB bandwidth is based on mitter’s antenna. Emissions from asso- measurement using a peak detector, a 1 ciated digital devices, as defined in MHz resolution bandwidth, and a video § 15.3(k), e.g., emissions from digital bandwidth greater than or equal to the circuitry used to control additional resolution bandwidth. functions or capabilities other than the (5) Alternative measurement proce- operation of the transmitter, are sub- dures may be considered by the Com- ject to the limits contained in subpart mission. B of this part. Emissisons from these digital circuits shall not be employed [70 FR 6774, Feb. 9, 2005] in determining the ¥10 dB bandwidth § 15.251 Operation within the bands of the fundamental emission or the fre- 2.9–3.26 GHz, 3.267–3.332 GHz, 3.339– quency at which the highest emission 3.3458 GHz, and 3.358–3.6 GHz. level occurs. (a) Operation under the provisions of (e) Measurement procedures: this section is limited to automatic ve- (1) All emissions at and below 960 hicle identification systems (AVIS) MHz are based on measurements em- which use swept frequency techniques ploying a CISPR quasi-peak detector. for the purpose of automatically iden- Unless otherwise specified, all RMS av- tifying transportation vehicles. erage emission levels specified in this (b) The field strength anywhere with- section are to be measured utilizing a 1 in the frequency range swept by the MHz resolution bandwidth with a one signal shall not exceed 3000 microvolts/ millisecond dwell over each 1 MHz seg- meter/MHz at 3 meters in any direc- ment. The frequency span of the ana- tion. Further, an AVIS, when in its op- lyzer should equal the number of sam- erating position, shall not produce a pling bins times 1 MHz and the sweep field strength greater than 400 rate of the analyzer should equal the microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters in number of sampling bins times one any direction within ±10 degrees of the millisecond. The provision in § 15.35(c) horizontal plane. In addition to the that allows emissions to be averaged provisions of § 15.205, the field strength over a 100 millisecond period does not of radiated emissions outside the fre- apply to devices operating under this quency range swept by the signal shall section. The video bandwidth of the be limited to a maximum of 100 measurement instrument shall not be microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters, less than the resolution bandwidth and measured from 30 MHz to 20 GHz for trace averaging shall not be employed. the complete system. The emission The RMS average emission measure- limits in this paragraph are based on ment is to be repeated over multiple measurement instrumentation employ- sweeps with the analyzer set for max- ing an average detector. The provisions imum hold until the amplitude sta- in § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions bilizes. apply.

943

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00953 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.252 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(c) The minimum sweep repetition § 15.252 Operation of wideband vehic- rate of the signal shall not be lower ular radar systems within the band than 4000 sweeps per second, and the 23.12–29.0 GHz. maximum sweep repetition rate of the (a) Operation under this section is signal shall not exceed 50,000 sweeps limited to field disturbance sensors per second. that are mounted in terrestrial trans- (d) An AVIS shall employ a horn an- portation vehicles. Terrestrial use is tenna or other comparable directional limited to earth surface-based, non- antenna for signal emission. aviation applications. (e) Provision shall be made so that (1) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- signal emission from the AVIS shall damental emissions shall be located occur only when the vehicle to be iden- within the 23.12–29.0 GHz band, exclu- tified is within the radiated field of the sive of the 23.6–24.0 GHz restricted system. band, as appropriate, under all condi- (f) In addition to the labelling re- tions of operation including the effects quirements in § 15.19(a), the label at- from stepped frequency, frequency hop- tached to the AVIS transmitter shall ping or other modulation techniques contain a third statement regarding that may be employed as well as the operational conditions, as follows: frequency stability of the transmitter over expected variations in tempera- * * * and, (3) during use this device (the ture and supply voltage. antenna) may not be pointed within ±** de- (2) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- grees of the horizontal plane. damental emission shall be 10 MHz or The double asterisks in condition three greater. For transmitters that employ frequency hopping, stepped frequency (**) shall be replaced by the responsible or similar modulation types, measure- party with the angular pointing re- ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- striction necessary to meet the hori- width specified in this paragraph shall zontal emission limit specified in para- be made with the frequency hop or step graph (b). function disabled and with the trans- (g) In addition to the information re- mitter operating continuously at a fun- quired in subpart J of part 2, the appli- damental frequency following the pro- cation for certification shall contain: visions of § 15.31(m). (1) Measurements of field strength (3) For systems operating in the per MHz along with the intermediate 23.12–29.0 GHz band, the frequencies at frequency of the spectrum analyzer or which the highest average emission equivalent measuring receiver; level and at which the highest peak (2) The angular separation between level emission appear shall be greater the direction at which maximum field than 24.075 GHz. strength occurs and the direction at (4) These devices shall operate only which the field strength is reduced to when the vehicle is operating, e.g., the 400 microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters; engine is running. Operation shall (3) A photograph of the spectrum an- occur only upon specific activation, alyzer display showing the entire swept such as upon starting the vehicle, frequency signal and a calibrated scale changing gears, or engaging a turn sig- for the vertical and horizontal axes; nal. The operation of these devices the spectrum analyzer settings that shall be related to the proper func- were used shall be labelled on the pho- tioning of the transportation vehicle, e.g., collision avoidance. tograph; and, (b) Emissions from a transmitter op- (4) The results of the frequency erating under this section shall not ex- search for spurious and sideband emis- ceed the following equivalent sions from 30 MHz to 20 GHz, exclusive isotropically radiated power (EIRP) of the swept frequency band, with the density levels: measuring instrument as close as pos- (1) For transmitters operating in the sible to the unit under test. 23.12–29.0 GHz band, the RMS average [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. radiated emissions above 960 MHz from 7, 1989] a device operating under the provisions

944

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00954 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.252

of this section shall not exceed the fol- (4) Radiated emissions at or below 960 lowing EIRP limits based on measure- MHz shall not exceed the emission lev- ments using a 1 MHz resolution band- els in § 15.209. width: (5) Emissions from digital circuitry used to enable the operation of the EIRP in Frequency in MHz dBm transmitter may comply with the limits in § 15.209 provided it can be clearly 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 demonstrated that those emissions are 1610–23,120 ...... ¥61.3 23,120–23,600 ...... ¥41.3 due solely to emissions from digital 23,600–24,000 ...... ¥61.3 circuitry contained within the trans- 24,000–29,000 ...... ¥41.3 mitter and the emissions are not in- Above 29,000 ...... —61.3 tended to be radiated from the trans- (2) In addition to the radiated emis- mitter’s antenna. Emissions from asso- sions limits specified in the table in ciated digital devices, as defined in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, trans- § 15.3(k) , e.g., emissions from digital mitters operating under the provisions circuitry used to control additional of this section shall not exceed the fol- functions or capabilities other than the lowing RMS average EIRP limits when operation of the transmitter, are sub- measured using a resolution bandwidth ject to the limits contained in subpart of no less than 1 kHz: B of this part. Emissions from these digital circuits shall not be employed Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm in determining the ¥10 dB bandwidth 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 of the fundamental emission or the fre- 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 quency at which the highest emission level occurs. (3) There is a limit on the peak level (c) Measurement procedures: of the emissions contained within a 50 (1) All emissions at and below 960 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- MHz are based on measurements em- quency at which the highest radiated ploying a CISPR quasi-peak detector. emission occurs and this 50 MHz band- Unless otherwise specified, all RMS av- width must be contained within the erage emission levels specified in this 24.05–29.0 GHz band. The peak EIRP section are to be measured utilizing a 1 limit is 20 log (RBW/50) dBm where MHz resolution bandwidth with a one RBW is the resolution bandwidth in millisecond dwell over each 1 MHz seg- MHz employed by the measurement in- ment. The frequency span of the ana- strument. RBW shall not be lower than lyzer should equal the number of sam- 1 MHz or greater than 50 MHz. Further, pling bins times 1 MHz and the sweep RBW shall not be greater than the ¥10 rate of the analyzer should equal the dB bandwidth of the device under test. number of sampling bins times one For transmitters that employ fre- millisecond. The provision in § 15.35(c) quency hopping, stepped frequency or that allows emissions to be averaged similar modulation types, measure- over a 100 millisecond period does not ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- apply to devices operating under this width specified in this paragraph shall section. The video bandwidth of the be made with the frequency hop or step measurement instrument shall not be function disabled and with the trans- less than the resolution bandwidth and mitter operating continuously at a fun- trace averaging shall not be employed. damental frequency. The video band- The RMS average emission measure- width of the measurement instrument ment is to be repeated over multiple shall not be less than RBW. The limit sweeps with the analyzer set for max- on peak emissions applies to the 50 imum hold until the amplitude sta- MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- bilizes. quency at which the highest level radi- (2) The peak emission measurement ated emission occurs. If RBW is greater is to be repeated over multiple sweeps than 3 MHz, the application for certifi- with the analyzer set for maximum cation shall contain a detailed descrip- hold until the amplitude stabilizes. tion of the test procedure, the instru- (3) For transmitters that employ fre- mentation employed in the testing, and quency hopping, stepped frequency or the calibration of the test setup. similar modulation types, the peak

945

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00955 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.253 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

emission level measurement, the meas- are mounted on the outside of the air- urement of the RMS average emission craft structure. levels, the measurement to determine (ii) Equipment shall not be used on the center frequency, and the measure- aircraft where there is little attenu- ment to determine the frequency at ation of RF signals by the body/fuse- which the highest level emission occurs lage of the aircraft. These aircraft in- shall be made with the frequency hop clude, but are not limited to, toy/model or step function active. Gated signals aircraft, unmanned aircraft, crop- may be measured with the gating ac- spraying aircraft, aerostats, etc. tive. The provisions of § 15.31(c) con- (c) Within the 57–71 GHz band, emis- tinue to apply to transmitters that em- sion levels shall not exceed the fol- ploy swept frequency modulation. lowing equivalent isotropically radi- (4) The ¥10 dB bandwidth is based on ated power (EIRP): measurement using a peak detector, a 1 (1) Products other than fixed field MHz resolution bandwidth, and a video disturbance sensors and short-range de- bandwidth greater than or equal to the vices for interactive motion sensing resolution bandwidth. shall comply with one of the following (5) Alternative measurement proce- emission limits, as measured during dures may be considered by the Com- the transmit interval: mission. (i) The average power of any emission (d) Wideband vehicular radar systems shall not exceed 40 dBm and the peak operating in the 23.12–29.0 GHz band are power of any emission shall not exceed subject to the transition provisions of 43 dBm; or § 15.37(l) through (n). (ii) For fixed point-to-point transmit- [70 FR 6775, Feb. 9, 2005, as amended at 82 FR ters located outdoors, the average 43870, Sept. 20, 2017] power of any emission shall not exceed 82 dBm, and shall be reduced by 2 dB § 15.253 [Reserved] for every dB that the antenna gain is less than 51 dBi. The peak power of any § 15.255 Operation within the band 57– emission shall not exceed 85 dBm, and 71 GHz. shall be reduced by 2 dB for every dB (a) Operation under the provisions of that the antenna gain is less than 51 this section is not permitted for the dBi. following products: (A) The provisions in this paragraph (1) Equipment used on satellites. (c) for reducing transmit power based (2) Field disturbance sensors, includ- on antenna gain shall not require that ing vehicle radar systems, unless the the power levels be reduced below the field disturbance sensors are employed limits specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of for fixed operation, or used as short- this section. range devices for interactive motion (B) The provisions of § 15.204(c)(2) and sensing. For the purposes of this sec- (4) that permit the use of different an- tion, the reference to fixed operation tennas of the same type and of equal or includes field disturbance sensors in- less directional gain do not apply to installed in fixed equipment, even if the tentional radiator systems operating sensor itself moves within the equip- under this provision. In lieu thereof, ment. intentional radiator systems shall be (b) Operation on aircraft is permitted certified using the specific antenna(s) under the following conditions: with which the system will be mar- (1) When the aircraft is on the keted and operated. Compliance test- ground. ing shall be performed using the high- (2) While airborne, only in closed ex- est gain and the lowest gain antennas clusive on-board communication net- for which certification is sought and works within the aircraft, with the fol- with the intentional radiator operated lowing exceptions: at its maximum available output power (i) Equipment shall not be used in level. The responsible party, as defined wireless avionics intra-communication in § 2.909 of this chapter, shall supply a (WAIC) applications where external list of acceptable antennas with the ap- structural sensors or external cameras plication for certification.

946

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00956 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.255

(2) For fixed field disturbance sensors times their emission bandwidth divided that occupy 500 MHz or less of band- by 100 MHz. For the purposes of this width and that are contained wholly paragraph, emission bandwidth is de- within the frequency band 61.0–61.5 fined as the instantaneous frequency GHz, the average power of any emis- range occupied by a steady state radi- sion, measured during the transmit in- ated signal with modulation, outside terval, shall not exceed 40 dBm, and which the radiated power spectral den- the peak power of any emission shall sity never exceeds 6 dB below the max- not exceed 43 dBm. In addition, the av- imum radiated power spectral density erage power of any emission outside of in the band, as measured with a 100 kHz the 61.0–61.5 GHz band, measured dur- resolution bandwidth spectrum ana- ing the transmit interval, but still lyzer. The center frequency must be within the 57–71 GHz band, shall not ex- stationary during the measurement in- ceed 10 dBm, and the peak power of any emission shall not exceed 13 dBm. terval, even if not stationary during (3) For fixed field disturbance sensors normal operation (e.g., for frequency other than those operating under the hopping devices). provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this (2) Peak transmitter conducted out- section, and short-range devices for put power shall be measured with an interactive motion sensing, the peak RF detector that has a detection band- transmitter conducted output power width that encompasses the 57–71 GHz shall not exceed ¥10 dBm and the peak band and that has a video bandwidth of EIRP level shall not exceed 10 dBm. at least 10 MHz. (4) The peak power shall be measured (3) For purposes of demonstrating with an RF detector that has a detec- compliance with this paragraph, cor- tion bandwidth that encompasses the rections to the transmitter conducted 57–71 GHz band and has a video band- output power may be made due to the width of at least 10 MHz. The average antenna and circuit loss. emission levels shall be measured over (f) Frequency stability. Fundamental the actual time period during which emissions must be contained within transmission occurs. the frequency bands specified in this (d) Limits on spurious emissions: section during all conditions of oper- (1) The power density of any emis- ation. Equipment is presumed to oper- sions outside the 57–71 GHz band shall ¥ consist solely of spurious emissions. ate over the temperature range 20 to (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz + 50 degrees Celsius with an input volt- shall not exceed the general limits in age variation of 85% to 115% of rated § 15.209. input voltage, unless justification is (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the presented to demonstrate otherwise. level of these emissions shall not ex- (g) Radio frequency devices operating ceed 90 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 me- under the provisions of this part are ters. subject to the radio frequency radi- (4) The levels of the spurious emis- ation exposure requirements specified sions shall not exceed the level of the in §§ 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, and 2.1093 of fundamental emission. this chapter, as appropriate. Applica- (e) Except as specified paragraph tions for equipment authorization of (e)(1) of this section, the peak trans- mobile or portable devices operating mitter conducted output power shall under this section must contain a not exceed 500 mW. Depending on the statement confirming compliance with gain of the antenna, it may be nec- these requirements. Technical informa- essary to operate the intentional radi- tion showing the basis for this state- ator using a lower peak transmitter ment must be submitted to the Com- output power in order to comply with mission upon request. the EIRP limits specified in paragraph (h) Any transmitter that has received (b) of this section. the necessary FCC equipment author- (1) Transmitters with an emission ization under the rules of this chapter bandwidth of less than 100 MHz must may be mounted in a group installa- limit their peak transmitter conducted tion for simultaneous operation with output power to the product of 500 mW one or more other transmitter(s) that

947

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00957 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.256 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

have received the necessary FCC equip- 7.250 GHz, 24.05–29.00 GHz, and 75–85 ment authorization, without any addi- GHz bands under all conditions of oper- tional equipment authorization. How- ation. ever, no transmitter operating under (g) Fundamental emissions limits. (1) the provisions of this section may be All emission limits provided in this equipped with external phase-locking section are expressed in terms of inputs that permit beam-forming ar- Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power rays to be realized. (EIRP). (i) Measurement procedures that (2) The EIRP level is to be deter- have been found to be acceptable to the mined from the maximum measured Commission in accordance with § 2.947 power within a specified bandwidth. of this chapter may be used to dem- (i) The EIRP in 1 MHz is computed onstrate compliance. from the maximum power level meas- [63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998, as amended at 66 ured within any 1-MHz bandwidth FR 7409, Jan. 23, 2001; 68 FR 68547, Dec. 9, using a power averaging detector; 2003; 78 FR 59850, Sept. 30, 2013; 81 FR 79936, (ii) The EIRP in 50 MHz is computed Nov. 14, 2016; 83 FR 63, Jan. 2, 2018; 85 FR from the maximum power level meas- 18149, Apr. 1, 2020] ured with a peak detector in a 50-MHz bandwidth centered on the frequency § 15.256 Operation of level probing radars within the bands 5.925–7.250 at which the maximum average power GHz, 24.05–29.00 GHz, and 75–85 level is realized and this 50 MHz band- GHz. width must be contained within the authorized operating bandwidth. For a (a) Operation under this section is RBW less than 50 MHz, the peak EIRP limited to level probing radar (LPR) limit (in dBm) is reduced by 20 devices. log(RBW/50) dB where RBW is the reso- (b) LPR devices operating under the lution bandwidth in megahertz. The provisions of this section shall utilize a RBW shall not be lower than 1 MHz or dedicated or integrated transmit an- greater than 50 MHz. The video band- tenna, and the system shall be in- width of the measurement instrument stalled and maintained to ensure a shall not be less than the RBW. If the vertically downward orientation of the RBW is greater than 3 MHz, the appli- transmit antenna’s main beam. cation for certification filed shall con- (c) LPR devices operating under the tain a detailed description of the test provisions of this section shall be in- procedure, calibration of the test stalled only at fixed locations. The setup, and the instrumentation em- LPR device shall not operate while ployed in the testing. being moved, or while inside a moving container. (3) The EIRP limits for LPR operations in the bands authorized by this (d) Hand-held applications are pro- rule section are provided in Table 1. hibited. The emission limits in Table 1 are (e) Marketing to residential con- based on boresight measurements (i.e., sumers is prohibited. measurements performed within the (f) The fundamental bandwidth of an main beam of an LPR antenna). LPR emission is defined as the width of the signal between two points, one TABLE 1—LPR EIRP EMISSION LIMITS below and one above the center frequency, outside of which all emissions Average Peak are attenuated by at least 10 dB rel- Frequency band of oper- emission limit emission limit ation (EIRP in dBm (EIRP in dBm ative to the maximum transmitter out- (GHz) measured in measured in put power when measured in an equiva- 1 MHz) 50 MHz) lent resolution bandwidth. 5.925–7.250 ...... ¥33 7 (1) The minimum fundamental emis- 24.05–29.00 ...... ¥14 26 sion bandwidth shall be 50 MHz for 75–85 ...... ¥3 34 LPR operation under the provisions of this section. (h) Unwanted emissions limits. Un- (2) LPR devices operating under this wanted emissions from LPR devices section must confine their fundamental shall not exceed the general emission emission bandwidth within the 5.925– limit in § 15.209 of this chapter.

948

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00958 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.257

(i) Antenna beamwidth. (A) LPR de- be made utilizing elevation and azi- vices operating under the provisions of muth scans to determine the location this section within the 5.925–7.250 GHz at which the emissions are maximized. and 24.05–29.00 GHz bands must use an (3) All emissions at and below 1,000 antenna with a ¥3 dB beamwidth no MHz except 9–90 kHz and 110–490 kHz greater than 12 degrees. bands are based on measurements em- (B) LPR devices operating under the ploying a CISPR quasi-peak detector. provisions of this section within the 75– (4) The fundamental emission band- 85 GHz band must use an antenna with width measurement shall be made a ¥3 dB beamwidth no greater than 8 using a peak detector with a resolution degrees. bandwidth of 1 MHz and a video band- (j) Antenna side lobe gain. LPR de- width of at least 3 MHz. vices operating under the provisions of (5) The provisions in § 15.35(b) and (c) this section must limit the side lobe of this part that require emissions to antenna gain relative to the main be averaged over a 100 millisecond pe- beam gain for off-axis angles from the riod and that limits the peak power to main beam of greater than 60 degrees 20 dB above the average limit do not to the levels provided in Table 2. apply to devices operating under paragraphs (a) through (l) of this section. TABLE 2—ANTENNA SIDE LOBE GAIN LIMITS (6) Compliance measurements for minimum emission bandwidth of fre- Antenna side lobe gain quency-agile LPR devices shall be per- Frequency range limit relative formed with any related frequency (GHz) to main beam gain sweep, step, or hop function activated. (dB) (7) Compliance measurements shall 5.925–7.250 ...... ¥22 be made in accordance with the spe- 24.05–29.00 ...... ¥27 cific procedures published or otherwise 75–85 ...... ¥38 authorized by the Commission. (k) Emissions from digital circuitry [79 FR 12678, Mar. 6, 2014] used to enable the operation of the transmitter may comply with the lim- § 15.257 Operation within the band 92– its in § 15.209 of this chapter provided it 95 GHz. can be clearly demonstrated that those (a) Operation of devices under the emissions are due solely to emissions provisions of this section is limited to from digital circuitry contained within indoor use; the transmitter and the emissions are (1) Devices operating under the provi- not intended to be radiated from the sions of this section, by the nature of transmitter’s antenna. Emissions from their design, must be capable of oper- associated digital devices, as defined in ation only indoors. The necessity to § 15.3(k) of this part, e.g., emissions operate with a fixed indoor infrastruc- from digital circuitry used to control ture, e.g., a transmitter that must be additional functions or capabilities connected to the AC power lines, may other than the operation of the trans- be considered sufficient to demonstrate mitter, are subject to the limits con- this. tained in subpart B, part 15 of this (2) The use of outdoor mounted an- chapter. Emissions from these digital tennas, e.g., antennas mounted on the circuits shall not be employed in deter- outside of a building or on a telephone mining the ¥10 dB bandwidth of the pole, or any other outdoors infrastruc- fundamental emission or the frequency ture is prohibited. at which the highest emission level oc- (3) The emissions from equipment op- curs. erated under this section shall not be (l) Measurement procedures. (1) Radi- intentionally directed outside of the ated measurements of the fundamental building in which the equipment is lo- emission bandwidth and power shall be cated, such as through a window or a made with maximum main-beam cou- doorway. pling between the LPR and test anten- (4) Devices operating under the provi- nas (boresight). sions of this section shall bear the fol- (2) Measurements of the unwanted lowing or similar statement in a con- emissions radiating from an LPR shall spicuous location on the device or in

949

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00959 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.258 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the instruction manual supplied with ation exposure requirements specified the device: ‘‘This equipment may only in §§ 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, and 2.1093 of be operated indoors. Operation out- this chapter, as appropriate. Applica- doors is in violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and tions for equipment authorization of could subject the operator to serious mobile or portable devices operating legal penalties.’’ under this section must contain a (b) Operation under the provisions of statement confirming compliance with this section is not permitted on air- these requirements. Technical informa- craft or satellites. tion showing the basis for this state- (c) Within the 92–95 GHz bands, the ment must be submitted to the Com- emission levels shall not exceed the mission upon request. following: (h) Any transmitter that has received (1) The average power density of any the necessary FCC equipment author- emission, measured during the trans- ization under the rules of this chapter mit interval, shall not exceed 9 uW/sq. may be mounted in a group installa- cm, as measured at 3 meters from the tion for simultaneous operation with radiating structure, and the peak one or more other transmitter(s) that power density of any emission shall not have received the necessary FCC equip- exceed 18 uW/sq. cm, as measured 3 me- ment authorization, without any addi- ters from the radiating structure. tional equipment authorization. How- (2) Peak power density shall be meas- ever, no transmitter operating under ured with an RF detector that has a de- the provisions of this section may be tection bandwidth that encompasses equipped with external phase-locking the band being used and has a video inputs that permit beam-forming ar- bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or uses rays to be realized. an equivalent measurement method. (3) The average emission limits shall [69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004, as amended at 85 be calculated based on the measured FR 18149, Apr. 1, 2020] peak levels, over the actual time period during which transmission occurs. § 15.258 Operation in the bands 116– 123 GHz, 174.8–182 GHz, 185–190 (d) Limits on spurious emissions: GHz and 244–246 GHz. (1) The power density of any emissions outside the band being used shall (a) Operation on board an aircraft or consist solely of spurious emissions. a satellite is prohibited. (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz (b) Emission levels within the 116–123 shall not exceed the general limits in GHz, 174.8–182 GHz, 185–190 GHz and 244– § 15.209. 246 GHz bands shall not exceed the fol- (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the lowing equivalent isotropically radi- level of these emissions shall not ex- ated power (EIRP) limits as measured ceed 90 pW/cm 2 at a distance of 3 me- during the transmit interval: ters. (1) The average power of any emis- (4) The levels of the spurious emission shall not exceed 40 dBm and the sions shall not exceed the level of the peak power of any emission shall not fundamental emission. exceed 43 dBm; or (e) The total peak transmitter output (2) For fixed point-to-point transmit- power shall not exceed 500 mW. ters located outdoors, the average (f) Fundamental emissions must be power of any emission shall not exceed contained within the frequency bands 82 dBm and shall be reduced by 2 dB for specified in this section during all con- every dB that the antenna gain is less ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- than 51 dBi. The peak power of any sumed to operate over the temperature emission shall not exceed 85 dBm and range ¥20 to + 50 degrees Celsius with shall be reduced by 2 dB for every dB an input voltage variation of 85% to that the antenna gain is less than 51 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- dBi. The provisions in this paragraph tification is presented to demonstrate (b)(2) for reducing transmit power otherwise. based on antenna gain shall not require (g) Radio frequency devices operating that the power levels be reduced below under the provisions of this part are the limits specified in paragraph (b)(1) subject to the radio frequency radi- of this section.

950

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00960 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.303

(3) The peak power shall be measured vices operating under the provisions of with a detection bandwidth that en- this section are subject to the radio- compasses the entire occupied band- frequency radiation exposure require- width within the intended band of oper- ments specified in §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091, ation, e.g., 116–123 GHz, 174.8–182 GHz, and 2.1093 of this chapter, as appro- 185–190 GHz or 244–246 GHz. The average priate. Applications for equipment au- emission levels shall be measured over thorization of devices operating under the actual time period during which this section must contain a statement transmission occurs. confirming compliance with these re- (4) Transmitters with an emission quirements for both fundamental emis- bandwidth of less than 100 MHz must sions and unwanted emissions. Tech- limit their peak radiated power to the nical information showing the basis for product of the maximum permissible this statement must be submitted to radiated power (in milliwatts) times the Commission upon request. their emission bandwidth divided by (f) Any transmitter that has received 100 MHz. For the purposes of this para- the necessary FCC equipment author- graph (b)(4), emission bandwidth is de- ization under the rules of this chapter fined as the instantaneous frequency may be mounted in a group installa- range occupied by a steady state radi- tion for simultaneous operation with ated signal with modulation, outside one or more other transmitter(s) that which the radiated power spectral den- have received the necessary FCC equip- sity never exceeds 6 dB below the max- ment authorization, without any addi- imum radiated power spectral density tional equipment authorization. How- in the band, as measured with a 100 kHz ever, no transmitter operating under resolution bandwidth spectrum ana- the provisions of this section may be lyzer. The center frequency must be equipped with external phase-locking stationary during the measurement in- inputs that permit beam-forming ar- terval, even if not stationary during rays to be realized. normal operation (e.g., for frequency (g) Measurement procedures that hopping devices). have been found to be acceptable to the (c) Spurious emissions shall be lim- Commission in accordance with § 2.947 ited as follows: of this chapter may be used to dem- (1) The power density of any emis- onstrate compliance. sions outside the band of operation, [84 FR 25691, June 4, 2019] e.g., 116–123 GHz, 174.8–182 GHz, 185–190 GHz or 244–246 GHz, shall consist solely Subpart D—Unlicensed Personal of spurious emissions. Communications Service Devices (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz shall not exceed the general limits in § 15.209. SOURCE: 58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, unless otherwise noted. (3) Between 40 GHz and the highest frequency specified in § 15.33, the level § 15.301 Scope. of these emissions shall not exceed 90 This subpart sets out the regulations pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 meters. for unlicensed personal communica- (4) The levels of the spurious emis- tions services (PCS) devices operating sions shall not exceed the level of the in the 1920–1930 MHz band. fundamental emission. (d) Fundamental emissions must be [69 FR 77949, Dec. 29, 2004] contained within the frequency bands specified in this section during all con- § 15.303 Definitions. ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- Asynchronous devices. Devices that sumed to operate over the temperature transmit RF energy at irregular time range ¥20 to + 50 degrees Celsius with intervals, as typified by local area net- an input voltage variation of 85% to work data systems. 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- Emission bandwidth. For purposes of tification is presented to demonstrate this subpart the emission bandwidth otherwise. shall be determined by measuring the (e) Regardless of the power density width of the signal between two points, levels permitted under this section, de- one below the carrier center frequency

951

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00961 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.305 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

and one above the carrier center fre- mation to demonstrate compliance quency, that are 26 dB down relative to with the requirements of this subpart. the maximum level of the modulated carrier. Compliance with the emissions § 15.307 [Reserved] limits is based on the use of measurement instrumentation employing a § 15.309 Cross reference. peak detector function with an instru- (a) The provisions of subpart A of ment resolutions bandwidth approxi- this part apply to unlicensed PCS de- mately equal to 1.0 percent of the emis- vices, except where specific provisions sion bandwidth of the device under are contained in subpart D. measurement. (b) The requirements of subpart D Isochronous devices. Devices that apply only to the radio transmitter transmit at a regular interval, typified contained in the PCS device. Other as- by time-division voice systems. pects of the operation of a PCS device Peak transmit power. The peak power may be subject to requirements con- output as measured over an interval of tained elsewhere in this chapter. In time equal to the frame rate or trans- particular, a PCS device that includes mission burst of the device under all digital circuitry not directly associ- conditions of modulation. Usually this ated with the radio transmitter also is parameter is measured as a conducted subject to the requirements for unin- emission by direct connection of a cali- tentional radiators in subpart B. brated test instrument to the equipment under test. If the device cannot § 15.313 Measurement procedures. be connected directly, alternative tech- Measurements must be made in ac- niques acceptable to the Commission cordance with subpart A, except where may be used. specific procedures are specified in sub- Personal Communications Services part D. If no guidance is provided, the (PCS) Devices [Unlicensed]. Intentional measurement procedure must be in ac- radiators operating in the frequency cordance with good engineering prac- band 1920–1930 MHz that provide a wide tice. array of mobile and ancillary fixed communication services to individuals § 15.315 Conducted limits. and businesses. Spectrum window. An amount of spec- An unlicensed PCS device that is de- trum equal to the intended emission signed to be connected to the public bandwidth in which operation is de- utility (AC) power line must meet the sired. limits specified in § 15.207. Thermal noise power. The noise power § 15.317 Antenna requirement. in watts defined by the formula N = kTB where N is the noise power in An unlicensed PCS device must meet watts, K is Boltzmann’s constant, T is the antenna requirement of § 15.203. the absolute temperature in degrees Kelvin (e.g., 295 °K) and B is the emis- § 15.319 General technical require- sion bandwidth of the device in hertz. ments. Time window. An interval of time in (a) [Reserved] which transmission is desired. (b) All transmissions must use only digital modulation techniques. Both [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, asynchronous and isochronous oper- 1995; 69 FR 62620, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 77949, ations are permitted within the 1920– Dec. 29, 2004; 77 FR 43013, July 23, 2012] 1930 MHz band. (c) Peak transmit power shall not ex- § 15.305 Equipment authorization re- ceed 100 microwatts multiplied by the quirement. square root of the emission bandwidth PCS devices operating under this in hertz. Peak transmit power must be subpart shall be certified by the Com- measured over any interval of contin- mission under the procedures in sub- uous transmission using instrumenta- part J of part 2 of this chapter before tion calibrated in terms of an rms- marketing. The application for certifi- equivalent voltage. The measurement cation must contain sufficient infor- results shall be properly adjusted for

952

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00962 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.323

any instrument limitations, such as de- § 15.321 [Reserved] tector response times, limited resolution bandwidth capability when com- § 15.323 Specific requirements for de- pared to the emission bandwidth, sensi- vices operating in the 1920–1930 tivity, etc., so as to obtain a true peak MHz band. measurement for the emission in ques- (a) Operation shall be contained tion over the full bandwidth of the within the 1920–1930 MHz band. The channel. emission bandwidth shall be less than (d) Power spectral density shall not 2.5 MHz. The power level shall be as exceed 3 milliwatts in any 3 kHz band- specified in § 15.319(c), but in no event width as measured with a spectrum an- shall the emission bandwidth be less alyzer having a resolution bandwidth than 50 kHz. of 3 kHz. (b) [Reserved] (e) The peak transmit power shall be (c) Devices must incorporate a mech- reduced by the amount in decibels that anism for monitoring the time and the maximum directional gain of the spectrum windows that its trans- antenna exceeds 3 dBi. mission is intended to occupy. The fol- (f) The device shall automatically lowing criteria must be met: discontinue transmission in case of ei- (1) Immediately prior to initiating transmission, devices must monitor ther absence of information to trans- the combined time and spectrum win- mit or operational failure. The provi- dows in which they intend to transmit sions in this section are not intended for a period of at least 10 milliseconds to preclude transmission of control and for systems designed to use a 10 milli- signaling information or use of repet- seconds or shorter frame period or at itive codes used by certain digital tech- least 20 milliseconds for systems de- nologies to complete frame or burst in- signed to use a 20 milliseconds frame tervals. period. (g) Notwithstanding other technical (2) The monitoring threshold must requirements specified in this subpart, not be more than 30 dB above the ther- attenuation of emissions below the mal noise power for a bandwidth equiv- general emission limits in § 15.209 is not alent to the emission bandwidth used required. by the device. (h) Where there is a transition be- (3) If no signal above the threshold tween limits, the tighter limit shall level is detected, transmission may apply at the transition point. commence and continue with the same (i) Radio frequency devices operating emission bandwidth in the monitored under the provisions of this part are time and spectrum windows without subject to the radio frequency radi- further monitoring. However, occupa- ation exposure requirements specified tion of the same combined time and in §§ 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, and 2.1093 of spectrum windows by a device or group this chapter, as appropriate. All equip- of cooperating devices continuously ment shall be considered to operate in over a period of time longer than 8 a ‘‘general population/uncontrolled’’ hours is not permitted without repeat- environment. Applications for equip- ing the access criteria. ment authorization of mobile or port- (4) Once access to specific combined able devices operating under this sec- time and spectrum windows is obtained tion must contain a statement con- an acknowledgment from a system par- firming compliance with these require- ticipant must be received by the initi- ments. Technical information showing ating transmitter within one second or the basis for this statement must be transmission must cease. Periodic ac- submitted to the Commission upon re- knowledgments must be received at quest. least every 30 seconds or transmission must cease. Channels used exclusively [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 for control and signaling information FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 59 FR 40835, Aug. 10, 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995; 61 FR 41018, may transmit continuously for 30 sec- Aug. 7, 1996; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR onds without receiving an acknowledg- 77949, Dec. 29, 2004; 77 FR 43013, July 23, 2012; ment, at which time the access criteria 85 FR 18149, Apr. 1, 2020] must be repeated.

953

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00963 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.323 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(5) If access to spectrum is not avail- monitoring detection threshold by one able as determined by the above, and a decibel for each one decibel that the minimum of 20 duplex system access transmitter power is below the max- channels are defined for the system, imum permitted. the time and spectrum windows with (10) An initiating device may attempt the lowest power level may be to establish a duplex connection by accessed. A device utilizing the provi- monitoring both its intended transmit sions of this paragraph must have mon- and receive time and spectrum win- itored all access channels defined for dows. If both the intended transmit its system within the last 10 seconds and receive time and spectrum win- and must verify, within the 20 milli- dows meet the access criteria, then the seconds (40 milliseconds for devices de- initiating device can initiate a trans- signed to use a 20 milliseconds frame mission in the intended transmit time period) immediately preceding actual and spectrum window. If the power de- channel access that the detected power tected by the responding device can be of the selected time and spectrum win- decoded as a duplex connection signal dows is no higher than the previously from the initiating device, then the re- detected value. The power measure- sponding device may immediately ment resolution for this comparison begin transmitting on the receive time must be accurate to within 6 dB. No de- and spectrum window monitored by the vice or group of co-operating devices initiating device. located within 1 meter of each other (11) An initiating device that is pre- shall during any frame period occupy vented from monitoring during its in- more than 6 MHz of aggregate band- tended transmit window due to moni- width, or alternatively, more than one toring system blocking from the trans- third of the time and spectrum win- missions of a co-located (within one dows defined by the system. meter) transmitter of the same system, (6) If the selected combined time and may monitor the portions of the time spectrum windows are unavailable, the and spectrum windows in which they device may either monitor and select intend to receive over a period of at different windows or seek to use the least 10 milliseconds. The monitored same windows after waiting an amount time and spectrum window must total of time, randomly chosen from a uni- at least 50 percent of the 10 millisecond form random distribution between 10 frame interval and the monitored spec- and 150 milliseconds, commencing trum must be within 1.25 MHz of the when the channel becomes available. center frequency of channel(s) already (7) The monitoring system bandwidth occupied by that device or co-located must be equal to or greater than the co-operating devices. If the access cri- emission bandwidth of the intended teria is met for the intended receive transmission and have a maximum re- time and spectrum window under the action time less than 50xSQRT (1.25/ above conditions, then transmission in emission bandwidth in MHz) microsec- the intended transmit window by the onds for signals at the applicable initiating device may commence. threshold level but shall not be re- (12) The provisions of (c)(10) or (c)(11) quired to be less than 50 microseconds. of this section shall not be used to ex- If a signal is detected that is 6 dB or tend the range of spectrum occupied more above the applicable threshold over space or time for the purpose of level, the maximum reaction time denying fair access to spectrum to shall be 35xSQRT (1.25/emission band- other devices. width in MHz) microseconds but shall (d) Emissions outside the band shall not be required to be less than 35 be attenuated below a reference power microseconds. of 112 milliwatts as follows: 30 dB be- (8) The monitoring system shall use tween the band and 1.25 MHz above or the same antenna used for trans- below the band; 50 dB between 1.25 and mission, or an antenna that yields 2.5 MHz above or below the band; and 60 equivalent reception at that location. dB at 2.5 MHz or greater above or below (9) Devices that have a power output the band. Emissions inside the band lower than the maximum permitted must comply with the following emis- under this subpart may increase their sion mask: In the bands between 1B

954

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00964 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.403

and 2B measured from the center of the whichever is shorter. The frequency emission bandwidth the total power stability shall be maintained over a emitted by the device shall be at least temperature variation of ¥20° to + 50 30 dB below the transmit power per- °C at normal supply voltage, and over a mitted for that device; in the bands be- variation in the primary supply volt- tween 2B and 3B measured from the age of 85 percent to 115 percent of the center of the emission bandwidth the rated supply voltage at a temperature total power emitted by an intentional of 20 °C. For equipment that is capable radiator shall be at least 50 dB below only of operating from a battery, the the transmit power permitted for that frequency stability tests shall be per- radiator; in the bands between 3B and formed using a new battery without the band edge the total power emitted any further requirement to vary supply by an intentional radiator in the meas- voltage. urement bandwidth shall be at least 60 dB below the transmit power permitted [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993; 59 FR 15269, Mar. 31, for that radiator. B’’ is defined as the 1994. Redesignated at 59 FR 32852, June 24, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 32853, June 24, 1994; emission bandwidth of the device in 59 FR 40835, Aug. 10, 1994; 59 FR 55373, Nov. 7, hertz. Compliance with the emission 1994; 60 FR 3303, Jan. 13, 1995; 69 FR 62621, limits is based on the use of measure- Oct. 27, 2004; 77 FR 43013, July 23, 2012] ment instrumentation employing peak detector function with an instrument Subpart E—Unlicensed National resolution bandwidth approximately equal to 1.0 percent of the emission Information Infrastructure Devices bandwidth of the device under meas- § 15.401 Scope. urement. (e) The frame period (a set of con- This subpart sets out the regulations secutive time slots in which the posi- for unlicensed National Information In- tion of each time slot can be identified frastructure (U–NII) devices operating by reference to a synchronizing source) in the 5.15–5.35 GHz, 5.47–5.725 GHz, of an intentional radiator operating in 5.725–5.85 GHz, and 5.925–7.125 GHz this band shall be 20 milliseconds or 10 bands. milliseconds/X where X is a positive [85 FR 31410, May 26, 2020] whole number. Each device that implements time division for the purposes of § 15.403 Definitions. maintaining a duplex connection on a given frequency carrier shall maintain Access Point (AP). A U–NII trans- a frame repetition rate with a fre- ceiver that operates either as a bridge quency stability of at least 50 parts per in a peer-to-peer connection or as a million (ppm). Each device which fur- connector between the wired and wire- ther divides access in time in order to less segments of the network or as a support multiple communication links relay between wireless network seg- on a given frequency carrier shall ments. maintain a frame repetition rate with Automated Frequency Coordination a frequency stability of at least 10 ppm. (AFC) System. A system that automati- The jitter (time-related, abrupt, spu- cally determines and provides lists of rious variations in the duration of the which frequencies are available for use frame interval) introduced at the two by standard power access points oper- ends of such a communication link ating in the 5.925–6.425 GHz and 6.525– shall not exceed 25 microseconds for 6.875 GHz bands. any two consecutive transmissions. Available Channel. A radio channel on Transmissions shall be continuous in which a Channel Availability Check has every time and spectrum window dur- not identified the presence of a radar. ing the frame period defined for the de- Average Symbol Envelope Power. The vice. average symbol envelope power is the (f) The frequency stability of the car- average, taken over all symbols in the rier frequency of the intentional radi- signaling alphabet, of the envelope ator shall be maintained within ±10 power for each symbol. ppm over 1 hour or the interval be- Channel Availability Check. A check tween channel access monitoring, during which the U–NII device listens

955

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00965 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.403 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

on a particular radio channel to iden- operates only on channels provided by tify whether there is a radar operating an AFC, has a geolocation capability, on that radio channel. and complies with antenna pointing Channel Move Time. The time needed angle requirements. by a U–NII device to cease all trans- Indoor Access Point. For the purpose missions on the current channel upon of this subpart, an access point that detection of a radar signal above the operates in the 5.925–7.125 GHz band, is DFS detection threshold. supplied power from a wired connec- Client Device. A U–NII device whose tion, has an integrated antenna, is not transmissions are generally under the battery powered, and does not have a control of an access point and is not weatherized enclosure. capable of initiating a network In-Service Monitoring. A mechanism Contention-based protocol. A protocol to check a channel in use by the U–NII that allows multiple users to share the device for the presence of a radar. same spectrum by defining the events Non-Occupancy Period. The required that must occur when two or more period in which, once a channel has transmitters attempt to simulta- been recognized as containing a radar neously access the same channel and signal by a U–NII device, the channel establishing rules by which a trans- will not be selected as an available mitter provides reasonable opportuni- channel. ties for other transmitters to operate. Operating Channel. Once a U–NII de- Such a protocol may consist of proce- vice starts to operate on an Available dures for initiating new transmissions, Channel then that channel becomes the procedures for determining the state of Operating Channel. the channel (available or unavailable), Maximum Power Spectral Density. The and procedures for managing retrans- maximum power spectral density is the missions in the event of a busy chan- maximum power spectral density, nel. within the specified measurement Digital modulation. The process by bandwidth, within the U–NII device op- which the characteristics of a carrier erating band. wave are varied among a set of pre- Maximum Conducted Output Power. determined discrete values in accord- The total transmit power delivered to ance with a digital modulating func- all antennas and antenna elements tion as specified in document ANSI averaged across all symbols in the sig- C63.17–1998. naling alphabet when the transmitter Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) is is operating at its maximum power a mechanism that dynamically detects control level. Power must be summed signals from other systems and avoids across all antennas and antenna ele- co-channel operation with these sys- ments. The average must not include tems, notably radar systems. any time intervals during which the DFS Detection Threshold. The required transmitter is off or is transmitting at detection level defined by detecting a a reduced power level. If multiple received signal strength (RSS) that is modes of operation are possible (e.g., greater than a threshold specified, alternative modulation methods), the within the U–NII device channel band- maximum conducted output power is the width. highest total transmit power occurring Emission bandwidth. For purposes of in any mode. this subpart the emission bandwidth is Power Spectral Density. The power determined by measuring the width of spectral density is the total energy the signal between two points, one output per unit bandwidth from a pulse below the carrier center frequency and or sequence of pulses for which the one above the carrier center frequency, transmit power is at its maximum that are 26 dB down relative to the level, divided by the total duration of maximum level of the modulated car- the pulses. This total time does not in- rier. clude the time between pulses during Fixed client device. For the purpose of which the transmit power is off or this subpart, a client device intended below its maximum level. as customer premise equipment that is Pulse. A pulse is a continuous trans- permanently attached to a structure, mission of a sequence of modulation

956

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00966 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

symbols, during which the average subject to the requirements for unin- symbol envelope power is constant. tentional radiators in subpart B. RLAN. Radio Local Area Network. [63 FR 40835, July 31, 1998] Standard Power Access Point. An access point that operates in the 5.925– § 15.407 General technical require- 6.425 GHz and 6.525–6.875 GHz bands pur- ments. suant to direction from an Automated (a) Power limits: Frequency Coordination System. (1) For the band 5.15–5.25 GHz. Subordinate Device. For the purpose of (i) For an outdoor access point oper- this subpart, a device that operates in ating in the band 5.15–5.25 GHz, the the 5.925–7.125 GHz band under the con- maximum conducted output power over trol of an Indoor Access Point, is sup- the frequency band of operation shall plied power from a wired connection, not exceed 1 W provided the maximum has an integrated antenna, is not bat- antenna gain does not exceed 6 dBi. In tery powered, does not have a weather- addition, the maximum power spectral ized enclosure, and does not have a di- density shall not exceed 17 dBm in any rect connection to the internet. Subor- 1 megahertz band. If transmitting an- dinate devices must not be used to con- tennas of directional gain greater than nect devices between separate build- 6 dBi are used, both the maximum con- ings or structures. Subordinate devices ducted output power and the maximum must be authorized under certification power spectral density shall be reduced procedures in part 2 of this chapter. by the amount in dB that the direc- Modules may not be certified as subor- tional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dinate devices. dBi. The maximum e.i.r.p. at any ele- Transmit Power Control (TPC). A fea- vation angle above 30 degrees as meas- ture that enables a U–NII device to dy- ured from the horizon must not exceed namically switch between several 125 mW (21 dBm). transmission power levels in the data (ii) For an indoor access point oper- transmission process. ating in the band 5.15–5.25 GHz, the maximum conducted output power over U–NII devices. Intentional radiators the frequency band of operation shall operating in the frequency bands 5.15– not exceed 1 W provided the maximum 5.35 GHz, 5.470–5.85 GHz, 5.925–7125 GHz antenna gain does not exceed 6 dBi. In that use wideband digital modulation addition, the maximum power spectral techniques and provide a wide array of density shall not exceed 17 dBm in any high data rate mobile and fixed com- 1 megahertz band. If transmitting an- munications for individuals, busi- tennas of directional gain greater than nesses, and institutions. 6 dBi are used, both the maximum con- [85 FR 31410, May 26, 2020] ducted output power and the maximum power spectral density shall be reduced § 15.405 Cross reference. by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 (a) The provisions of subparts A, B, dBi. and C of this part apply to unlicensed (iii) For fixed point-to-point access U-NII devices, except where specific points operating in the band 5.15–5.25 provisions are contained in subpart E. GHz, the maximum conducted output Manufacturers should note that this power over the frequency band of oper- includes the provisions of §§ 15.203 and ation shall not exceed 1 W. In addition, 15.205. the maximum power spectral density (b) The requirements of subpart E shall not exceed 17 dBm in any 1 mega- apply only to the radio transmitter hertz band. Fixed point-to-point U–NII contained in the U-NII device. Other devices may employ antennas with di- aspects of the operation of a U-NII de- rectional gain up to 23 dBi without any vice may be subject to requirements corresponding reduction in the max- contained elsewhere in this chapter. In imum conducted output power or max- particular, a U-NII device that includes imum power spectral density. For fixed digital circuitry not directly associ- point-to-point transmitters that em- ated with the radio transmitter also is ploy a directional antenna gain greater

957

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00967 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.407 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

than 23 dBi, a 1 dB reduction in max- tenna exceeds 6 dBi. However, fixed imum conducted output power and point-to-point U–NII devices operating maximum power spectral density is re- in this band may employ transmitting quired for each 1 dB of antenna gain in antennas with directional gain greater excess of 23 dBi. Fixed, point-to-point than 6 dBi without any corresponding operations exclude the use of point-to- reduction in transmitter conducted multipoint systems, omnidirectional power. Fixed, point-to-point operations applications, and multiple collocated exclude the use of point-to-multipoint transmitters transmitting the same in- systems, omnidirectional applications, formation. The operator of the U–NII and multiple collocated transmitters device, or if the equipment is profes- transmitting the same information. sionally installed, the installer, is re- The operator of the U–NII device, or if sponsible for ensuring that systems the equipment is professionally in- employing high gain directional anten- stalled, the installer, is responsible for nas are used exclusively for fixed, ensuring that systems employing high point-to-point operations. gain directional antennas are used ex- (iv) For client devices in the 5.15–5.25 clusively for fixed, point-to-point oper- GHz band, the maximum conducted ations. output power over the frequency band NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(3): The Commission of operation shall not exceed 250 mW strongly recommends that parties employing provided the maximum antenna gain U–NII devices to provide critical communica- does not exceed 6 dBi. In addition, the tions services should determine if there are maximum power spectral density shall any nearby Government radar systems that not exceed 11 dBm in any 1 megahertz could affect their operation. band. If transmitting antennas of di- (4) For a standard power access point rectional gain greater than 6 dBi are and fixed client device operating in the used, both the maximum conducted 5.925–6.425 GHz and 6.525–6.875 GHz output power and the maximum power bands, the maximum power spectral spectral density shall be reduced by the density must not exceed 23 dBm e.i.r.p amount in dB that the directional gain in any 1-megahertz band. In addition, of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. the maximum e.i.r.p. over the fre- (2) For the 5.25–5.35 GHz and 5.47–5.725 quency band of operation must not ex- GHz bands, the maximum conducted ceed 36 dBm. For outdoor devices, the output power over the frequency bands maximum e.i.r.p. at any elevation of operation shall not exceed the lesser angle above 30 degrees as measured of 250 mW or 11 dBm + 10 log B, where from the horizon must not exceed 125 B is the 26 dB emission bandwidth in mW (21 dBm). megahertz. In addition, the maximum (5) For an indoor access point oper- power spectral density shall not exceed ating in the 5.925–7.125 GHz band, the 11 dBm in any 1 megahertz band. If maximum power spectral density must transmitting antennas of directional not exceed 5 dBm e.i.r.p. in any 1-mega- gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both hertz band. In addition, the maximum the maximum conducted output power e.i.r.p. over the frequency band of oper- and the maximum power spectral den- ation must not exceed 30 dBm. sity shall be reduced by the amount in (6) For a subordinate device oper- dB that the directional gain of the an- ating under the control of an indoor ac- tenna exceeds 6 dBi. cess point in the 5.925–7.125 GHz band, (3) For the band 5.725–5.85 GHz, the the maximum power spectral density maximum conducted output power over must not exceed 5 dBm e.i.r.p in any 1- the frequency band of operation shall megahertz band, and the maximum not exceed 1 W. In addition, the max- e.i.r.p. over the frequency band of oper- imum power spectral density shall not ation must not exceed 30 dBm. exceed 30 dBm in any 500-kHz band. If (7) For client devices, except for fixed transmitting antennas of directional client devices as defined in this sub- gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both part, operating under the control of a the maximum conducted output power standard power access point in 5.925– and the maximum power spectral den- 6.425 GHz and 6.525–6.875 GHz bands, the sity shall be reduced by the amount in maximum power spectral density must dB that the directional gain of the an- not exceed 17 dBm e.i.r.p. in any 1-

958

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00968 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

megahertz band, and the maximum side of the 5.15–5.35 GHz band shall not e.i.r.p. over the frequency band of oper- exceed an e.i.r.p. of ¥27 dBm/MHz. ation must not exceed 30 dBm and the (3) For transmitters operating in the device must limit its power to no more 5.47–5.725 GHz band: All emissions out- than 6 dB below its associated standard side of the 5.47–5.725 GHz band shall not power access point’s authorized trans- exceed an e.i.r.p. of ¥27 dBm/MHz. mit power. (4) For transmitters operating in the (8) For client devices operating under 5.725–5.85 GHz band: the control of an indoor access point in (i) All emissions shall be limited to a the 5.925–7.125 GHz bands, the max- level of ¥27 dBm/MHz at 75 MHz or imum power spectral density must not more above or below the band edge in- exceed ¥1 dBm e.i.r.p. in any 1-mega- creasing linearly to 10 dBm/MHz at 25 hertz band, and the maximum e.i.r.p. MHz above or below the band edge, and over the frequency band of operation from 25 MHz above or below the band must not exceed 24 dBm. edge increasing linearly to a level of (9) Access points operating under the 15.6 dBm/MHz at 5 MHz above or below provisions of paragraphs (a)(5) and the band edge, and from 5 MHz above or (a)(6) of this section must employ a below the band edge increasing linearly permanently attached integrated an- to a level of 27 dBm/MHz at the band tenna. edge. (ii) Devices certified before March 2, (10) The maximum transmitter chan- 2017 with antenna gain greater than 10 nel bandwidth for U–NII devices in the dBi may demonstrate compliance with 5.925–7.125 GHz band is 320 megahertz. the emission limits in § 15.247(d), but (11) The maximum conducted output manufacturing, marketing and import- power must be measured over any in- ing of devices certified under this al- terval of continuous transmission ternative must cease by March 2, 2018. using instrumentation calibrated in Devices certified before March 2, 2018 terms of an rms-equivalent voltage. with antenna gain of 10 dBi or less may (12) Power spectral density measure- demonstrate compliance with the emis- ment. The maximum power spectral sion limits in § 15.247(d), but manufac- density is measured as either a con- turing, marketing and importing of de- ducted emission by direct connection vices certified under this alternative of a calibrated test instrument to the must cease before March 2, 2020. equipment under test or a radiated (5) For transmitters operating within measurement. Measurements in the the 5.925–7.125 GHz band: Any emissions 5.725–5.85 GHz band are made over a ref- outside of the 5.925–7.125 GHz band erence bandwidth of 500 kHz or the 26 must not exceed an e.i.r.p. of ¥27 dBm/ dB emission bandwidth of the device, MHz. whichever is less. Measurements in all (6) For transmitters operating within other bands are made over a bandwidth the 5.925–7.125 GHz bands: Power spec- of 1 MHz or the 26 dB emission band- tral density must be suppressed by 20 width of the device, whichever is less. dB at 1 MHz outside of channel edge, by A narrower resolution bandwidth can 28 dB at one channel bandwidth from be used, provided that the measured the channel center, and by 40 dB at power is integrated over the full ref- one- and one-half times the channel erence bandwidth. bandwidth away from channel center. (b) Undesirable emission limits. Except At frequencies between one megahertz as shown in paragraph (b)(7) of this sec- outside an unlicensed device’s channel tion, the maximum emissions outside edge and one channel bandwidth from of the frequency bands of operation the center of the channel, the limits shall be attenuated in accordance with must be linearly interpolated between the following limits: 20 dB and 28 dB suppression, and at fre- (1) For transmitters operating in the quencies between one and one- and one- 5.15–5.25 GHz band: All emissions out- half times an unlicensed device’s chan- side of the 5.15–5.35 GHz band shall not nel bandwidth, the limits must be lin- exceed an e.i.r.p. of ¥27 dBm/MHz. early interpolated between 28 dB and 40 (2) For transmitters operating in the dB suppression. Emissions removed 5.25–5.35 GHz band: All emissions out- from the channel center by more than

959

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00969 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.407 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

one- and one-half times the channel must bear the following statement in a bandwidth must be suppressed by at conspicuous location on the device and least 40 dB. in the user’s manual: FCC regulations (7) The emission measurements shall restrict operation of this device to in- be performed using a minimum resolu- door use only. The operation of this de- tion bandwidth of 1 MHz. A lower reso- vice is prohibited on oil platforms, lution bandwidth may be employed cars, trains, boats, and aircraft, except near the band edge, when necessary, that operation of this device is per- provided the measured energy is inte- mitted in large aircraft while flying grated to show the total power over 1 above 10,000 feet. MHz. (5) In the 5.925–7.125 GHz band, client (8) Unwanted emissions below 1 GHz devices, except fixed client devices, must comply with the general field must operate under the control of a strength limits set forth in § 15.209. standard power access point, indoor ac- Further, any U-NII devices using an AC cess point or subordinate devices; Sub- power line are required to comply also ordinate devices must operate under with the conducted limits set forth in the control of an indoor access point. § 15.207. In all cases, an exception exists for (9) The provisions of § 15.205 apply to transmitting brief messages to an ac- intentional radiators operating under cess point when attempting to join its this section. network after detecting a signal that (10) When measuring the emission confirms that an access point is oper- limits, the nominal carrier frequency ating on a particular channel. Access shall be adjusted as close to the upper points and subordinate devices may and lower frequency band edges as the connect to other access points or sub- design of the equipment permits. ordinate devices. Client devices are (c) The device shall automatically prohibited from connecting directly to discontinue transmission in case of ei- another client device. ther absence of information to trans- (6) Indoor access points, subordinate mit or operational failure. These provi- devices and client devices operating in sions are not intended to preclude the the 5.925–7.125 GHz band must employ a transmission of control or signalling contention-based protocol. information or the use of repetitive codes used by certain digital tech- (7) Fixed client devices may only nologies to complete frame or burst in- connect to a standard power access tervals. Applicants shall include in point. their application for equipment au- (e) Within the 5.725–5.85 GHz band, thorization a description of how this the minimum 6 dB bandwidth of U–NII requirement is met. devices shall be at least 500 kHz. (d) Operational restrictions for 6 GHz (f) Radio frequency devices operating U–NII devices. (1) Operation of standard under the provisions of this part are access points, fixed client devices and subject to the radio frequency radi- indoor access points in the 5.925–7.125 ation exposure requirements specified GHz band is prohibited on oil plat- in §§ 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, and 2.1093 of forms, cars, trains, boats, and aircraft, this chapter, as appropriate. All equip- except that indoor access points are ment shall be considered to operate in permitted to operate in the 5.925–6.425 a ‘‘general population/uncontrolled’’ GHz bands in large aircraft while flying environment. Applications for equip- above 10,000 feet. ment authorization of mobile or port- (2) Operation of transmitters in the able devices operating under this sec- 5.925–7.125 GHz band is prohibited for tion must contain a statement con- control of or communications with un- firming compliance with these require- manned aircraft systems. ments. Technical information showing (3) Transmitters operating under the the basis for this statement must be provisions of paragraphs (a)(5), (a)(6), submitted to the Commission upon re- and (a)(8) of this section are limited to quest. indoor locations. (g) Manufacturers of U-NII devices (4) In the 5.925–7.125 GHz band, indoor are responsible for ensuring frequency access points and subordinate devices stability such that an emission is

960

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00970 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

maintained within the band of oper- device may start using the channel if ation under all conditions of normal no radar signal with a power level operation as specified in the users man- greater than the interference threshold ual. values listed in paragraph (h)(2) of this (h) Transmit Power Control (TPC) section, is detected within 60 seconds. and Dynamic Frequency Selection (iii) Channel Move Time. After a ra- (DFS). dar’s presence is detected, all trans- (1) Transmit power control (TPC). U- missions shall cease on the operating NII devices operating in the 5.25–5.35 channel within 10 seconds. Trans- GHz band and the 5.47–5.725 GHz band missions during this period shall con- shall employ a TPC mechanism. The U- sist of normal traffic for a maximum of NII device is required to have the capa- 200 ms after detection of the radar sig- bility to operate at least 6 dB below nal. In addition, intermittent manage- the mean EIRP value of 30 dBm. A TPC ment and control signals can be sent mechanism is not required for systems during the remaining time to facilitate with an e.i.r.p. of less than 500 mW. vacating the operating channel. (2) Radar Detection Function of Dy- (iv) Non-occupancy Period. A channel namic Frequency Selection (DFS). U– that has been flagged as containing a NII devices operating with any part of radar system, either by a channel its 26 dB emission bandwidth in the availability check or in-service moni- 5.25–5.35 GHz and 5.47–5.725 GHz bands toring, is subject to a non-occupancy shall employ a DFS radar detection period of at least 30 minutes. The non- mechanism to detect the presence of occupancy period starts at the time radar systems and to avoid co-channel when the radar system is detected. operation with radar systems. Opera- (i) Device Security. All U–NII devices tors shall only use equipment with a must contain security features to pro- DFS mechanism that is turned on tect against modification of software when operating in these bands. The de- by unauthorized parties. vice must sense for radar signals at 100 (1) Manufacturers must implement percent of its emission bandwidth. The security features in any digitally mod- minimum DFS detection threshold for ulated devices capable of operating in devices with a maximum e.i.r.p. of 200 any of the U–NII bands, so that third mW to 1 W is ¥64 dBm. For devices parties are not able to reprogram the that operate with less than 200 mW device to operate outside the param- e.i.r.p. and a power spectral density of eters for which the device was cer- less than 10 dBm in a 1 MHz band, the tified. The software must prevent the minimum detection threshold is ¥62 user from operating the transmitter dBm. The detection threshold is the re- with operating frequencies, output ceived power averaged over 1 micro- power, modulation types or other radio second referenced to a 0 dBi antenna. frequency parameters outside those For the initial channel setting, the that were approved for the device. manufacturers shall be permitted to Manufacturers may use means includ- provide for either random channel se- ing, but not limited to the use of a pri- lection or manual channel selection. vate network that allows only authen- (i) Operational Modes. The DFS re- ticated users to download software, quirement applies to the following electronic signatures in software or operational modes: coding in hardware that is decoded by (A) The requirement for channel software to verify that new software availability check time applies in the can be legally loaded into a device to master operational mode. meet these requirements and must de- (B) The requirement for channel scribe the methods in their application move time applies in both the master for equipment authorization. and slave operational modes. (2) Manufacturers must take steps to (ii) Channel Availability Check Time. ensure that DFS functionality cannot A U–NII device shall check if there is a be disabled by the operator of the U– radar system already operating on the NII device. channel before it can initiate a trans- (j) Operator Filing Requirement: Before mission on a channel and when it has deploying an aggregate total of more to move to a new channel. The U–NII than one thousand outdoor access

961

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00971 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.407 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

points within the 5.15–5.25 GHz band, (5) An AFC system must store reg- parties must submit a letter to the istered information in a secure data- Commission acknowledging that, base until a standard power access should harmful interference to licensed point or fixed client device ceases oper- services in this band occur, they will be ation at a location. For the purpose of required to take corrective action. Cor- this paragraph, a standard power ac- rective actions may include reducing cess point or fixed client device is con- power, turning off devices, changing sidered to have ceased operation when frequency bands, and/or further reduc- that device has not contacted the AFC ing power radiated in the vertical di- system for more than three months to rection. This material shall be sub- verify frequency availability informa- mitted to Laboratory Division, Office tion. of Engineering and Technology, Fed- (6) An AFC system must verify the eral Communications Commission, 7435 validity of the FCC identifier (FCC ID) Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD of any standard power access point and 21046. Attn: U–NII Coordination, or via fixed client device seeking access to its Web site at https://www.fcc.gov/labhelp services prior to authorizing the access with the SUBJECT LINE: ‘‘U–NII–1 Fil- point to begin operation. A list of ing’’. standard power access points with (k) Automated frequency coordination valid FCC IDs and the FCC IDs of those (AFC) system. (1) Standard power access devices must be obtained from the points and fixed client devices oper- Commission’s Equipment Authoriza- ating under paragraph (a)(4) of this section System. tion must access an AFC system to de- (7) The general purposes of AFC sys- termine the available frequencies and tem include: the maximum permissible power in (i) Enacting all policies and proce- each frequency range at their geo- dures developed by the AFC system op- graphic coordinates prior to transmit- erators pursuant to this section. ting. Standard power access points and fixed client devices may transmit only (ii) Registering, authenticating, and on frequencies and at power levels that authorizing standard power access an AFC system indicates as available. point and fixed client device oper- (2) An AFC system must be capable ations, individually or through a net- of determining the available fre- work element device representing mul- quencies in steps of no greater than 3 tiple standard power access points from dB below the maximum permissible the same operating network. e.i.r.p of 36 dBm, and down to at least (iii) Providing standard power access a minimum level of 21 dBm. points and fixed client devices with the (3) An AFC system must obtain infor- permissible frequencies and the max- mation on protected services within imum permissible power in each fre- the 5.925–6.425 GHz and 6.525–6.875 GHz quency range at their locations using bands from Commission databases and propagation models and interference use that information to determine fre- protection criteria defined in para- quency availability for standard power graph (l) of this section. access points and fixed client devices (iv) Obtaining updated protected based on protection criteria specified sites information from Commission in paragraph (l)(2) of this section. databases. (4) An AFC system must use the in- (8) Standard power access points and formation supplied by standard power fixed client devices: access points and fixed client devices (i) Must register with and be author- during registration, as set forth in this ized by an AFC system prior to the section, to determine available fre- standard power access point and fixed quencies and the maximum permissible client device’s initial service trans- power in each frequency range for a mission, or after a standard power ac- standard power access point at any cess point or fixed client device given location. All such determinations changes location, and must obtain a and assignments must be made in a list of available frequencies and the non-discriminatory manner, consistent maximum permissible power in each with this part. frequency range at the standard power

962

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00972 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

access point and fixed client device’s vices and AFC systems are secure to location. prevent corruption or unauthorized (ii) Must register with the AFC sys- interception of data. Additionally, the tem by providing the following param- AFC system must incorporate security eters: Geographic coordinates (latitude measures to protect against unauthor- and longitude referenced to North ized data input or alteration of stored American Datum 1983 (NAD 83)), an- data, including establishing commu- tenna height above ground level, FCC nications authentication procedures identification number, and unique between client devices and standard manufacturer’s serial number. If any of power access points. these parameters change, the standard (9) Standard power access point and power access point or fixed client de- fixed client device geo-location capa- vice must provide updated parameters to the AFC system. All information bility: provided by the standard power access (i) A standard power access point and point and the fixed client device to the a fixed client device must include ei- AFC system must be true, complete, ther an internal geo-location capa- correct, and made in good faith. bility or an integrated capability to se- (iii) Must provide the registration in- curely connect to an external formation to the AFC system either di- geolocation devices or service, to auto- rectly and individually or by a network matically determine the standard element representing multiple stand- power access point’s geographic coordi- ard power access points or fixed client nates and location uncertainty (in me- devices from the same operating net- ters), with a confidence level of 95%. work. The standard power access point, The standard power access point and fixed client device or its network ele- fixed client device must report such co- ment must register with the AFC sys- ordinates and location uncertainty to tem via any communication link, an AFC system at the time of activa- wired or wireless, outside 5.925–6.425 tion from a power-off condition. GHz and 6.525–6.875 GHz bands. (ii) An external geo-location source (iv) Must contact an AFC system at may be connected to a standard power least once per day to obtain the latest access point or fixed client device list of available frequencies and the through either a wired or a wireless maximum permissible power the stand- connection. A single geo-location ard power access point or fixed client device may operate with on each fre- source may provide location informa- quency at the standard power access tion to multiple standard power access point and fixed client device’s location. points or fixed client devices. If the standard power access point or (iii) An external geo-location source fixed client device fails to successfully must be connected to a standard power contact the AFC system during any access point or fixed client device given day, the standard power access using a secure connection that ensures point or fixed client device may con- that only an external geo-location tinue to operate until 11:59 p.m. of the source approved for use with a stand- following day at which time it must ard power access point or fixed client cease operations until it re-establishes device provides geographic coordinates contact with the AFC system and re- to that standard power access point or verifies its list of available frequencies fixed client device. Alternatively, an and associated power levels. extender cable may be used to connect (v) Must incorporate adequate secu- a remote receive antenna to a geo-loca- rity measures to prevent it from action receiver within a standard power cessing AFC systems not approved by access point or fixed client device. the FCC and to ensure that unauthor- (iv) The applicant for certification of ized parties cannot modify the device a standard power access point or fixed to operate in a manner inconsistent client device must demonstrate the ac- with the rules and protection criteria set forth in this section and to ensure curacy of the geo-location method used that communications between standard and the location uncertainty. For power access points, fixed client de- standard power access points and fixed

963

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00973 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.407 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

client devices that may not use an in- and that unauthorized parties cannot ternal geo-location capability, this un- access or alter the AFC system, or the certainty must account for the accu- information transmitted from the AFC racy of the geo-location source and the system to standard power access points separation distance between such or fixed client devices. source and the standard power access (iv) Provide service for a five-year point or fixed client device. term. This term may be renewed at the (10) An AFC system operator will be Commission’s discretion. designated for a five-year term which (v) Respond in a timely manner to can be renewed by the Commission verify, correct, or remove, as appro- based on the operator’s performance priate, data in the event that the Com- during the term. If an AFC system mission or a party presents to the AFC ceases operation, it must provide at system Operator a claim of inaccura- least 30-days’ notice to the Commission cies in the AFC system. This require- and transfer any registration data to another AFC system operator. ment applies only to information that (11) The Commission will designate the Commission requires to be stored one or more AFC system operators to in the AFC system. provide service in the 5.925–6.425 GHz (vi) Establish and follow protocols to and 6.525–6.875 GHz bands. comply with enforcement instructions (12) The Commission may permit the from the Commission, including dis- functions of an AFC system, such as a continuance of standard power access data repository, registration, and point operations in designated geo- query services, to be divided among graphic areas. multiple entities; however, entities (16) An AFC system operator may designated as AFC system operators charge fees for providing service in reg- will be held accountable for the overall istration and channel availability func- functioning and system administration tions. The Commission may, upon re- of the AFC system. quest, review the fees and can require (13) The AFC system must ensure changes to those fees if the Commis- that all communications and inter- sion finds them unreasonable. actions between the AFC system and (l) Incumbent Protection by AFC sys- standard power access points and fixed tem: Fixed Microwave Services. A stand- client devices are accurate and secure ard power access point or fixed client and that unauthorized parties cannot device must not cause harmful inter- access or alter the database, or the list ference to fixed microwave services au- of available frequencies and associated thorized to operate in the 5.925–6.425 powers sent to a standard power access GHz and 6.525–6.875 GHz bands. Based point. on the criteria set forth below, an AFC (14) An AFC system must implement system must establish location and fre- the terms of international agreements with Mexico and Canada. quency-based exclusion zones (both co- (15) Each AFC system operator des- channel and adjacent channel) around ignated by the Commission must: fixed microwave receivers operating in (i) Maintain a regularly updated AFC the 5.925–6.425 GHz and 6.525–6.875 GHz system database that contains the in- bands. Individual standard power ac- formation described in this section, in- cess points and fixed client devices cluding incumbent’s information and must not operate co-channel to fixed standard power access points and fixed microwave system frequencies within client devices registration parameters. co-channel exclusion zones, or on adja- (ii) Establish and follow protocols cent channel frequencies within adja- and procedures to ensure compliance cent channel exclusion zones. with the rules set forth in this part. (1) Propagation Models: Propagation (iii) Establish and follow protocols models to determine the appropriate and procedures sufficient to ensure separation distance between a standard that all communications and inter- power access point or a fixed client de- actions between the AFC system and vice and an incumbent fixed microwave standard power access points and fixed service receiver. For a separation dis- client devices are accurate and secure tance:

964

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00974 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

(i) Up to 30 meters, the AFC system (2) Interference Protection Criteria: must use the free space path-loss (i) The AFC system must use ¥6 dB model. I/N as the interference protection cri- (ii) More than 30 meters and up to teria in determining the size of the co- and including one kilometer, the AFC channel exclusion zone where I (inter- system must use the Wireless World ference) is the co-channel signal from Initiative New Radio phase II (WIN- the standard power access point or NER II) model. The AFC system must fixed client device at the fixed micro- use site-specific information, including wave service receiver, and N (noise) is buildings and terrain data, for deter- background noise level at the fixed mining the line-of-sight/non-line-of- microwave service receiver. sight path component in the WINNER (ii) The AFC system must use ¥6 dB II model, where such data is available. For evaluating paths where such data I/N as the interference protection cri- is not available, the AFC system must teria in determining the size of the ad- use a probabilistic model combining jacent channel exclusion zone, where I the line-of-sight path and non-line-of- (interference) is the signal from the sight path into a single path-loss as standard power access point or fixed follows: client device’s out of channel emissions at the fixed microwave service receiver Path-loss (L) = Si P(i) * Li = PLOS * LLOS and N (noise) is background noise level + PNLOS * LNLOS, at the fixed microwave service re- where PLOS is the probability of line-of- ceiver. The adjacent channel exclusion sight, LLOS is the line-of-sight path zone must be calculated based on the loss, PNLOS is the probability of non- emissions requirements of paragraph line-of sight, LNLOS is the non-line-of- (b)(6) of this section. sight path loss, and L is the combined (m) Incumbent Protection by AFC sys- path loss. The WINNER II path loss tem: Radio Astronomy Services. The AFC models include a formula to determine system must enforce an exclusion PLOS as a function of antenna heights zones to the following radio observ- and distance. PNLOS is equal to atories that observe between 6650–6675.2 ¥ (1 PLOS). In all cases, the AFC system MHz: Arecibo Observatory, the Green will use the correct WINNER II param- Bank Observatory, the Very Large eters to match the morphology of the Array (VLA), the 10 Stations of the path between a standard power access Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA), the point and a fixed microwave receiver Owens Valley Radio Observatory, and (i.e., Urban, Suburban, or Rural). the Allen Telescope Array. The exclu- (iii) More than one kilometer, the sion zone sizes are based on the radio AFC system must use Irregular Terrain 4 Model (ITM) combined with the appro- line-of-sight and determined using ⁄3 priate clutter model. To account for earth curvature and the following for- the effects of clutter, such as buildings mula: and foliage, that the AFC system must dkmllos = 4.12 * (sqrt(Htx) + combine the ITM with the ITU–R sqrt(Hrx)), P.2108–0 (06/2017) clutter model for where Htx is the height of the unli- urban and suburban environments and censed standard power access point or the ITU–R P.452–16 (07/2015) clutter model for rural environments. The AFC fixed client device and Hrx is the system should use the most appro- height of the radio astronomy antenna priate clutter category for the local in meters above ground level. Coordi- morphology when using ITU–R P.452– nate locations of the radio observ- 16. However, if detailed local informa- atories are listed in section 2.106, notes tion is not available, the ‘‘Village Cen- US 131 and US 385 of this part. tre’’ clutter category should be used. (n) Incumbent Protection by AFC sys- The AFC system must use 1 arc-second tem: Fixed-Satellite Services. Standard digital elevation terrain data and, for power access points and fixed client de- locations where such data is not avail- vices located outdoors must limit their able, the most granular available dig- maximum e.i.r.p. at any elevation ital elevation terrain data. angle above 30 degrees as measured

965

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00975 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.501 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

from the horizon to 21 dBm (125 mW) to or obtaining the images of buried ob- protect fixed satellite services. jects or determining the physical properties within the ground. The energy [63 FR 40836, July 31, 1998, as amended at 69 FR 2687, Jan. 20, 2004; 69 FR 54036, Sept. 7, from the GPR is intentionally directed 2004; 79 FR 24579, May 1, 2014; 79 FR 56988, down into the ground for this purpose. Sept. 24, 2014; 79 FR 76903, Dec. 23, 2014; 81 FR (g) Medical imaging system. A field dis- 19901, Apr. 6, 2016; 85 FR 18149, Apr. 1, 2020; 85 turbance sensor that is designed to de- FR 31411, May 26, 2020] tect the location or movement of objects within the body of a person or Subpart F—Ultra-Wideband animal. Operation (h) Wall imaging system. A field disturbance sensor that is designed to de- SOURCE: 67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, unless tect the location of objects contained otherwise noted. within a ‘‘wall’’ or to determine the physical properties within the ‘‘wall.’’ § 15.501 Scope. The ‘‘wall’’ is a concrete structure, the This subpart sets out the regulations side of a bridge, the wall of a mine or for unlicensed ultra-wideband trans- another physical structure that is mission systems. dense enough and thick enough to absorb the majority of the signal trans- § 15.503 Definitions. mitted by the imaging system. This (a) UWB bandwidth. For the purpose category of equipment does not include of this subpart, the UWB bandwidth is products such as ‘‘stud locators’’ that the frequency band bounded by the are designed to locate objects behind points that are 10 dB below the highest gypsum, plaster or similar walls that radiated emission, as based on the com- are not capable of absorbing the trans- plete transmission system including mitted signal. the antenna. The upper boundary is (i) Through-wall imaging system. A field disturbance sensor that is de- designated fH and the lower boundary is signed to detect the location or move- designated fL. The frequency at which the highest radiated emission occurs is ment of persons or objects that are lo- designated fM. cated on the other side of an opaque (b) Center frequency. The center fre- structure such as a wall or a ceiling. quency, fC, equals (fH + fL)/2. This category of equipment may in- (c) Fractional bandwidth. The frac- clude products such as ‘‘stud locators’’ tional bandwidth equals 2(fH¥fL)/ (fH + that are designed to locate objects be- fL). hind gypsum, plaster or similar walls (d) Ultra-wideband (UWB) transmitter. that are not thick enough or dense An intentional radiator that, at any enough to absorb the transmitted sig- point in time, has a fractional band- nal. width equal to or greater than 0.20 or (j) Surveillance system. A field disturb- has a UWB bandwidth equal to or ance sensor used to establish a sta- greater than 500 MHz, regardless of the tionary RF perimeter field that is used fractional bandwidth. for security purposes to detect the in- (e) Imaging system. A general category trusion of persons or objects. consisting of ground penetrating radar (k) EIRP. Equivalent isotropically ra- systems, medical imaging systems, diated power, i.e., the product of the wall imaging systems through-wall im- power supplied to the antenna and the aging systems and surveillance sys- antenna gain in a given direction rel- tems. As used in this subpart, imaging ative to an isotropic antenna. The systems do not include systems de- EIRP, in terms of dBm, can be con- signed to detect the location of tags or verted to a field strength, in dBuV/m at systems used to transfer voice or data 3 meters, by adding 95.2. As used in this information. subpart, EIRP refers to the highest sig- (f) Ground penetrating radar (GPR) nal strength measured in any direction system. A field disturbance sensor that and at any frequency from the UWB de- is designed to operate only when in vice, as tested in accordance with the contact with, or within one meter of, procedures specified in § 15.31(a) and the ground for the purpose of detecting 15.523 of this chapter.

966

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00976 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.509

(l) Law enforcement, fire and emer- any other manner may be considered gency rescue organizations. As used in grounds for revocation of the grant of this subpart, this refers to those par- certification issued for the equipment. ties eligible to obtain a license from the FCC under the eligibility require- § 15.509 Technical requirements for ments specified in § 90.20(a)(1) of this ground penetrating radars and wall chapter. imaging systems. (m) Hand held. As used in this sub- (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- part, a hand held device is a portable ing system operating under the provi- device, such as a lap top computer or a sions of this section must be below 10.6 PDA, that is primarily hand held while GHz. being operated and that does not em- (b) Operation under the provisions of ploy a fixed infrastructure. this section is limited to GPRs and wall imaging systems operated for pur- § 15.505 Cross reference. poses associated with law enforcement, (a) Except where specifically stated fire fighting, emergency rescue, sci- otherwise within this subpart, the pro- entific research, commercial mining, visions of subparts A and B and of or construction. §§ 15.201 through 15.204 and 15.207 of sub- (1) Parties operating this equipment part C of this part apply to unlicensed must be eligible for licensing under the UWB intentional radiators. The provi- provisions of part 90 of this chapter. sions of § 15.35(c) and 15.205 do not apply (2) The operation of imaging systems to devices operated under this subpart. under this section requires coordina- The provisions of Footnote US 246 to tion, as detailed in § 15.525. the Table of Frequency Allocations (c) A GPR that is designed to be oper- contained in § 2.106 of this chapter does ated while being hand held and a wall not apply to devices operated under imaging system shall contain a manu- this subpart. ally operated switch that causes the (b) The requirements of this subpart transmitter to cease operation within apply only to the radio transmitter, 10 seconds of being released by the op- i.e., the intentional radiator, contained erator. In lieu of a switch located on in the UWB device. Other aspects of the the imaging system, it is permissible operation of a UWB device may be sub- to operate an imaging system by reject to requirements contained else- mote control provided the imaging sys- where in this chapter. In particular, a tem ceases transmission within 10 sec- UWB device that contains digital cir- onds of the remote switch being re- cuitry not directly associated with the leased by the operator. operation of the transmitter also is (d) The radiated emissions at or subject to the requirements for unin- below 960 MHz from a device operating tentional radiators in subpart B of this under the provisions of this section part. Similarly, an associated receiver shall not exceed the emission levels in that operates (tunes) within the fre- § 15.209. The radiated emissions above quency range 30 MHz to 960 MHz is sub- 960 MHz from a device operating under ject to the requirements in subpart B the provisions of this section shall not of this part. exceed the following average limits when measured using a resolution § 15.507 Marketing of UWB equipment. bandwidth of 1 MHz: In some cases, the operation of UWB devices is limited to specific parties, Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm e.g., law enforcement, fire and rescue 960–1610 ...... –65.3 organizations operating under the aus- 1610–1990 ...... –53.3 1990–3100 ...... –51.3 pices of a state or local government. 3100–10600 ...... –41.3 The marketing of UWB devices must be Above 10600 ...... –51.3 directed solely to parties eligible to operate the equipment. The responsible (e) In addition to the radiated emis- party, as defined in § 2.909 of this chap- sion limits specified in the table in ter, is responsible for ensuring that the paragraph (d) of this section, UWB equipment is marketed only to eligible transmitters operating under the pro- parties. Marketing of the equipment in visions of this section shall not exceed

967

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00977 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.510 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the following average limits when (4) The radiated emissions at or measured using a resolution bandwidth below 960 MHz shall not exceed the of no less than 1 kHz: emission levels in § 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz shall not ex- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm ceed the following average limits when 1164–1240 ...... –75.3 measured using a resolution bandwidth 1559–1610 ...... –75.3 of 1 MHz:

(f) For UWB devices where the fre- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm quency at which the highest radiated 960–1610 ...... ¥65.3 emission occurs, fM, is above 960 MHz, 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 there is a limit on the peak level of the Above 1990 ...... ¥51.3 emissions contained within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on fM. That limit is (5) In addition to the radiated emis- 0 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ sion limits specified in the table in a different resolution bandwidth, and a paragraph (c)(4) of this section, emis- correspondingly different peak emissions from these imaging systems shall sion limit, following the procedures de- not exceed the following average limits scribed in § 15.521. when measured using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz: [68 FR 19749, Apr. 22, 2003] Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm § 15.510 Technical requirements for through-wall imaging systems. 1164–1240 ...... ¥75.3 1559–1610 ...... ¥75.3 (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imaging system operating under the provi- (d) For equipment operating with fC sions of this section must be below 960 and fM between 1990 MHz and 10600 MHz or the center frequency, fC, and MHz: the frequency at which the highest ra- (1) Parties operating this equipment diated emission occurs, fM, must be must hold a license issued by the Fed- contained between 1990 MHz and 10600 eral Communications Commission to MHz. operate a transmitter in the Public (b) Operation under the provisions of Safety Radio Pool under part 90 of this this section is limited to through-wall chapter. The license may be held by imaging systems operated by law en- the organization for which the UWB forcement, emergency rescue or fire- operator works on a paid or volunteer fighting organizations that are under basis. the authority of a local or state gov- (2) This equipment may be operated ernment. only for law enforcement applications, (c) For through-wall imaging systems the providing of emergency services, operating with the UWB bandwidth and necessary training operations. below 960 MHz: (3) The radiated emissions at or (1) Parties operating this equipment below 960 MHz shall not exceed the must be eligible for licensing under the emission levels in § 15.209 of this chap- provisions of part 90 of this chapter. ter. The radiated emissions above 960 (2) The operation of these imaging MHz shall not exceed the following av- systems requires coordination, as de- erage limits when measured using a tailed in § 15.525. resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz: (3) The imaging system shall contain a manually operated switch that Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm causes the transmitter to cease oper- 960–1610 ...... ¥46.3 ation within 10 seconds of being re- 1610–10600 ...... ¥41.3 leased by the operator. In lieu of a Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 switch located on the imaging system, it is permissible to operate an imaging (4) In addition to the radiated emis- system by remote control provided the sion limits specified in the paragraph imaging system ceases transmission (d)(3) of this section, emissions from within 10 seconds of the remote switch these imaging systems shall not exceed being released by the operator. the following average limits when

968

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00978 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.513

measured using a resolution bandwidth when measured using a resolution of no less than 1 kHz: bandwidth of 1 MHz:

Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm

1164–1240 ...... ¥56.3 960–1610 ...... ¥53.3 1559–1610 ...... ¥56.3 1610–1990 ...... ¥51.3 1990–10600 ...... ¥41.3 (5) There is a limit on the peak level Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 of the emissions contained within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- (d) In addition to the radiated emis- quency at which the highest radiated sion limits specified in the table in paragraph (c) of this section, UWB emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a transmitters operating under the pro- different resolution bandwidth, and a visions of this section shall not exceed correspondingly different peak emis- the following average limits when sion limit, following the procedures de- measured using a resolution bandwidth scribed in § 15.521. of no less than 1 kHz: (e) Through-wall imaging systems op- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm erating under the provisions of this section shall bear the following or 1164–1240 ...... ¥63.3 similar statement in a conspicuous lo- 1559–1610 ...... ¥63.3 cation on the device: ‘‘Operation of this device is restricted to law enforcement, (e) There is a limit on the peak level emergency rescue and firefighter per- of the emissions contained within a 50 sonnel. Operation by any other party is MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and could quency at which the highest radiated subject the operator to serious legal emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 penalties.’’ dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a [68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003, as amended at 85 correspondingly different peak emis- FR 38740, June 26, 2020] sion limit, following the procedures described in § 15.521. § 15.511 Technical requirements for surveillance systems. (f) Imaging systems operating under the provisions of this section shall bear (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- the following or similar statement in a ing system operating under the provi- conspicuous location on the device: sions of this section must be contained ‘‘Operation of this device is restricted between 1990 MHz and 10,600 MHz. to law enforcement, fire and rescue of- (b) Operation under the provisions of ficials, public utilities, and industrial this section is limited to fixed surveil- entities. Operation by any other party lance systems operated by law enforce- is a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and could ment, fire or emergency rescue organi- subject the operator to serious legal zations or by manufacturers licensees, penalties.’’ petroleum licensees or power licensees as defined in § 90.7 of this chapter. [68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003] (1) Parties operating under the provisions of this section must be eligible § 15.513 Technical requirements for for licensing under the provisions of medical imaging systems. part 90 of this chapter. (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- (2) The operation of imaging systems ing system operating under the provi- under this section requires coordina- sions of this section must be contained tion, as detailed in § 15.525. between 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz. (c) The radiated emissions at or (b) Operation under the provisions of below 960 MHz from a device operating this section is limited to medical imag- under the provisions of this section ing systems used at the direction of, or shall not exceed the emission levels in under the supervision of, a licensed § 15.209. The radiated emissions above health care practitioner. The operation 960 MHz from a device operating under of imaging systems under this section the provisions of this section shall not requires coordination, as detailed in exceed the following average limits § 15.525.

969

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00979 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.515 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(c) A medical imaging system shall trial transportation vehicles. These de- contain a manually operated switch vices shall operate only when the vehi- that causes the transmitter to cease cle is operating, e.g., the engine is run- operation within 10 seconds of being re- ning. Operation shall occur only upon leased by the operator. In lieu of a specific activation, such as upon start- switch located on the imaging system, ing the vehicle, changing gears, or en- it is permissible to operate an imaging gaging a turn signal. system by remote control provided the (b) The UWB bandwidth of a vehic- imaging system ceases transmission ular radar system operating under the within 10 seconds of the remote switch provisions of this section shall be con- being released by the operator. tained between 22 GHz and 29 GHz. In (d) The radiated emissions at or addition, the center frequency, fC, and below 960 MHz from a device operating the frequency at which the highest under the provisions of this section level emission occurs, fM, must be shall not exceed the emission levels in greater than 24.075 GHz. § 15.209. The radiated emissions above (c) Following proper installation, ve- 960 MHz from a device operating under hicular radar systems shall attenuate the provisions of this section shall not any emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz exceed the following average limits band that appear 38 degrees or greater when measured using a resolution above the horizontal plane by 25 dB bandwidth of 1 MHz: below the limit specified in paragraph (d) of this section. For equipment au- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm thorized, manufactured or imported on 960–1610 ...... ¥65.3 or after January 1, 2005, this level of 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 attenuation shall be 25 dB for any 011990–3100 ...... ¥51.3 emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 that appear 30 degrees or greater above the horizontal plane. For equipment (e) In addition to the radiated emis- authorized, manufactured or imported sion limits specified in the table in on or after January 1, 2010, this level of paragraph (d) of this section, UWB attenuation shall be 30 dB for any transmitters operating under the pro- emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band visions of this section shall not exceed that appear 30 degrees or greater above the following average limits when the horizontal plane. For equipment measured using a resolution bandwidth authorized, manufactured or imported of no less than 1 kHz: on or after January 1, 2014, this level of attenuation shall be 35 dB for any Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band 1164–1240 ...... ¥75.3 that appear 30 degrees or greater above 1559–1610 ...... ¥75.3 the horizontal plane. This level of attenuation can be achieved through the (f) There is a limit on the peak level antenna directivity, through a reduc- of the emissions contained within a 50 tion in output power or any other MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- means. quency at which the highest radiated (d) The radiated emissions at or emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 below 960 MHz from a device operating dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a under the provisions of this section different resolution bandwidth, and a shall not exceed the emission levels in correspondingly different peak emis- § 15.209. The radiated emissions above sion limit, following the procedures de- 960 MHz from a device operating under scribed in § 15.521. the provisions of this section shall not [68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003, as amended at 72 exceed the following average limits FR 63823, Nov. 13, 2007] when measured using a resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz: § 15.515 Technical requirements for vehicular radar systems. Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm (a) Operation under the provisions of 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 1610–22,000 ...... ¥61.3 this section is limited to UWB field dis- 22,000–29,000 ...... ¥41.3 turbance sensors mounted in terres- 29,000–31,000 ...... ¥51.3

970

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00980 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.517

Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm intentionally directed outside of the building in which the equipment is lo- ¥ Above 31,000 ...... 61.3 cated, such as through a window or a (e) In addition to the radiated emis- doorway, to perform an outside func- sion limits specified in the table in tion, such as the detection of persons paragraph (d) of this section, UWB about to enter a building. transmitters operating under the pro- (3) The use of outdoor mounted an- visions of this section shall not exceed tennas, e.g., antennas mounted on the the following average limits when outside of a building or on a telephone measured using a resolution bandwidth pole, or any other outdoors infrastruc- of no less than 1 kHz: ture is prohibited. (4) Field disturbance sensors in- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm stalled inside of metal or underground 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 storage tanks are considered to operate 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 indoors provided the emissions are directed towards the ground. (f) There is a limit on the peak level (5) A communications system shall of the emissions contained within a 50 transmit only when the intentional ra- MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- diator is sending information to an as- quency at which the highest radiated sociated receiver. emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 (b) The UWB bandwidth of a UWB dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a system operating under the provisions different resolution bandwidth, and a of this section must be contained be- correspondingly different peak emis- tween 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz. sion limit, following the procedures de- (c) The radiated emissions at or scribed in § 15.521. below 960 MHz from a device operating (g) The emission levels from devices under the provisions of this section operating under the provisions of this shall not exceed the emission levels in section that employ gated trans- § 15.209. The radiated emissions above missions may be measured with the 960 MHz from a device operating under gating active. Measurements made in the provisions of this section shall not this manner shall be repeated over exceed the following average limits multiple sweeps with the analyzer set when measured using a resolution for maximum hold until the amplitude bandwidth of 1 MHz: stabilizes. (h) UWB vehicular systems operating Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm in the 22–29 GHz band are subject to the 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 transition provisions of § 15.37(l) 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 through (n). 1990–3100 ...... ¥51.3 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 70 Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 FR 6776, Feb. 9, 2005; 82 FR 43871, Sept. 20, 2017] (d) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the table in § 15.517 Technical requirements for in- paragraph (c) of this section, UWB door UWB systems. transmitters operating under the pro- (a) Operation under the provisions of visions of this section shall not exceed this section is limited to UWB trans- the following average limits when mitters employed solely for indoor op- measured using a resolution bandwidth eration. of no less than 1 kHz: (1) Indoor UWB devices, by the nature of their design, must be capable of Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm operation only indoors. The necessity 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 to operate with a fixed indoor infra- 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 structure, e.g., a transmitter that must be connected to the AC power lines, (e) There is a limit on the peak level may be considered sufficient to dem- of the emissions contained within a 50 onstrate this. MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- (2) The emissions from equipment op- quency at which the highest radiated erated under this section shall not be emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0

971

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00981 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.519 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a the provisions of this section shall not different resolution bandwidth, and a exceed the following average limits correspondingly different peak emis- when measured using a resolution sion limit, following the procedures de- bandwidth of 1 MHz: scribed in § 15.521. (f) UWB systems operating under the Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm provisions of this section shall bear the 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 following or similar statement in a 1610–1990 ...... ¥63.3 conspicuous location on the device or 1990–3100 ...... ¥61.3 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 in the instruction manual supplied Above 10600 ...... ¥61.3 with the device: ‘‘This equipment may only be operated in- (d) In addition to the radiated emis- doors. Operation outdoors is in violation of sion limits specified in the table in 47 U.S.C. 301 and could subject the operator paragraph (c) of this section, UWB to serious legal penalties.’’ transmitters operating under the pro- [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June visions of this section shall not exceed 10, 2002] the following average limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth § 15.519 Technical requirements for of no less than 1 kHz: hand held UWB systems. Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm (a) UWB devices operating under the provisions of this section must be hand 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 held, i.e., they are relatively small de- 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 vices that are primarily hand held (e) There is a limit on the peak level while being operated and do not em- of the emissions contained within a 50 ploy a fixed infrastructure. (1) A UWB device operating under the MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- provisions of this section shall trans- quency at which the highest radiated mit only when it is sending informa- emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 tion to an associated receiver. The dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a UWB intentional radiator shall cease different resolution bandwidth, and a transmission within 10 seconds unless correspondingly different peak emis- it receives an acknowledgement from sion limit, following the procedures de- the associated receiver that its trans- scribed in § 15.521. mission is being received. An acknowl- [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June edgment of reception must continue to 10, 2002] be received by the UWB intentional radiator at least every 10 seconds or the § 15.521 Technical requirements appli- UWB device must cease transmitting. cable to all UWB devices. (2) The use of antennas mounted on (a) UWB devices may not be em- outdoor structures, e.g., antennas ployed for the operation of toys. Oper- mounted on the outside of a building or ation onboard an aircraft, a ship or a on a telephone pole, or any fixed out- satellite is prohibited. doors infrastructure is prohibited. An- (b) Manufacturers and users are re- tennas may be mounted only on the minded of the provisions of §§ 15.203 and hand held UWB device. 15.204. (3) UWB devices operating under the (c) Emissions from digital circuitry provisions of this section may operate used to enable the operation of the indoors or outdoors. UWB transmitter shall comply with (b) The UWB bandwidth of a device the limits in § 15.209, rather than the operating under the provisions of this limits specified in this subpart, pro- section must be contained between 3100 vided it can be clearly demonstrated MHz and 10,600 MHz. that those emissions from the UWB de- (c) The radiated emissions at or vice are due solely to emissions from below 960 MHz from a device operating digital circuitry contained within the under the provisions of this section transmitter and that the emissions are shall not exceed the emission levels in not intended to be radiated from the § 15.209. The radiated emissions above transmitter’s antenna. Emissions from 960 MHz from a device operating under associated digital devices, as defined in

972

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00982 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.525

§ 15.3(k), e.g., emissions from digital MHz, the application for certification circuitry used to control additional filed with the Commission must con- functions or capabilities other than the tain a detailed description of the test UWB transmission, are subject to the procedure, calibration of the test limits contained in Subpart B of this setup, and the instrumentation em- part. ployed in the testing. (d) Within the tables in §§ 15.509, (h) The highest frequency employed 15.511, 15.513, 15.515, 15.517, and 15.519, in § 15.33 to determine the frequency the tighter emission limit applies at range over which radiated measure- the band edges. Radiated emission lev- ments are made shall be based on the els at and below 960 MHz are based on measurements employing a CISPR center frequency, fC, unless a higher quasi-peak detector. Radiated emission frequency is generated within the UWB levels above 960 MHz are based on RMS device. For measuring emission levels, average measurements over a 1 MHz the spectrum shall be investigated resolution bandwidth. The RMS aver- from the lowest frequency generated in age measurement is based on the use of the UWB transmitter, without going a spectrum analyzer with a resolution below 9 kHz, up to the frequency range bandwidth of 1 MHz, an RMS detector, shown in § 15.33(a) or up to fC + 3/(pulse and a 1 millisecond or less averaging width in seconds), whichever is higher. time. Unless otherwise stated, if pulse There is no requirement to measure

gating is employed where the trans- emissions beyond 40 GHz provided fC is mitter is quiescent for intervals that less than 10 GHz; beyond 100 GHz if fC is are long compared to the nominal pulse at or above 10 GHz and below 30 GHz; or repetition interval, measurements beyond 200 GHz if fC is at or above 30 shall be made with the pulse train GHz. gated on. Alternative measurement (i) The prohibition in § 2.201(f) and procedures may be considered by the 15.5(d) of this chapter against Class B Commission. (damped wave) emissions does not (e) The frequency at which the high- apply to UWB devices operating under est radiated emission occurs, fM, must be contained within the UWB band- this subpart. width. (j) Responsible parties are reminded (f) Imaging systems may be employed of the other standards and require- only for the type of information ex- ments cross referenced in § 15.505, such change described in their specific defi- as a limit on emissions conducted onto nitions contained in § 15.503. The detec- the AC power lines. tion of tags or the transfer or data or [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 voice information is not permitted FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003; 70 FR 6776, Feb. 9, under the standards for imaging sys- 2005] tems. (g) When a peak measurement is re- § 15.523 Measurement procedures. quired, it is acceptable to use a resolution bandwidth other than the 50 MHz Measurements shall be made in ac- specified in this subpart. This resolu- cordance with the procedures specified tion bandwidth shall not be lower than by the Commission. 1 MHz or greater than 50 MHz, and the measurement shall be centered on the § 15.525 Coordination requirements. frequency at which the highest radi- (a) UWB imaging systems require co- ated emission occurs, fM. If a resolution ordination through the FCC before the bandwidth other than 50 MHz is em- equipment may be used. The operator ployed, the peak EIRP limit shall be 20 shall comply with any constraints on log (RBW/50) dBm where RBW is the equipment usage resulting from this resolution bandwidth in megahertz coordination. that is employed. This may be con- (b) The users of UWB imaging devices verted to a peak field strength level at shall supply operational areas to the 3 meters using E(dBuV/m) = P(dBm EIRP) + 95.2. If RBW is greater than 3

973

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00983 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.601 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

FCC Office of Engineering and Tech- lowing the procedure in paragraph (b) nology, which shall coordinate this in- of this section. formation with the Federal Govern- (f) The coordination of routine UWB ment through the National Tele- operations shall not take longer than communications and Information Ad- 15 business days from the receipt of the ministration. The information pro- coordination request by NTIA. Special vided by the UWB operator shall in- temporary operations may be handled clude the name, address and other per- with an expedited turn-around time tinent contact information of the user, when circumstances warrant. The oper- the desired geographical area(s) of op- ation of UWB systems in emergency eration, and the FCC ID number and situations involving the safety of life other nomenclature of the UWB device. or property may occur without coordi- If the imaging device is intended to be nation provided a notification proce- used for mobile applications, the geo- dure, similar to that contained in graphical area(s) of operation may be § 2.405(a) through (e) of this chapter, is the state(s) or county(ies) in which the followed by the UWB equipment user. equipment will be operated. The oper- [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 ator of an imaging system used for FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003] fixed operation shall supply a specific geographical location or the address at which the equipment will be operated. Subpart G—Access Broadband This material shall be submitted to Over Power Line (Access BPL) Frequency Coordination Branch, OET, Federal Communications Commission, SOURCE: 70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, unless oth- 445 12th Street, SW, Washington, D.C. erwise noted. 20554, Attn: UWB Coordination. (c) The manufacturers, or their au- § 15.601 Scope. thorized sales agents, must inform pur- This subpart sets out the regulations chasers and users of their systems of for Access Broadband over Power Line the requirement to undertake detailed (Access BPL) devices operating in the coordination of operational areas with 1.705–80 MHz band over medium or low the FCC prior to the equipment being voltage lines. operated. (d) Users of authorized, coordinated § 15.603 Definitions. UWB systems may transfer them to (a) Excluded Band: A band of fre- other qualified users and to different quencies within which Access BPL op- locations upon coordination of change erations are not permitted. of ownership or location to the FCC (b) Exclusion Zone: A geographical and coordination with existing author- area within which Access BPL oper- ized operations. ations are not permitted in certain fre- (e) The FCC/NTIA coordination re- quency bands. port shall identify those geographical (c) Consultation. The process of com- areas within which the operation of an munication between an entity oper- imaging system requires additional co- ating Access BPL and a licensed public ordination or within which the oper- safety or other designated point of con- ation of an imaging system is prohib- tact for the purpose of avoiding poten- ited. If additional coordination is re- tial harmful interference. quired for operation within specific (d) Consultation area: A designated geographical areas, a local coordina- geographical area within which con- tion contact will be provided. Except sultation with public safety users or for operation within these designated other designated point of contact is re- areas, once the information requested quired before an Access BPL may be on the UWB imaging system is sub- operated at designated frequencies. mitted to the FCC no additional co- (e) Low Voltage power line. A power ordination with the FCC is required line carrying low voltage, e.g., 240/120 provided the reported areas of oper- volts from a distribution transformer ation do not change. If the area of op- to a customer’s premises. eration changes, updated information (f) Medium Voltage power line. A power shall be submitted to the FCC fol- line carrying between 1,000 to 40,000

974

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00984 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.611

volts from a power substation to neigh- grounds for revocation of the grant of borhoods. Medium voltage lines may be certification issued for the equipment. overhead or underground, depending on the power grid network topology. § 15.611 General technical require- (g) Access BPL Database. A database ments. operated by an industry-sponsored en- (a) Conducted emission limits. Access tity, recognized by the Federal Com- BPL is not subject to the conducted munications Commission and the Na- emission limits of § 15.107. tional Telecommunications and Infor- (b) Radiated emission limits—(1) Me- mation Administration (NTIA), con- dium voltage power lines. (i) Access BPL taining information regarding existing systems that operate in the frequency and planned Access BPL systems, as range of 1.705 kHz to 30 MHz over me- required in § 15.615(a) of this chapter. dium voltage power lines shall comply with the radiated emission limits for § 15.605 Cross reference. intentional radiators provided in (a) The provisions of subparts A and § 15.209. B of this part apply to Access BPL de- (ii) Access BPL systems that operate vices, except where specifically noted. in the frequency range above 30 MHz The provisions of subparts C through F over medium voltage power lines shall of this part do not apply to Access BPL comply with the radiated emission lim- devices except where specifically its provided in § 15.109(b). noted. (2) Low voltage power lines. Access (b) The requirements of this subpart BPL systems that operate over low- apply only to the radio circuitry that voltage power lines, including those is used to provide carrier current oper- that operate over low-voltage lines ation for the Access BPL device. Other that are connected to the in-building aspects of the operation of an Access wiring, shall comply with the radiated BPL device may be subject to require- emission limits provided in § 15.109(a) ments contained elsewhere in this and (e). chapter. In particular, an Access BPL device that includes digital circuitry (c) Interference Mitigation and Avoid- that is not used solely to enable the op- ance. (1) Access BPL systems shall in- eration of the radio frequency circuitry corporate adaptive interference mitiga- used to provide carrier current oper- tion techniques to remotely reduce ation also is subject to the require- power and adjust operating fre- ments for unintentional radiators in quencies, in order to avoid site-spe- subpart B of this part. cific, local use of the same spectrum by licensed services. These techniques § 15.607 Equipment authorization of may include adaptive or ‘‘notch’’ fil- Access BPL equipment. tering, or complete avoidance of fre- Access BPL equipment shall be sub- quencies, or bands of frequencies, lo- ject to Certification as specified in cally used by licensed radio operations. § 15.101. (i) For frequencies below 30 MHz, when a notch filter is used to avoid in- § 15.609 Marketing of Access BPL terference to a specific frequency band, equipment. the Access BPL system shall be capa- The marketing of Access BPL equip- ble of attenuating emissions within ment must be directed solely to parties that band to a level at least 25 dB eligible to operate the equipment. Eli- below the applicable Part 15 limits. gible parties consist of AC power line (ii) For frequencies above 30 MHz, public utilities, Access BPL service when a notch filter is used to avoid in- providers and associates of Access BPL terference to a specific frequency band, service providers. The responsible the Access BPL system shall be capa- party, as defined in § 2.909 of this chap- ble of attenuating emissions within ter, is responsible for ensuring that the that band to a level at least 10 dB equipment is marketed only to eligible below the applicable part 15 limits. parties. Marketing of the equipment in (iii) At locations where an Access any other manner may be considered BPL operator attenuates radiated

975

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00985 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.613 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

emissions from its operations in ac- (5) The contact information, includ- cordance with the above required capa- ing both phone number and e-mail ad- bilities, we will not require that oper- dress of a person at, or associated with, ator to take further actions to resolve the BPL operator’s company, to facili- complaints of harmful interference to tate the resolution of any interference mobile operations. complaint. (2) Access BPL systems shall comply (6) The proposed/or actual date of Ac- with applicable radiated emission lim- cess BPL operation. its upon power-up following a fault (b) The Access BPL database man- condition, or during a start-up oper- ager shall enter this information into ation after a shut-off procedure, by the the publicly accessible database within use of a non-volatile memory, or some three (3) business days of receipt. other method, to immediately restore (c) No notification to the Commis- previous settings with programmed sion is required. notches and excluded bands, to avoid time delay caused by the need for man- (d) A licensed spectrum user experi- ual re-programming during which pro- encing harmful interference that is tected services may be vulnerable. suspected to be caused by an Access (3) Access BPL systems shall incor- BPL system shall inform the local BPL porate a remote-controllable shut- operator’s contact person designated in down feature to deactivate, from a cen- the Access BPL database. The inves- tral location, any unit found to cause tigation of the reported interference harmful interference, if other inter- and the resolution of confirmed harm- ference mitigation techniques do not ful interference from the Access BPL resolve the interference problem. system shall be successfully completed by the BPL operator within a reason- [70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 71 FR able time period according to a mutu- 49379, Aug. 23, 2006; 76 FR 71908, Nov. 21, 2011] ally acceptable schedule, after the re- § 15.613 Measurement procedures. ceipt of an interference complaint, in order to avoid protracted disruptions Compliance measurements for Access to licensed services. The Access BPL BPL shall be made in accordance with operator shall respond to complaints of the Guidelines for Access BPL systems harmful interference from public safe- specified by the Commission. ty users within 24 hours. With regard § 15.615 General administrative re- to public safety complaints, the BPL quirements. provider shall be required to imme- (a) Access BPL Database. Entities op- diately cease the operations causing erating Access BPL systems shall sup- such complaint if it fails to respond ply to an industry-recognized entity, within 24 hours. information on all existing Access BPL (e) Consultation with public safety systems and all proposed Access BPL users. An entity operating an Access systems for inclusion into a publicly BPL system shall notify and consult available data base, within 30 days with the public safety users in the area prior to initiation of service. Such in- where it plans to deploy Access BPL, formation shall include the following: at least 30 days prior to initiation of (1) The name of the Access BPL pro- any operation or service. This entity vider. shall design or implement the Access (2) The frequencies of the Access BPL BPL system such that it does not cause operation. harmful interference in those fre- (3) The postal zip codes served by the quencies or bands used by the public specific Access BPL operation. safety agencies in the area served by (4) The manufacturer and type of Ac- the Access BPL system. The notifica- cess BPL equipment and its associated tion shall include, at a minimum, the FCC ID number, or, in the case of Ac- information in paragraph (a) of this cess BPL equipment that has not been section. subject to certification in the past, the (f) Federal government spectrum users Trade Name and Model Number, as and other radio service users. An entity specified on the equipment label. operating an Access BPL system shall

976

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00986 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.615

ensure that, within its Access BPL de- BPL operators planning to deploy Ac- ployment area, its system does not op- cess BPL devices at these frequencies erate on any frequencies designated as in areas within these exclusion zones excluded bands or on identified fre- as defined above shall consult with the quencies within any designated exclu- appropriate point of contact for these sion zones. coast stations to ensure harmful inter- (1) Excluded Bands. To protect Aero- ference is prevented at these facilities. nautical (land) stations and aircraft re- Point of contact: Commandant (CG ceivers, Access BPL operations using 622), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 2nd Street, overhead medium voltage power lines SW., Washington, DC 20593–0001, Tele- are prohibited in the frequency bands phone: (202) 267–2860, e-mail: listed in Table 1. Specifically, such [email protected]. BPL systems shall not place carrier frequencies in these bands. TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST GUARD COAST STATIONS TABLE 1—EXCLUDED FREQUENCY BANDS Locale Latitude Longitude Frequency band Group Guam ...... 13°35′23″ N 144°50′24″ E 2,850–3,025 kHz GANTSEC ...... 18°18′00″ N 65°46′59″ W 3,400–3,500 kHz Puerto Rico ...... 18°28′11″ N 66°07′47″ W 4,650–4,700 kHz Honolulu ...... 21°18′21″ N 157°53′23″ W 5,450–5,680 kHz Group Key West ...... 24°33′35″ N 81°47′59″ W 6,525–6,685 kHz Trumbo Point CG Base ..... 24°33′58″ N 81°47′57″ W 8,815–8,965 kHz Miami ...... 25°37′28″ N 80°23′07″ W 10,005–10,100 kHz Everglades Park ...... 25°50′10″ N 81°23′13″ W 11,275–11,400 kHz Group Saint Petersburg 25°51′00″ N 81°23′24″ W 13,260–13,360 kHz (Everglades). 17,900–17,970 kHz Station Ft. Lauderdale ...... 26°05′21″ N 80°06′40″ W 21,924–22,000 kHz Station Ft. Myers Beach .... 26°27′34″ N 81°57′15″ W 74.8–75.2 MHz Group Miami (Ft. Pierce) ... 27°27′36″ N 80°18′36″ W Station Ft. Pierce ...... 27°27′50″ N 80°18′27″ W (2) Exclusion zones. Exclusion zones Group Corpus Christi ...... 27°42′01″ N 97°16′11″ W Group Corpus Christi ...... 27°42′06″ N 97°16′45″ W encompass the operation of any Access ESD Saint Petersburg ...... 27°45′21″ N 82°37′32″ W BPL system within 1km of the bound- Group Saint Petersburg ..... 27°46′11″ N 82°37′47″ W ary of coast station facilities at the co- Station Port O’Connor ...... 28°26′03″ N 96°25′39″ W S. Padre Island ...... 28°26′22″ N 97°09′56″ W ordinates listed in Tables 2 and 2.1. Ex- Freeport ...... 28°55′59″ N 95°16′59″ W clusion zones also encompass the oper- Group Galveston (Free- 28°56′24″ N 95°17′59″ W ation of Access BPL systems using port). overhead medium voltage power lines Station YANKEETOWN ..... 29°01′51″ N 82°43′39″ W Station Ponce De Leon 29°03′50″ N 81°55′01″ W within 65 km of the Very Large Array Inlet. observatory located at the coordinate Group New Orleans 29°15′53″ N 89°57′26″ W 34°04′43.50″; N, 107°37′03.82″ W. Exclusion (Grand Isle). Galveston ...... 29°19′59″ N 94°46′18″ W zones further encompass the operation Kapalan ...... 29°20′04″ N 94°47′17″ W of Access BPL systems using overhead Sabine ...... 29°43′42″ N 93°52′14″ W low voltage power lines or underground New Orleans ...... 30°01′17″ N 90°07′24″ W power lines within 47 km of the Very Panama City ...... 30°10′01″ N 85°45′04″ W Group Mobile (Panama 30°10′12″ N 85°45′36″ W Large Array observatory located at the City). coordinate 34°04′43.50″; N, 107°37′03.82″ ANT Jacksonville Beach .... 30°17′16″ N 81°24′10″ W W. Within the exclusion zones for coast Pensacola ...... 30°20′24″ N 87°18′17″ W Group Mayport ...... 30°23′10″ N 81°26′01″ W stations, Access BPL systems shall not Group Mayport ...... 30°23′24″ N 81°25′48″ W use carrier frequencies within the band Ft. Morgan ...... 30°39′07″ N 88°03′12″ W of 2173.5–2190.5 kHz. Within the exclu- Tybee Lighthouse ...... 32°01′15″ N 80°50′39″ W sion zone for the Very Large Array Point Loma Lighthouse ...... 32°39′56″ N 117°14′34″ W Point Loma ...... 32°40′07″ N 117°14′14″ W radio astronomy observatory, Access Activities San Diego ...... 32°43′59″ N 117°11′13″ W BPL systems shall not use carrier fre- Group Charleston (Sulli- 32°45′00″ N 79°49′47″ W quencies within the 73.0–74.6 MHz band. van’s Island). ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (i) Existing coast station facilities. Ac- Sullivan’s Island Lights ...... 32 45 02 N 79 50 03 W Group Charleston ...... 32°46′25″ N 79°56′37″ W cess BPL systems shall not operate in Group San Diego ...... 32°52′48″ N 118°26′23″ W the frequency band 2,173.5–2,190.5 kHz, San Pedro ...... 33°45′00″ N 118°15′58″ W within 1 kilometer (km) of the bound- Group Fort Macon ...... 33°53′24″ N 78°01′48″ W Point Mugu ...... 33°59′32″ N 119°07′18″ W ary of coast station facilities at the co- Group LA/Long Beach ...... 34°07′11″ N 119°06′35″ W ordinates listed in Tables 2 and 2.1. Channel Island ...... 34°09′17″ N 119°13′11″ W

977

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00987 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.615 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST GUARD COAST STATIONS—Continued GUARD COAST STATIONS—Continued

Locale Latitude Longitude Locale Latitude Longitude

Station Oxnard Channel Is- 34°09′43″ N 119°13′19″ W Station New Haven ...... 41°16′12″ N 72°54′06″ W land. Station Brant Point ...... 41°17′21″ N 70°05′31″ W Group Ft. Macon ...... 34°41′48″ N 76°40′59″ W Group Woods Hole ...... 41°17′23″ N 70°04′47″ W Group Cape Hatteras ...... 35°13′59″ N 75°31′59″ W Station Castle Hill ...... 41°27′46″ N 71°21′42″ W Group Cape Hatteras ...... 35°15′35″ N 75°31′48″ W Group Woods Hole ...... 41°17′29″ N 70°401′07″ W Morro Bay (Cambria) ...... 35°31′21″ N 121°03′31″ W Boston Area ...... 41°40′12″ N 70°31′48″ W San Clemente Island ...... 32°50′24″ N 118°23′15″ W Station Provincetown ...... 42°01′48″ N 70°12′42″ W Point Pinos ...... 36°38′12″ N 121°56′06″ W Eastern Point ...... 42°36′24″ N 70°39′26″ W CAMSLANT ...... 36°43′47″ N 76°01′11″ W Cape Blanco ...... 42°50′16″ N 124°33′52″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Hampton Roads ..... 36 53 01 N 76 21 10 W Group North Bend ...... 43°24′16″ N 124°13′22″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Montara ...... 37 31 23 N 122 30 47 W Group North Bend ...... 43°24′35″ N 124°14′23″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Montara Lighthouse 37 32 09 N 122 31 08 W Cape Elizabeth ...... 43°33′28″ N 70°12′00″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group San Francisco ...... 37 32 23 N 122 31 11 W Group South Portland ...... 43°38′24″ N 70°15′00″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group San Francisco ...... 37 48 34 N 122 21 55 W Group South Portland ...... 43°38′45″ N 70°14′51″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Bonita ...... 37 49 00 N 122 31 41 W Group SW Harbor ...... 44°16′19″ N 68°18′27″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Eastern Shores ...... 37 55 47 N 75 22 47 W Group Southwest Harbor ... 44°16′48″ N 68°18′36″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Eastern Shore ...... 37 55 50 N 75 22 58 W Fort Stevens, Oregon ...... 46°09′14″ N 123°53′07″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ CAMSPAC ...... 38 06 00 N 122 55 48 W Group Astoria ...... 46°09′29″ N 123°31′48″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Arena Lighthouse ..... 38 57 18 N 124 44 28 W Group Astoria ...... 46°09′35″ N 123°53′24″ W Point Arena ...... 38°57′36″ N 123°44′23″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ La Push ...... 47 49 00 N 124 37 59 W Group Atlantic City ...... 39 20 59 N 74 27 42 W Station Quillayute River ..... 47°54′49″ N 124°38′01″ W Activities New York ...... 40°36′06″ N 74°03′36″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Port Angeles ...... 48 07 59 N 123 25 59 W Activities New York ...... 40 37 11 N 74 04 11 W Group Port Angeles ...... 48°08′24″ N 123°24′35″ W ESD Moriches Hut ...... 40°47′19″ N 72°44′53″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Juneau (Sitka) ...... 57 05 24 N 135 15 35 W Group Moriches ...... 40 47 23 N 72 45 00 W Kodiak ...... 57°40′47″ N 152°28′47″ W Group Humboldt Bay ...... 40°58′41″ N 124°06′31″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Valdez (Cape 60 26 23 N 146 25 48 W Group Humboldt Bay ...... 40 58 47 N 124 06 35 W Hinchinbrook). Trinidad Head ...... 41°03′15″ N 124°09′02″ W Group Long Island Sound 41°16′12″ N 72°54′00″ W Note: Systems of coordinates comply with NAD 83.

TABLE 2.1—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR MARITIME PUBLIC COAST STATIONS [Points of Contact Are Identified in the Commission’s License Database]

Licensee name Location Latitude Longitude

Shipcom LLC ...... Marina Del Ray, CA ...... 33°56′21″ N 118°27′14″ W Globe Wireless ...... Rio Vista, CA ...... 38°11′55″ N 121°48′34″ W Avalon Communications Corp ...... St. Thomas, VI ...... 18°21′19″ N 64°56′48″ W Globe Wireless ...... Bishopville, MD ...... 38°24′10″ N 75°12′59″ W Shipcom LLC ...... Mobile, AL ...... 30°40′07″ N 88°10′23″ W Shipcom LLC ...... Coden, AL ...... 30°22′35″ N 88°12′20″ W Globe Wireless ...... Pearl River, LA ...... 30°22′13″ N 89°47′26″ W Globe Wireless ...... Kahalelani, HI ...... 21°10′33″ N 157°10′39″ W Globe Wireless ...... Palo Alto, CA ...... 37°26′44″ N 122°06′48″ W Globe Wireless ...... Agana, GU ...... 13°29′22″ N 144°49′39″ E

NOTE: Systems of coordinates comply with NAD 83.

(ii) New or relocated Coast stations. In shall include, at a minimum, the infor- the unlikely event that a new or relo- mation in paragraph (a) of this section. cated coast station is established for We expect parties to consult in good the 2.173.5–2.190.5 kHz band at a coordi- faith to ensure that no harmful inter- nate not specified in Table 2 or 2.1, Ac- ference is caused to licensed operations cess BPL operations in that frequency and that any constraints on BPL de- band shall also be excluded within 1 km ployments are minimized to those nec- of the new coast station facility; essary to avoid harmful interference. (3) Consultation areas. Access BPL op- In the unlikely event that a new or re- erators shall provide notification to located aeronautical receive station is the appropriate point of contact speci- established for the 1.7–30 MHz band at a fied regarding Access BPL operations coordinate not specified in Table 3b, at any frequencies of potential concern Access BPL operators are also required in the following consultation areas, at to coordinate with the appropriate least 30 days prior to initiation of any point of contact regarding Access BPL operation or service. The notification

978

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00988 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.615

operations at any frequencies of poten- Point of contact: Electromagnetic tial concern in the new or relocated Spectrum Manager, National Science consultation areas, and to adjust their Foundation, Division of Astronomical system operating parameters to pro- Sciences, 4201 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1045, tect the new or relocated aeronautical Arlington, VA 22230, (703) 292–4896, receive station. [email protected]. (i) For frequencies in the 1.7–30 MHz (iii) For frequencies in the 1.7–80 MHz frequency range, the areas within 4 km frequency range, the area within 1 km of facilities located at the following co- of the Table Mountain Radio Receiving ordinates: Zone, the coordinates and point of con- (A) The Commission’s protected field tact for which are specified in 47 CFR offices listed in 47 CFR 0.121, the point- of-contact for which is specified in that 21.113(b). section; (iv) For frequencies in the 1.7–30 MHz (B) The aeronautical stations listed frequency range, the areas within 37 in Tables 3a and 3b; km of radar receiver facilities located (C) The land stations listed in Tables at the coordinates specified in Table 6. 4 and 5; Point of contact: U.S. Coast Guard HQ, (ii) For frequencies in the 1.7–80.0 Division of Spectrum Management CG– MHz frequency range, the areas within 622, 2100 Second St., SW., Rm. 6611, 4 km of facilities located at the coordi- Washington, DC 20593, Tel: (202) 267– nates specified for radio astronomy fa- 6036, Fax: (202) 267–4106, e-mail: cilities in 47 CFR 2.106, Note U.S. 311. [email protected].

TABLE 3a—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL (OR) STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

Washington ...... Arlington, VA ...... 38°51′07″ N 77°02′15″ W Cape Cod ...... Cape Cod, MA ...... 41°42′00″ N 70°30′00″ W Atlantic City ...... Atlantic City, NJ ...... 39°20′59″ N 74°27′42″ W Elizabeth City ...... Elizabeth City, NC ...... 36°15′53″ N 76°10′32″ W Savannah ...... Savannah, GA ...... 32°01′30″ N 81°08′30″ W Miami ...... Opa Locka, FL ...... 25°54′22″ N 80°16′01″ W Clearwater ...... Clearwater, FL ...... 27°54′27″ N 82°41′29″ W Borinquen ...... Aguadilla, PR ...... 18°18′36″ N 67°04′48″ W New Orleans ...... New Orleans, LA ...... 29°49′31″ N 90°02′06″ W Traverse City ...... Traverse City, MI ...... 44°44′24″ N 85°34′54″ W San Diego ...... San Diego, CA ...... 32°43′33″ N 117°10′15″ W Sacramento ...... McCllelan AFB, CA ...... 38°40′06″ N 121°24′04″ W Astoria ...... Warrenton, OR ...... 46°25′18″ N 123°47′46″ W North Bend ...... North Bend, OR ...... 43°24′39″ N 124°14′35″ W Barbers Point ...... Kapolei, HI ...... 21°18′01″ N 158°04′15″ W Kodiak ...... Kodiak, AK ...... 57°44′19″ N 152°30′18″ W Houston ...... Houston, TX ...... 29°45′00″ N 95°22′00″ W Detroit ...... Mt. Clemens, MI ...... 42°36′05″ N 82°50′12″ W San Francisco ...... San Francisco, CA ...... 37°37′58″ N 122°23′20″ W Los Angeles ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 33°56′36″ N 118°23′48″ W Humboldt Bay ...... McKinleyville, CA ...... 40°58′39″ N 124°06′45″ W Port Angeles ...... Port Angeles, WA ...... 48°08′25″ N 123°24′48″ W Sitka ...... Sitka, AK ...... 57°05′50″ N 135°21′58″ W

NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

Point of contact: ARINC, 2551 Riva Point of contact: ARINC, 2551 Riva Road, Annapolis, MD 21401, Tel: 1–800– Road, Annapolis, MD 21401, Tel: 1–800– 633–6882, Fax: (410) 266–2329, e-mail: 633–6882, Fax: 410–266–2329, e-mail: [email protected], http:// [email protected], http:// www.arinc.com. www.arinc.com.

TABLE 3B—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL RECEIVE STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)

Locale Latitude Longitude

Southampton, NY ...... 40°55′15″ N 72°23′41″ W Molokai, HI ...... 21°12′23″ N 157°12′30″ W

979

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00989 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.701 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 3B—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL RECEIVE STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)—Continued

Locale Latitude Longitude

Oahu, HI ...... 21°22′27″ N 158°05′56″ W Half Moon Bay, CA ...... 37°39′64″ N 122°24′44″ W Pt. Reyes, CA ...... 38°06′00″ N 122°56′00″ W Barrow, AK ...... 71°17′24″ N 156°40′12″; W Guam ...... 13°28′12″ N 144°48′0.0″ E (note: East- ern Hemisphere) NY Comm Center, NY ...... 40°46′48″ N 73°05′46″ W Cedar Rapids, IA ...... 42°02′05.0″ N 91°38′37.6″ W Beaumont, CA ...... 33°54′27.1″ N 116°59′49.1″ W Fairfield, TX ...... 31°47′02.6″ N 96°47′03.0″ W Houston, TX ...... 29°36′35.8″ N 95°16′54.8″ W Miami, FL ...... 25°49′05″ N 80°18′28″ W Note: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

Point of contact: U.S. Coast Guard Washington, DC 20593, Tel: (202) 267– HQ, Division of Spectrum Management 6036, Fax: (202) 267–4106, e-mail: CG–622, 2100 Second St., SW., Rm. 6611, [email protected].

TABLE 4—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR LAND STATIONS, SET 1 (1.7–30 MHZ)

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

COMMSTA Boston ...... Maspee, MA ...... 41°24′00″ N 70°18′57″ W Camslant ...... Chesapeake, VA ...... 36°33′59″ N 76°15′23″ W COMMSTA Miami ...... Miami, FL ...... 25°36′58″ N 80°23′04″ W COMMSTA New Orleans ...... Belle Chasse, IA ...... 29°52′40″ N 89°54′46″ W Camspac ...... Pt. Reyes Sta, CA ...... 38°06′00″ N 122°55′48″ W COMMSTA Honolulu ...... Wahiawa, HI ...... 21°31′08″ N 157°59′28″ W COMMSTA Kodiak ...... Kodiak, AK ...... 57°04′26′ N 152°28′20″ W Guam ...... Finegayan, GU ...... 13°53′08″ N 144°50′20″ E

NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

Point of contact: COTHEN Technical TABLE 6—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES Support Center, COTHEN Program FOR RADAR RECEIVER STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ) Manager, Tel: (800) 829–6336. Latitude/Longitude TABLE 5—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES 18°01′ N/66°30′ W FOR LAND STATIONS, SET 2 (1.7–30 MHZ) 28°05′ N/98°43′ W 36°34′ N/76°18′ W Site name Latitude Longitude NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83. Albuquerque, NM ...... 35°05′02″ N 105°34′23″ W Arecibo, PR ...... 18°17′26″ N 66°22′33″ W Atlanta, GA ...... 32°33″06 N 84°23′35″ W [70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 71 FR Beaufort, SC ...... 34°34′22″ N 76°09′48″ W 49379, Aug. 23, 2006; 82 FR 50834, Nov. 2, 2017] Cape Charles, VA ...... 37°05′37″ N 75°58′06″ W Cedar Rapids, IA ...... 42°00′09″ N 91°17′39″ W Denver, CO ...... 39°15′45″ N 103°34′23″ W Subpart H—White Space Devices Fort Myers, FL ...... 81°31′20″ N 26°20′01″ W Kansas City, MO ...... 38°22′10″ N 93°21′48″ W Las Vegas, NV ...... 36°21′15″ N 114°17′33″ W SOURCE: 80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, unless Lovelock, NV ...... 40°03′07″ N 118°18′56″ W otherwise noted. Memphis, TN ...... 34°21′57″ N 90°02′43″ W Miami, FL ...... 25°46′20″ N 80°28′48″ W Morehead City, NC ...... 34°34′50″ N 78°13′59″ W § 15.701 Scope. Oklahoma City, OK ...... 34°30′52″ N 97°30′52″ W Orlando, FL ...... 28°31′30″ N 80°48′58″ W This subpart sets forth the regula- Reno, NV ...... 38°31′12″ N 119°14′37″ W tions for unlicensed white space de- Sarasota, FL ...... 27°12′41″ N 81°31′20″ W vices. These devices are unlicensed in- Wilmington, NC ...... 34°29′24″ N 78°04′31″ W tentional radiators that operate on NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83. available TV channels in the broadcast Point Of Contact: ROTHR Deputy television frequency bands, the 600 MHz Program Manager, (540) 653–3624. band (including the guard bands and

980

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00990 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.703

duplex gap), and in 608–614 MHz (chan- channels on which the Mode I device nel 37). may operate, including channels on which the Mode I device but not the § 15.703 Definitions. fixed device may operate. (a) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 mega- (g) Geo-location capability. The capa- hertz guard band at 652–663 MHz that bility of a white space device to deter- separates part 27 600 MHz service mine its geographic coordinates and uplink and downlink frequencies. geo-location uncertainty. This capa- (b) 600 MHz guard band. Designated bility is used with a white space data- frequency band at 614–617 MHz that pre- base approved by the FCC to determine vents interference between licensed the availability of spectrum at a white services in the 600 MHz service band space device’s location. and channel 37. (h) Less congested area. Geographic (c) 600 MHz service band. Frequencies areas where at least half of the TV in the 617–652 MHz and 663–698 MHz channels for the bands that will con- bands that are reallocated and reas- tinue to be allocated and assigned only signed for 600 MHz band services under for broadcast service are unused for part 27 of this chapter. broadcast and other protected services (d) Available channel. A channel and available for white space device which is not being used by an author- use. Less congested areas in the UHF ized service and is acceptable for use by TV band are also considered to be less the device at its geographic location congested areas in the 600 MHz service under the provisions of this subpart. band. (e) Contact verification signal. An en- (i) Mode I personal/portable device. A coded signal broadcast by a fixed or personal/portable white space device Mode II device for reception by Mode I devices to which the fixed or Mode II that does not use an internal geo-loca- device has provided a list of available tion capability and access to a white channels for operation. Such signal is space database to obtain a list of avail- for the purpose of establishing that the able channels. A Mode I device must Mode I device is still within the recep- obtain a list of available channels on tion range of the fixed or Mode II de- which it may operate from either a vice for purposes of validating the list fixed white space device or Mode II per- of available channels used by the Mode sonal/portable white space device. A I device and shall be encoded to ensure Mode I device may not initiate a net- that the signal originates from the de- work of fixed and/or personal/portable vice that provided the list of available white space devices nor may it provide channels. A Mode I device may respond a list of available channels to another only to a contact verification signal Mode I device for operation by such de- from the fixed or Mode II device that vice. provided the list of available channels (j) Mode II personal/portable device. A on which it operates. A fixed or Mode II personal/portable device that uses an device shall provide the information internal geo-location capability and needed by a Mode I device to decode access to a white space database, either the contact verification signal at the through a direct connection to the same time it provides the list of avail- Internet or through an indirect connec- able channels. tion to the Internet by way of fixed de- (f) Fixed device. A white space device vice or another Mode II device, to ob- that transmits and/or receives tain a list of available channels. A radiocommunication signals at a speci- Mode II device may select a channel fied fixed location. A fixed device may itself and initiate and operate as part select channels for operation from a of a network of white space devices, list of available channels provided by a transmitting to and receiving from one white space database, and initiate and or more fixed devices or personal/port- operate a network by sending enabling able devices. A Mode II personal/port- signals to one or more fixed devices able device may provide its list of and/or personal/portable devices. Fixed available channels to a Mode I per- devices may provide to a Mode I personal/portable device for operation on sonal/portable device a list of available by the Mode I device.

981

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00991 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.705 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(k) Network initiation. The process by Other aspects of the operation of a which a fixed or Mode II white space white space device may be subject to device sends control signals to one or requirements contained elsewhere in more fixed white space devices or per- this chapter. In particular, a white sonal/portable white space devices and space device that includes a receiver allows them to begin communications. that tunes within the frequency range (l) Operating channel. An available specified in § 15.101(b) and contains dig- channel used by a white space device ital circuitry not directly associated for transmission and/or reception. with the radio transmitter is also sub- (m) Personal/portable device. A white ject to the requirements for uninten- space device that transmits and/or re- tional radiators in subpart B. ceives radiocommunication signals on available channels at unspecified loca- § 15.706 Information to the user. tions that may change. (a) In addition to the labeling re- (n) Receive site. The location where quirements contained in § 15.19, the in- the signal of a full service television structions furnished to the user of a station is received for rebroadcast by a white space device shall include the television translator or low power TV following statement, placed in a promi- station, including a Class A TV sta- nent location in the text of the man- tion, or for distribution by a Multiple ual: Video Program Distributor (MVPD) as defined in 47 U.S.C. 602(13). This equipment has been tested and found (o) Sensing only device. A personal/ to comply with the rules for white space devices, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. portable white space device that uses These rules are designed to provide reason- spectrum sensing to determine a list of able protection against harmful interference. available channels. Sensing only de- This equipment generates, uses and can radi- vices may transmit on any available ate radio frequency energy and, if not in- channels in the frequency bands 512–608 stalled and used in accordance with the in- MHz (TV channels 21–36). structions, may cause harmful interference (p) Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Mid- to radio communications. If this equipment dle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be deter- Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96). mined by turning the equipment off and on, (q) Spectrum sensing. A process where- the user is encouraged to try to correct the by a white space device monitors a tel- interference by one or more of the following evision channel to detect whether the measures: channel is occupied by a radio signal or (1) Reorient or relocate the receiving an- signals from authorized services. tenna. (r) Television bands. The broadcast (2) Increase the separation between the television frequency bands at 54–72 equipment and receiver. (3) Connect the equipment into an outlet MHz (TV channels 2–4), 76–88 MHz (TV on a circuit different from that to which the channels 5–6), 174–216 MHz (TV channels receiver is connected. 7–13) and 470–608 MHz (channels 14–36). (4) Consult the manufacturer, dealer or an (s) White space database. A database experienced radio/TV technician for help. system approved by the Commission (b) In cases where the manual is pro- that maintains records on authorized vided only in a form other than paper, services and provides lists of available such as on a computer disk or over the channels to white space devices and un- Internet, the information required by licensed wireless microphone users. this section may be included in the [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 84 manual in that alternative form, pro- FR 34796, July 19, 2019] vided the user can reasonably be expected to have the capability to access § 15.705 Cross reference. information in that form. (a) The provisions of subparts A, B, and C of this part apply to white space § 15.707 Permissible channels of oper- devices, except where specific provi- ation. sions are contained in this subpart. (a)(1) 470–698 MHz band. All white (b) The requirements of this subpart space devices are permitted to operate apply only to the radio transmitter on available channels in the frequency contained in the white space device. bands 470–698 MHz (TV channels 14–51),

982

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00992 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.709

subject to the interference protection EIRP, and up to 10 W (40 dBm) EIRP in requirements in §§ 15.711 and 15.712. less congested areas in the TV bands (2) 600 MHz duplex gap. White space and 600 MHz service band at locations devices may operate in the 657–663 MHz where they meet the co-channel and segment of the 600 MHz duplex gap. adjacent channel separation distances (3) 600 MHz service band. White space of §§ 15.712(a)(2) and 15.712(i) of this devices may operate on frequencies in part, respectively. Operation in the the bands 617–652 MHz and 663–698 MHz 602–620 MHz band is limited to a max- in areas where 600 MHz band licensees imum of 4 W (36 dBm) EIRP. have not commenced operations, as de- (ii) Personal/Portable devices: Up to fined in § 27.4 of this chapter. 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP. (4) Channel 37 guard band. White space devices are not permitted to op- (3) 608–614 MHz band (channel 37). Up erate in the band 614–617 MHz. to 40 mW (16 dBm) EIRP. (b) Only fixed white space devices (ii) Personal/Portable devices: Up to that communicate only with other 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP. fixed white space devices may operate (4) 600 MHz duplex gap and guard on available channels in the bands 54– bands. Up to 40 mW (16 dBm) EIRP. 72 MHz (TV channels 2–4), 76–88 MHz (b) Technical limits—(1) Fixed white (TV channels 5 and 6), and 174–216 MHz space devices. (i) Technical limits for (TV channels 7–13), subject to the in- fixed white space devices are shown in terference protection requirements in the table in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this §§ 15.711 and 15.712. section and subject to the require- [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 ments of this section. FR 4974, Jan. 29, 2016; 84 FR 34796, July 19, (ii) For operation at EIRP levels of 36 2019] dBm (4,000 mW) or less, fixed white space devices may operate at EIRP lev- § 15.709 General technical requirements. els between the values shown in the table in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this sec- (a) Radiated power limits. The max- tion provided that the conducted power imum white space device EIRP per 6 and the conducted power spectral den- MHz shall not exceed the limits of sity (PSD) limits are linearly inter- paragraphs (a)(2) through (4) of this polated between the values shown and section. (1) General requirements. (i) White the adjacent channel emission limit of space devices may be required to oper- the higher value shown in the table is ate with less power than the maximum met. Operation at EIRP levels above 36 permitted to meet the co-channel and dBm (4,000 mW) shall follow the re- adjacent channel separation require- quirements for 40 dBm (10,000 mW). ments of § 15.712 of this part. (iii) The conducted power spectral (ii) Mode I personal/portable devices density from a fixed white space device are limited to 40 mW, if the white space shall not be greater than the values device that controls it is limited to 40 shown in the table in this paragraph mW. (b)(1)(iii) when measured in any 100 kHz (2) TV bands and 600 MHz service band. band during any time interval of con- (i) Fixed devices: Up to 4 W (36 dBm) tinuous transmission.

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b)(1)(iii)

Conducted Conducted adjacent channel EIRP Conducted power limit PSD limit emission limit (6 MHz) (6 MHz) (100 kHz) (100 kHz) (dBm) (dBm)

16 dBm (40 mW) ...... 10 dBm (10 mW) ...... ¥7.4 ¥62.8 20 dBm (100 mW) ...... 14 dBm (25 mW) ...... ¥3.4 ¥58.8 24 dBm (250 mW) ...... 18 dBm (63 mW) ...... 0.6 ¥54.8 28 dBm (625 mW) ...... 22 dBm (158 mW) ...... 4.6 ¥50.8 32 dBm (1,600 mW) ...... 26 dBm (400 mW) ...... 8.6 ¥46.8 36 dBm (4,000 mW) ...... 30 dBm (1,000 mW) ...... 12.6 ¥42.8 40 dBm (10,000 mW) ...... 30 dBm (1,000 mW) ...... 12.6 ¥42.8

983

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00993 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.709 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) Personal/portable white space de- (ii) The radiated power spectral den- vices. (i) Technical limits for personal/ sity from a personal/portable white portable white space devices are shown space device shall not be greater than in the table in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of the values shown in the table in this this section and subject to the require- paragraph (b)(2)(ii) when measured in ments of this section. any 100 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission.

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (b)(2)(ii)

Radiated adjacent Radiated PSD channel emission EIRP limit EIRP limit EIRP (6 MHz) (100 kHz) (100 kHz) (dBm) (dBm)

16 dBm (40 mW) ...... ¥1.4 ¥56.8 20 dBm (100 mW) ...... 2.6 ¥52.8

(3) Sensing-only devices. Sensing-only ating at its maximum power level. white space devices are limited to 17 Power must be summed across all an- dBm (50 mW) EIRP and are subject to tennas and antenna elements. The av- the requirements of this paragraph and erage must not include any time inter- of § 15.717 of this part. vals during which the transmitter is off (i) Radiated PSD limit: ¥0.4 dBm or is transmitting at a reduced power EIRP. level. If multiple modes of operation (ii) Adjacent channel emission limit: are possible (e.g., alternative modula- ¥ 55.8 dBm EIRP. tion methods), the maximum con- (c) Conducted power limits. (1) The ducted output power is the highest conducted power, PSD and adjacent total transmit power occurring in any channel limits for fixed white space devices operating at up to 36 dBm (4000 mode. milliwatts) EIRP shown in the table in (4) White space devices connected to paragraph (b)(1) of this section are the AC power line are required to com- based on a maximum transmitting an- ply with the conducted limits set forth tenna gain of 6 dBi. If transmitting an- in § 15.207. tennas of directional gain greater than (d) Emission limits. (1) The adjacent 6 dBi are used, the maximum con- channel emission limits shown in the ducted output power shall be reduced tables in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of by the amount in dB that the direc- this section apply in the six megahertz tional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 channel immediately adjacent to each dBi. white space channel or group of contig- (2) The conducted power, PSD and ad- uous white space channels in which the jacent channel limits for fixed white white space device is operating. space devices operating at greater than (2) At frequencies beyond the six 36 dBm (4000 milliwatts) EIRP shown in megahertz channel immediately adja- the table in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- cent to each white space channel or tion are based on a maximum trans- group of contiguous white space chan- mitting antenna gain of 10 dBi. If nels in which the white space device is transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 10 dBi are used, the operating the white space device shall maximum conducted output power meet the requirements of § 15.209. shall be reduced by the amount in dB (3) Emission measurements in the ad- that the directional gain of the an- jacent bands shall be performed using a tenna exceeds 10 dBi. minimum resolution bandwidth of 100 (3) Maximum conducted output power kHz with an average detector. A nar- is the total transmit power over the oc- rower resolution bandwidth may be cupied bandwidth delivered to all an- employed near the band edge, when tennas and antenna elements averaged necessary, provided the measured en- across all symbols in the signaling al- ergy is integrated to show the total phabet when the transmitter is oper- power over 100 kHz.

984

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00994 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.711

(e) Transmit power control. White quirements in §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and space devices shall incorporate trans- 2.1093 of this chapter, as appropriate. mit power control to limit their oper- Applications for equipment authoriza- ating power to the minimum necessary tion of RF sources under this section for successful communication. Appli- must contain a statement confirming cants for equipment certification shall compliance with these requirements. include a description of the device’s Technical information showing the transmit power control feature mecha- basis for this statement must be sub- nism. mitted to the Commission upon re- (f) Security. White space devices shall quest. incorporate adequate security measures to prevent the devices from ac- [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 84 cessing databases not approved by the FR 34797, July 19, 2019; 85 FR 18149, Apr. 1, 2020] FCC and to ensure that unauthorized parties cannot modify the device or § 15.711 Interference avoidance meth- configure its control features to oper- ods. ate in a manner inconsistent with the rules and protection criteria set forth Except as provided in § 15.717 of this in this subpart. part, channel availability for a white (g) Antenna requirements—(1) Fixed space device is determined based on the white space devices—(i) Above ground geo-location and database access meth- level. The transmit antenna height od described in paragraphs (a) through shall not exceed 100 meters above (e) of this section. ground level in less congested areas or (a) Geolocation required. White space 30 meters above ground level in other devices shall rely on a geolocation ca- areas, except that the antenna height pability and database access mecha- may not exceed 10 meters above ground nism to protect the following author- level in any area for fixed white space ized service in accordance with the in- devices operating in the TV bands at 40 terference protection requirements of mW EIRP or less or operating across § 15.712: Digital television stations, dig- multiple contiguous TV channels at 100 ital and analog Class A, low power, mW EIRP or less. translator and booster stations; trans- (ii) Height above average terrain lator receive operations; fixed broad- (HAAT). The transmit antenna shall cast auxiliary service links; private not be located where the height above land mobile service/commercial radio average terrain is more than 250 me- service (PLMRS/CMRS) operations; off- ters. The HAAT is to be calculated by shore radiotelephone service; low the white space database using the power auxiliary services authorized methodology in § 73.684(d) of this chap- pursuant to §§ 74.801 through 74.882 of ter. this chapter, including licensed wire- (2) Personal/portable white space de- less microphones; MVPD receive sites; vices. Personal/portable devices shall wireless medical telemetry service have permanently attached transmit (WMTS); radio astronomy service and receive antenna(s). (RAS); and 600 MHz service band licens- (3) Sensing-only white space devices op- ees where they have commenced oper- erating under the provisions of § 15.717 of ations, as defined in § 27.4 of this chap- this subpart. (i) The provisions of ter. In addition, protection shall be § 15.204(c)(4) do not apply to an antenna provided in border areas near Canada used for transmission and reception/ and Mexico in accordance with spectrum sensing. § 15.712(g). (ii) Compliance testing for white (b) Geo-location requirement—(1) Accu- space devices that incorporate a sepa- racy. Fixed white space devices that in- rate sensing antenna shall be per- corporate a geo-location capability and formed using the lowest gain antenna Mode II devices shall determine their for each type of antenna to be certified. location and their geo-location uncer- (h) Compliance with radio frequency ex- tainty (in meters), with a confidence posure requirements. White space devices level of 95%. shall ensure compliance with the Com- (2) Reference datum. All geographic mission’s radio frequency exposure re- coordinates shall be referenced to the

985

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00995 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.711 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

North American Datum of 1983 (NAD (iv) The applicant for certification of 83). a fixed device must demonstrate the (c) Requirements for fixed white space accuracy of the geo-location method devices. (1) The geographic coordinates used and the location uncertainty as of a fixed white space device shall be defined in paragraph (b) of this section. determined at the time of installation For fixed devices that are not using an and first activation from a power off internal geo-location capability, this condition by an incorporated geo-loca- uncertainty must account for the accu- tion capability. The antenna height racy of the geo-location source and the above ground shall be determined by separation distance between such the installer or operator of the device, source and the white space device. or by an automatic means. This infor- (2)(i) Each fixed white space device mation shall be stored internally in the must access a white space database white space device and transmitted over the Internet to determine the automatically by the device to the available channels and the cor- white space database. The operator of a responding maximum permitted power fixed white space device shall be re- for each available channel that is sponsible for assuring the accuracy of available at its geographic coordinates, the information registered in the white taking into consideration the fixed de- space database. If a fixed white space vice’s antenna height above ground device is moved to another location or level and geo-location uncertainty, if its stored coordinates become al- prior to its initial service transmission tered, the operator shall reestablish at a given location. the device’s: (ii) Operation is permitted only on channels and at power levels that are (i) Geographic location through the indicated in the database as being incorporated geo-location capability available for each white space device. and the antenna height above ground Operation on a channel must cease im- level and store this information in the mediately or power must be reduced to white space device; and a permissible level if the database indi- (ii) Registration with the database cates that the channel is no longer based on the device’s new coordinates available at the current operating and antenna height above ground level. level. (iii) A fixed white space device may (iii) Each fixed white space device obtain its geographic coordinates shall access the database at least once through an external geo-location a day to verify that the operating source when it is used at a location channels continue to remain available. where its internal geo-location capa- Each fixed white space device must ad- bility does not function. An external just its use of channels in accordance geo-location source may be connected with channel availability schedule in- to a fixed device through either a wired formation provided by its database for or a wireless connection, and a single the 48-hour period beginning at the geo-location source may provide loca- time the device last accessed the data- tion information to multiple fixed de- base for a list of available channels. vices. An external geo-location source The fixed device’s registration infor- must be connected to a fixed device mation shall be updated if the geo- using a secure connection that ensures graphic coordinates reported to the that only an external geo-location database differ by more than ±50 me- source that has been approved with a ters from the previously registered co- particular fixed device can provide geo- ordinates. graphic coordinates to that device. The (iv) Fixed devices without a direct geographic coordinates must be pro- connection to the Internet: A fixed vided automatically by the external white space device may not operate on geo-location source to the fixed device; channels provided by a white space users may not manually enter them. database for another fixed device. A Alternatively, an extender cable may fixed white space device that has not be used to connect a remote receive an- yet been initialized and registered with tenna to a geo-location receiver within a white space database consistent with a fixed device. § 15.713 of this part, but can receive the

986

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00996 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.711

transmissions of another fixed white responding power levels continue to be space device, may transmit to that available. Mode II personal/portable de- other fixed white space device on ei- vices must adjust their use of channels ther a channel that the other white and power levels in accordance with space device has transmitted on or on a channel availability schedule informa- channel which the other white space tion provided by their database for the device indicates is available for use to 48-hour period beginning at the time of access the database to register its loca- the device last accessed the database tion and receive a list of channels that for a list of available channels. are available for it to use. Subse- (5) A Mode II personal/portable device quently, the newly registered fixed may load channel availability informa- white space device must only use the tion for multiple locations, (i.e., in the channels that the database indicates vicinity of its current location) and use are available for it to use. that information to define a geographic (d) Requirements for Mode II personal/ area within which it can operate on the portable white space devices. (1) The geo- same available channels at all loca- graphic coordinates of a Mode II per- tions. For example a Mode II personal/ sonal/portable white space device shall portable white space device could cal- be determined by an incorporated geo- culate a bounded area in which a chan- location capability prior to its initial nel or channels are available at all lo- service transmission at a given loca- cations within the area and operate on tion and each time the device is acti- a mobile basis within that area. A vated from a power-off condition to de- Mode II white space device using such termine the available channels and the channel availability information for corresponding maximum permitted multiple locations must contact the power for each available channel at its database again if/when it moves beyond geographic coordinates, taking into the boundary of the area where the consideration the device’s geo-location channel availability data is valid. uncertainty. The location must be (e) Requirements for Mode I personal/ checked at least once every 60 seconds portable white space devices. (1) A Mode while in operation, except while in I personal/portable white space device sleep mode, i.e., in a mode in which the may only transmit upon receiving a device is inactive but is not powered- list of available channels from a fixed down. or Mode II white space device. A fixed (2) Each Mode II personal/portable or Mode II white space device may pro- white space device must access a white vide a Mode I device with a list of space database over the Internet to ob- available channels only after it contain a list of available channels for its tacts its database, provides the data- location. The device must access the base the FCC Identifier (FCC ID) of the database for an updated available chan- Mode I device requesting available nel list if its location changes by more channels, and receives verification that than 100 meters from the location at the FCC ID is valid for operation. which it last established its available (2) A Mode II device must provide a channel list. list of channels to the Mode I device (3) Operation is permitted only on that is the same as the list of channels channels and at power levels that are available to the Mode II device. indicated in the database as being (3) A fixed device may provide a list available for the Mode II personal/port- of available channels to a Mode I de- able white space device. Operation on a vice only if the fixed device HAAT as channel must cease immediately or verified by the white space database power must be reduced to a permissible does not exceed 106 meters. The fixed level if the database indicates that the device must provide a list of available channel is no longer available at the channels to the Mode I device that is current operating level. the same as the list of channels avail- (4) A Mode II personal/portable white able to the fixed device, except that a space device that has been in a powered Mode I device may operate only on state shall re-check its location and ac- those channels that are permissible for cess the database daily to verify that its use under § 15.707 of this part. A the operating channel(s) and cor- fixed device may also obtain from a

987

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00997 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.711 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

white space database and provide to a space database and re-verifies its list of Mode I personal/portable white space available channels. device, a separate list of available (i) Push notifications. White space de- channels that includes adjacent chan- vice manufacturers and database ad- nels available to a Mode I personal/ ministrators must implement the push portable white space device, but not a notification requirements of para- fixed white space device. graphs (i)(1) and (2) of this section, and (4) To initiate contact with a fixed or may also implement a system that Mode II device, a Mode I device may pushes additional updated channel transmit on an available channel used availability information from the data- by the fixed or Mode II white space de- base to white space devices. vice or on a channel the fixed or Mode (1) In response to a request for imme- II white space device indicates is avail- diate access to a channel by a licensed able for use by a Mode I device. At wireless microphone user, white space least once every 60 seconds, except database administrators are required when in sleep mode (i.e., a mode in to share the licensed microphone chan- which the device is inactive but is not nel registration information to all powered-down), a Mode I device must other white space database administra- either receive a contact verification tors within 10 minutes of receiving signal from the Mode II or fixed white each wireless microphone registration. space device that provided its current (2) White space database administra- list of available channels or contact a tors shall push updated available chan- Mode II or fixed white space device to nel lists to fixed and Mode II personal/ re-verify/re-establish channel avail- portable white space devices within 20 ability. A Mode I device must cease op- minutes of receiving the notification eration immediately if it does not re- required by paragraph (i)(1) of this sec- ceive a contact verification signal or is tion. The information need only be not able to re-establish a list of avail- pushed to white space devices that are able channels through contact with a located within the separation distances, specified in § 15.712(f) of this fixed or Mode II device on this sched- part, for each licensed wireless micro- ule. If a fixed or Mode II white space phone registration received. device loses power and obtains a new (3) White space database administra- channel list, it must signal all Mode I tors must update their systems to com- devices it is serving to acquire and use ply with these requirements no later a new channel list. than December 23, 2016. (f) Display of available channels. A (j) Security. (1) White space devices white space device must incorporate shall incorporate adequate security the capability to display a list of iden- measures to ensure that they are capa- tified available channels and its oper- ble of communicating for purposes of ating channels. obtaining lists of available channels (g) Identifying information. Fixed only with databases operated by ad- white space devices shall transmit ministrators authorized by the Com- identifying information. The identi- mission, and to ensure that commu- fication signal must conform to a nications between white space devices standard established by a recognized and databases are secure to prevent industry standards setting organiza- corruption or unauthorized interception. The identification signal shall tion of data. This requirement includes carry sufficient information to identify implementing security for communica- the device and its geographic coordi- tions between Mode I personal portable nates. devices and fixed or Mode II devices for (h) Continuing operation. If a fixed or purposes of providing lists of available Mode II personal/portable white space channels. This requirement applies to device fails to successfully contact the communications of channel avail- white space database during any given ability and other spectrum access in- day, it may continue to operate until formation between the databases and 11:59 p.m. of the following day at which fixed and Mode II devices (it is not nec- time it must cease operations until it essary for white space devices to apply re-establishes contact with the white security coding to channel availability

988

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00998 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.712

and channel access information where the technologies and measures that are they are not the originating or termi- incorporated in the device to comply nating device and that they simply with the security requirements of this pass through). section. In addition, applications for (2) Communications between a Mode certification of fixed and Mode II white I device and a fixed or Mode II device space devices shall identify at least one for purposes of obtaining a list of avail- of the white space databases operated able channels shall employ secure by a designated white space database methods that ensure against corrup- administrator that the device will action or unauthorized modification of cess for channel availability and affirm the data. When a Mode I device makes that the device will conform to the a request to a fixed or Mode II device communications security methods used for a list of available channels, the re- by that database. ceiving device shall check with the white space database that the Mode I [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 device has a valid FCC Identifier before FR 4974, Jan. 29, 2016; 82 FR 41559, Sept. 1, providing a list of available channels. 2017; 84 FR 34797, July 19, 2019] Contact verification signals trans- § 15.712 Interference protection re- mitted for Mode I devices are to be en- quirements. coded with encryption to secure the identity of the transmitting device. The separation distances in this sec- Mode I devices using contact tion apply to fixed and personal/port- verification signals shall accept as able white space devices with a loca- valid for authorization only the signals tion accuracy of ±50 meters. These dis- of the device from which they obtained tances must be increased by the their list of available channels. amount that the location uncertainty (3) A white space database shall be of a white space device exceeds ±50 me- protected from unauthorized data ters. input or alteration of stored data. To (a) Digital television stations, and dig- provide this protection, the white ital and analog Class A TV, low power space database administrator shall es- TV, TV translator and TV booster sta- tablish communications authentica- tions—(1) Protected contour. White space tion procedures that allow fixed and devices must protect digital and analog Mode II white space devices to be as- TV services within the contours shown sured that the data they receive is in the following table. These contours from an authorized source. are calculated using the methodology (4) Applications for certification of in § 73.684 of this chapter and the R–6602 white space devices shall include a curves contained in § 73.699 of this high level operational description of chapter.

Protected contour Type of station Contour Propagation Channel (dBu) curve

Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ...... Low VHF (2–6) ...... 47 F(50,50) High VHF (7–13) ...... 56 F(50,50) UHF (14–69) ...... 64 F(50,50) Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and Low VHF (2–6) ...... 28 F(50,90) booster. High VHF (7–13) ...... 36 F(50,90) UHF (14–51) ...... 41 F(50,90)

(2) Required separation distance. White (i) If a device operates between two space devices must be located outside defined power levels, it must comply the contours indicated in paragraph with the separation distances for the (a)(1) of this section of co-channel and higher power level. adjacent channel stations by at least (ii) White space devices operating at the minimum distances specified in the 40 mW EIRP or less are not required to following tables. meet the adjacent channel separation distances.

989

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 00999 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.712 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(iii) Fixed white space devices oper- adjacent TV channels are not required ating at 100 mW EIRP or less per 6 to meet the adjacent channel separa- megahertz across multiple contiguous tion distances. TV channels with at least 3 megahertz (iv) Fixed white space devices may separation between the frequency band only operate above 4 W EIRP in less occupied by the white space device and congested areas as defined in § 15.703(h).

MODE II PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES

Required separation in kilometers from co-channel digital or analog TV (full service or low power) protected contour

16 dBm 20 dBm (40 mW) (100 mW)

Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device ...... 1.3 1.7 Communicating with Mode I device ...... 2.6 3.4

FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES

Antenna height above Required separation in kilometers from co-channel digital or analog TV (full service or low power) average terrain of unli- protected contour* censed devices 16 dBm 20 dBm 24 dBm 28 dBm 32 dBm 36 dBm 40 dBm (meters) (40 mW) (100 mW) (250 mW) (625 mW) (1600 mW) (4 W) (10 W)

Less than 3...... 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.7 3.3 4.0 4.5 3–10 ...... 2.4 3.1 3.8 4.8 6.1 7.3 8.5 10–30 ...... 4.2 5.1 6.0 7.1 8.9 11.1 13.9 30–50 ...... 5.4 6.5 7.7 9.2 11.5 14.3 19.1 50–75 ...... 6.6 7.9 9.4 11.1 13.9 18.0 23.8 75–100 ...... 7.7 9.2 10.9 12.8 17.2 21.1 27.2 100–150 ...... 9.4 11.1 13.2 16.5 21.4 25.3 32.3 150–200 ...... 10.9 12.7 15.8 19.5 24.7 28.5 36.4 200–250 ...... 12.1 14.3 18.2 22.0 27.3 31.2 39.5 *When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified distances by 1.3 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP or 1.7 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.

PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES

Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel digital or analog TV (full service or low power) protected contour 20 dBm (100 mW)

Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device ...... 0.1 Communicating with Mode I device ...... 0.2

FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES

Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel digital or analog TV (full Antenna height above average terrain service or low power) protected contour * of unlicensed devices (meters) 20 dBm 24 dBm 28 dBm 32 dBm 36 dBm 40 dBm (100 mW) (250 mW) (625 mW) (1600 mW) (4 W) (10 W)

Less than 3...... 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 3–10 ...... 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 10–30 ...... 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 30–50 ...... 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 50–75 ...... 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 75–100 ...... 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.1 100–150 ...... 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 150–200 ...... 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.5 200–250 ...... 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 * When communicating with a Mode I personal/portable white space device that operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified distances by 0.1 kilometers.

990

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01000 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.712

(3) Fixed white space device antenna operate within 10.2 km from the receive height. Fixed white space devices must site for co-channel operation and 2.5 comply with the requirements of km from the receive site for adjacent § 15.709(g) of this part. channel operation. (b) TV translator, Low Power TV (in- (iii) For purposes of this section, a cluding Class A) and Multi-channel Video TV station being received may include Programming Distributor (MVPD) receive a full power TV station, TV translator sites. (1) MVPD, TV translator station station or low power TV/Class A TV and low power TV (including Class A) station. station receive sites located outside (c) Fixed Broadcast Auxiliary Service the protected contour of the TV sta- (BAS) links. (1) For permanent BAS re- tion(s) being received may be reg- ceive sites appearing in the Commis- istered in the white space database if sion’s Universal Licensing System or they are no farther than 80 km outside temporary BAS receive sites registered the nearest edge of the relevant con- in the white space database, white tour(s). Only channels received over space devices may not operate within the air and used by the MVPD, TV an arc of ±30 degrees from a line be- translator station or low power/Class A tween the BAS receive site and its as- TV station may be registered. sociated permanent transmitter within (2) White space devices may not oper- a distance of 80 km from the receive ± ate within an arc of 30 degrees from a site for co-channel operation and 20 km line between a registered receive site for adjacent channel operation. and the contour of the TV station (2) Outside of the ±30 degree arc de- being received in the direction of the station’s transmitter at a distance of fined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section: up to 80 km from the edge of the pro- (i) White space devices operating at 4 tected contour of the received TV sta- watts EIRP or less may not operate tion for co-channel operation and up to within 8 km from the receive site for 20 km from the registered receive site co-channel operation and 2 km from for adjacent channel operation, except the receive site for adjacent channel that the protection distance shall not operation. exceed the distance from the receive (ii) White Space devices operating site to the protected contour. with more than 4 watts EIRP may not (3) Outside of the ±30 degree arc de- operate within 10.2 km from the receive fined in paragraph (b)(2) of this section: site for co-channel operation and 2.5 (i) White space devices operating at 4 km from the receive site for adjacent watts EIRP or less may not operate channel operation. within 8 km from the receive site for (d) PLMRS/CMRS operations. (1) White co-channel operation and 2 km from space devices may not operate at dis- the receive site for adjacent channel tances less than those specified in the operation. table below from the coordinates of the (ii) White Space devices operating metropolitan areas and on the channels with more than 4 watts EIRP may not listed in § 90.303(a) of this chapter.

Required separation in kilometers from areas specified in § 90.303(a) of this chapter White space device transmitter power Co-channel Adjacent channel operation operation

4 watts EIRP or less ...... 134 131 Greater than 4 watts EIRP ...... 136 131.5

(2) White space devices may not oper- outside of the metropolitan areas listed ate at distances less than those speci- in § 90.303(a) of this chapter. fied in the table below from PLMRS/ CMRS operations authorized by waiver

991

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01001 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.712 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Required separation in kilometers from areas specified in § 90.303(a) of this chapter White space device transmitter power Co-channel Adjacent channel operation operation

4 watts EIRP or less ...... 54 51 Greater than 4 watts EIRP ...... 56 51.5

(e) Offshore Radiotelephone Service. § 15.712(a)(2) from the protected con- White space devices may not operate tours of TV stations in Canada and on channels used by the Offshore Radio Mexico. White space devices are not re- Service within the geographic areas quired to comply with these separation specified in § 74.709(e) of this chapter. distances from portions of the pro- (f) Low power auxiliary services, in- tected contours of Canadian or Mexi- cluding wireless microphones. Fixed can TV stations that fall within the white space devices are not permitted United States. to operate within 1 km, and personal/ (h) Radio astronomy services. (1) Oper- portable white space devices will not ation of fixed and personal/portable be permitted to operate within 400 me- white space devices is prohibited on all ters, of the coordinates of registered channels within 2.4 kilometers at the low power auxiliary station sites on following locations. the registered channels during the des- (i) The Naval Radio Research Observ- ignated times they are used by low atory in Sugar Grove, West Virginia at power auxiliary stations. 38 30 58 N and 79 16 48 W. (g) Border areas near Canada and Mex- (ii) The Table Mountain Radio Re- ico: Fixed and personal/portable white ceiving Zone (TMRZ) at 40 08 02 N and space devices shall comply with the re- 105 14 40 W. quired separation distances in (iii) The following facilities:

Latitude Longitude Observatory (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)

Arecibo Observatory ...... 18 20 37 N 066 45 11 W Green Bank Telescope (GBT) ...... 38 25 59 N 079 50 23 W Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) Stations: Pie Town, NM ...... 34 18 04 N 108 07 09 W Kitt Peak, AZ ...... 31 57 23 N 111 36 45 W Los Alamos, NM ...... 35 46 30 N 106 14 44 W Ft. Davis, TX ...... 30 38 06 N 103 56 41 W N. Liberty, IA ...... 41 46 17 N 091 34 27 W Brewster, WA ...... 48 07 52 N 119 41 00 W Owens Valley, CA ...... 37 13 54 N 118 16 37 W St. Croix, VI ...... 17 45 24 N 064 35 01 W Hancock, NH ...... 42 56 01 N 071 59 12 W Mauna Kea, HI ...... 19 48 05 N 155 27 20 W

(2) Operation within the band 608–614 (ii) Kitt Peak, AZ MHz is prohibited within the areas de- North latitude West longitude fined by the following coordinates (all (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) coordinates are NAD 83): 34 08 18.24 ...... 111 36 46.80 (i) Pie Town, NM 33 54 10.08 ...... 109 38 20.40 32 09 25.56 ...... 113 42 03.60 North latitude West longitude 31 29 15.72 ...... 111 33 43.20 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 33 20 36.60 ...... 113 36 14.40 35 25 56.28 ...... 107 44 56.40 34 09 20.52 ...... 112 34 37.20 35 15 57.24 ...... 107 41 27.60 33 52 14.16 ...... 107 30 25.20 (iii) Los Alamos, NM 33 22 39.36 ...... 107 49 26.40 33 57 38.52 ...... 109 36 10.80 North latitude West longitude 34 04 46.20 ...... 109 34 12.00 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 34 27 20.88 ...... 109 12 43.20 36 25 54.12 ...... 106 06 07.20 35 15 30.24 ...... 108 25 55.20 36 32 26.88 ...... 105 59 27.60

992

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01002 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.712

North latitude West longitude (viii) St. Croix, VI (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) North latitude West longitude 36 45 23.40 ...... 105 48 03.60 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 36 48 10.44 ...... 105 30 21.60 36 13 37.92 ...... 105 26 38.40 18 29 15.36 64 22 38.28 35 38 40.92 ...... 105 48 36.00 18 06 51.12 64 08 03.84 35 36 51.48 ...... 105 49 30.00 18 04 31.44 64 06 12.24 34 06 17.28 ...... 107 10 48.00 18 02 02.76 64 04 33.96 34 16 18.12 ...... 107 17 16.80 17 59 26.52 64 03 09.36 35 21 22.68 ...... 106 51 07.20 17 56 43.80 64 01 59.52 17 53 56.04 64 01 04.80 17 51 03.96 64 00 25.56 (iv) Ft. Davis, TX 17 48 09.72 64 00 02.16 17 42 19.08 63 58 57.36 North latitude West longitude 17 39 07.92 63 58 15.96 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 17 42 10.44 64 39 37.44 17 43 57.00 64 50 46.32 30 42 16.92 ...... 103 55 22.80 18 07 24.24 66 02 36.96 30 35 49.92 ...... 103 41 52.80 18 16 13.80 65 44 56.04 30 32 35.88 ...... 103 43 04.80 30 25 20.64 ...... 103 49 48.00 30 24 30.24 ...... 103 52 30.00 (ix) Hancock, NH 30 26 14.28 ...... 103 57 54.00 30 33 03.60 ...... 104 09 10.80 North latitude West longitude 30 40 03.36 ...... 104 05 9.60 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 30 43 11.28 ...... 103 58 48.00 44 08 59.64 71 32 01.68 43 46 24.60 71 18 57.60 (v) N. Liberty, IA 42 58 41.88 71 15 14.04 42 29 25.08 71 52 51.96 North latitude West longitude 42 34 05.88 72 07 08.76 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 42 34 41.52 72 09 41.76 42 55 47.28 72 55 03.72 42 03 27.00 ...... 90 54 16.56 41 59 03.12 ...... 90 46 49.44 (x) Mauna Kea, HI 41 34 19.20 ...... 90 51 11.16 41 19 27.12 ...... 90 58 58.80 North latitude West longitude 41 02 09.96 ...... 91 07 18.84 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 41 07 51.24 ...... 92 03 44.64 41 50 03.12 ...... 92 36 20.16 20 11 01.32 153 03 43.20 42 28 50.16 ...... 91 44 35.16 20 00 52.92 152 35 56.40 19 46 42.60 152 35 34.80 (vi) Brewster, WA 19 32 33.36 152 36 28.80 19 18 31.68 152 38 38.40 North latitude West longitude 19 04 44.04 152 42 07.20 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) 18 51 16.56 152 46 51.60 18 38 15.72 152 52 44.40 48 18 00.36 119 35 27.60 18 25 46.56 152 59 49.20 48 16 40.08 119 34 51.60 18 13 55.20 153 07 55.20 48 15 20.52 119 34 33.60 18 02 46.68 153 17 06.00 48 12 26.64 119 34 08.40 17 52 26.40 153 27 14.40 48 07 51.96 119 34 33.60 17 42 57.96 153 38 16.80 48 06 44.64 119 34 48.00 17 35 20.04 153 50 45.60 17 27 52.20 154 03 10.80 47 58 44.40 119 36 03.60 17 21 27.00 154 16 15.60 47 55 06.60 119 37 40.80 17 16 08.40 154 29 49.20 47 52 48.72 119 39 03.60 17 11 57.84 154 43 51.60 48 00 49.68 119 59 06.00 17 08 57.48 154 58 08.40 48 26 59.64 119 46 04.80 17 07 09.12 155 12 43.20 48 26 08.52 119 43 22.80 17 23 53.52 155 27 21.60 19 29 13.92 155 36 21.60 (vii) Owens Valley, CA 19 47 53.88 155 29 27.60 19 48 52.92 155 27 39.60 North latitude West longitude 19 48 58.68 155 27 14.40 (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec) (3) Operation within the band 608–614 37 05 49.56 118 02 13.20 37 03 27.36 118 01 08.40 MHz is prohibited within the following 36 29 09.96 118 06 50.40 areas: 36 30 48.60 118 11 56.40 (i) The National Radio Quiet Zone as 36 37 08.04 118 16 37.20 37 25 12.72 118 41 16.80 defined in § 1.924(a)(1) of this chapter. 37 27 30.24 118 41 02.40 (ii) The islands of Puerto Rico, 37 44 45.96 118 39 03.60 Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or Culebra 37 59 49.92 118 32 09.60 (i) 600 MHz service band: Fixed and 37 46 12.72 118 20 09.60 personal/portable devices operating in

993

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01003 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.712 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the 600 MHz Service Band must comply (3) For the purpose of this rule, co- with the following co-channel and adja- channel means any frequency overlap cent channel separation distances out- between a channel used by a white side the defined polygonal area encom- space device and a five megahertz spec- passing the base stations or other radio trum block used by a part 27 600 MHz facilities deployed by a part 27 600 MHz band licensee, and adjacent channel Service Band licensee that has com- means a frequency separation of zero menced operations, as defined in § 27.4 to four megahertz between the edge of of this chapter. a channel used by a white space device (1) Fixed white space devices may and the edge of a five megahertz spec- only operate above 4 W EIRP in less trum block used by a part 27 600 MHz congested areas as defined in § 15.703(h). (2) If a device operates between two band licensee. defined power levels, it must comply (4) On frequencies used by wireless with the separation distances for the uplink services: higher power level.

MODE II PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES

600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum Minimum co-channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices and any point along the edge of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other radio facility deployment 16 dBm (40 mW) 20 dBm (100 mW)

Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device ...... 5 6 Communicating with Mode I device ...... 10 12

FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES

600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum Minimum co-channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices and any point Antenna height above along the edge of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other radio facility average terrain of unli- deployment* censed devices (meters) 16 dBm 20 dBm 24 dBm 28 dBm 32 dBm 36 dBm 40 dBm (40mW) (100 mW) (250mW) (625 mW) (1600 mW) (4 W) (10 W)

Less than 3 ...... 5 6 7 9 12 15 19 3—10 ...... 9 11 14 17 22 27 34 10—30 ...... 15 19 24 30 38 47 60 30—50 ...... 20 24 31 38 49 60 60 50—75 ...... 24 30 37 47 60 60 60 75—100 ...... 27 34 43 54 60 60 60 100—150 ...... 33 42 53 60 60 60 60 150—200 ...... 39 49 60 60 60 60 60 200–250 ...... 43 54 60 60 60 60 60

*When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified distances by 5 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP or 6 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.

PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES

600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum Minimum adjacent channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices and any point along the edge of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other radio facility deployment 20 dBm (100 mW)

Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device ...... 0.1 Communicating with Mode I device ...... 0.3

994

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01004 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.712

FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES

600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum Minimum adjacent channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices and any Antenna height above point along the edge of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other radio facility average terrain of unli- deployment* censed devices (meters) 20 dBm 24 dBm 28 dBm 32 dBm 36 dBm 40 dBm (100 mW) (250mW) (625 mW) (1600 mW) (4 W) (10 W)

Less than 3...... 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 3–10 ...... 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 10–30 ...... 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 30–50 ...... 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.8 50–75 ...... 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.2 75–100 ...... 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.6 100–150 ...... 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.1 150–200 ...... 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.9 3.6 200–250 ...... 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.1 *When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified distances by 0.1 kilometers.

(5) On frequencies used by wireless permitted to operate within an area de- downlink services: 35 kilometers for co- fined by the polygon described in channel operation, and 31 kilometers § 15.713(j)(11) plus the distances speci- for adjacent channel operation. fied in the tables in this paragraph (j) Wireless Medical Telemetry Service. (j)(1): (1) White space devices operating in the (i) Mode II personal/portable white 608–614 MHz band (channel 37) are not space devices.

TABLE 23 TO PARAGRAPH (j)(1)(i)

Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers from edge of polygon 16 dBm (40 mW)

Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device ...... 0.38 Communicating with Mode I device ...... 0.76

(ii) Fixed white space devices, except the required separation distances must that when communicating with Mode I be increased beyond the specified dis- personal/portable white space devices, tances by 0.38 kilometers.

TABLE 24 TO PARAGRAPH (j)(1)(ii)

Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers from Antenna height above average terrain of unlicensed devices edge of polygon (meters) 16 dBm (40 mW)

Less than 3 ...... 0.38 3–10 ...... 0.70 10–30 ...... 1.20 30–50 ...... 1.55 50–75 ...... 1.90 75–100 ...... 2.20 100–150 ...... 2.70 150–200 ...... 3.15 200–250 ...... 3.50

(2) White space devices operating in fined by the polygon described in the 602–608 MHz band (channel 36) and § 15.713(j)(11) plus the distances speci- 614–620 MHz band (channel 38) are not fied in the tables in this paragraph permitted to operate within an area de- (j)(2):

995

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01005 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.713 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) Mode II personal/portable white space devices.

TABLE 25 TO PARAGRAPH (j)(2)(i)

Required adjacent channel separation distances in meters from edge of polygon 16 dBm 20 dBm (40 mW) (100 mW)

Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device ...... 8 13 Communicating with Mode I device ...... 16 26

(ii) Fixed white space devices, except tances by 8 meters if the Mode I device that when communicating with Mode I operates at power levels no more than personal/portable white space devices, 40 mW EIRP, or 13 meters if the Mode the required separation distances must I device operates at power levels above be increased beyond the specified dis- 40 mW EIRP.

TABLE 26 TO PARAGRAPH (j)(2)(ii)

Required adjacent channel separation distances in meters from edge of polygon 16 dBm 20 dBm 24 dBm 28 dBm 32 dBm 36 dBm (40 mW) (100 mW) (250 mW) (625 mW) (1600 mW) (4 watts)

8 ...... 13 20 32 50 71

(k) 488–494 MHz band in Hawaii. White interactions between the white space space devices are not permitted to op- database and the white space device in- erate in the 488–494 MHz band in Ha- clude adequate security measures such waii. that unauthorized parties cannot access or alter the white space database [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 or the list of available channels sent to FR 4974, Jan. 29, 2016; 84 FR 34798, July 19, white space devices or otherwise affect 2019] the database system or white space de- § 15.713 White space database. vices in performing their intended functions or in providing adequate in- (a) Purpose. The white space database terference protections to authorized serves the following functions: services operating in the TV bands, the (1) To determine and provide to a 600 MHz duplex gap, the 600 MHz serv- white space device, upon request, the ice band, and 608–614 MHz (channel 37). available channels at the white space In addition, a white space database device’s location in the TV bands, the must also verify that the FCC identi- 600 MHz duplex gap, the 600 MHz serv- fier (FCC ID) of a device seeking access ice band, and 608–614 MHz (channel 37). to its services is valid; under the re- Available channels are determined quirement in this paragraph (a)(1) the based on the interference protection re- white space database must also verify quirements in § 15.712. A database must that the FCC ID of a Mode I device pro- provide fixed and Mode II personal vided by a fixed or Mode II device is portable white space devices with chan- valid. A list of devices with valid FCC nel availability information that in- IDs and the FCC IDs of those devices is cludes scheduled changes in channel to be obtained from the Commission’s availability over the course of the 48- Equipment Authorization System. hour period beginning at the time the (2) To determine and provide to an white space devices make a recheck unlicensed wireless microphone user, contact. In making lists of available upon request, the available channels at channels available to a white space de- the microphone user’s location in the vice, the white space database shall en- 600 MHz guard bands, the 600 MHz du- sure that all communications and plex gap, and the 600 MHz service band.

996

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01006 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.713

Available channels are determined (v) Locations of health care facilities based on the interference protection re- that use WMTS equipment operating quirements in § 15.236. on channel 37 (608–614 MHz). (3) To register the identification in- (c) Restrictions on registration. (1) Tel- formation and location of fixed white evision translator, low power TV and space devices and unlicensed wireless Class A station receive sites within the microphone users. protected contour of the station being (4) To register protected locations received are not eligible for registra- and channels as specified in paragraph tion in the database. (b)(2) of this section, that are not oth- (2) MVPD receive sites within the erwise recorded in Commission licens- protected contour or more than 80 kilo- ing databases. meters from the nearest edge of the (b) Information in the white space data- protected contour of a television sta- base. (1) Facilities already recorded in tion being received are not eligible to Commission databases. Identifying and register that station’s channel in the location information will come from database. the official Commission database. (d) Determination of available channels. These services include: The white space database will determine the available channels at a loca- (i) Digital television stations. tion using the interference protection (ii) Class A television stations. requirements of § 15.712, the location (iii) Low power television stations. information supplied by a white space (iv) Television translator and booster device, and the data for protected sta- stations. tions/locations in the database. (v) Broadcast Auxiliary Service sta- (e) White space device initialization. (1) tions (including receive only sites), ex- Fixed and Mode II white space devices cept low power auxiliary stations. must provide their location and re- (vi) Private land mobile radio service quired identifying information to the stations. white space database in accordance (vii) Commercial mobile radio service with the provisions of this subpart. stations. (2) Fixed and Mode II white space de- (viii) Offshore radiotelephone service vices shall not transmit unless they re- stations. ceive, from the white space database, a (ix) Class A television station receive list of available channels and may only sites. transmit on the available channels on (x) Low power television station re- the list provided by the database. ceive sites. (3) Fixed white space devices register and receive a list of available channels (xi) Television translator station re- from the database by connecting to the ceive sites. Internet, either directly or through an- (2) Facilities that are not recorded in other fixed white space device that has Commission databases. Identifying and a direct connection to the Internet. location information will be entered (4) Mode II white space devices re- into the white space database in ac- ceive a list of available channels from cordance with the procedures estab- the database by connecting to the lished by the white space database ad- Internet, either directly or through a ministrator(s). These include: fixed or Mode II white space device (i) MVPD receive sites. that has a direct connection to the (ii) Sites where low power auxiliary Internet. stations, including wireless micro- (5) A fixed or Mode II white space de- phones and wireless assist video device that provides a list of available vices, are used and their schedule for channels to a Mode I device shall no- operation. tify the database of the FCC identifier (iii) Fixed white space device reg- of such Mode I device and receive istrations. verification that that FCC identifier is (iv) 600 MHz service band operations valid before providing the list of avail- in areas where the part 27 600 MHz serv- able channels to the Mode I device. ice licensee has commenced operations, (6) A fixed device with an antenna as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. height above ground that exceeds 30

997

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01007 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.713 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

meters or an antenna height above av- coordinates (latitude and longitude erage terrain (HAAT) that exceeds 250 (NAD 83)). meters shall not be provided a list of (i) Unlicensed wireless microphone reg- available channels. The HAAT is to be istration. Unlicensed wireless micro- calculated using computational soft- phone users in the 600 MHz band shall ware employing the methodology in register with the database prior to op- § 73.684(d) of this chapter. eration and include the following infor- (f) Unlicensed wireless microphone mation: database access. Unlicensed wireless (1) Name of the individual or business microphone users in the 600 MHz band that owns the unlicensed wireless may register with and access the data- microphone base manually via a separate Internet (2) Address for the contact person connection. Wireless microphone users (3) Email address for the contact per- must register with and check a white son space database to determine available (4) Phone number for the contact per- channels prior to beginning operation son; and at a given location. A user must re- (5) Coordinates where the device will check the database for available chan- be used (latitude and longitude in NAD nels if it moves to another location. 83). (g) Fixed white space device registra- (j) White space database information. tion. (1) Prior to operating for the first The white space database shall contain time or after changing location, a fixed the listed information for each of the white space device must register with following: the white space database by providing (1) Digital television stations, digital the information listed in paragraph and analog Class A, low power, trans- (g)(3) of this section. lator and booster stations, including (2) The party responsible for a fixed stations in Canada and Mexico that are white space device must ensure that within the border coordination areas as the white space device registration specified in § 73.1650 of this chapter (a database has the most current, up-to- white space database is to include only date information for that device. TV station information from station li- (3) The white space device registra- cense or license application records. In tion database shall contain the fol- cases where a station has records for lowing information for fixed white both a license application and a li- space devices: cense, a white space database should (i) FCC identifier (FCC ID) of the de- include the information from the li- vice; cense application rather than the li- (ii) Manufacturer’s serial number of cense. In cases where there are mul- the device; tiple license application records or li- (iii) Device’s geographic coordinates cense records for the same station, the (latitude and longitude (NAD 83)); database is to include the most recent (iv) Device’s antenna height above records, and again with license applica- ground level (meters); tions taking precedence over licenses.): (v) Name of the individual or business that owns the device; (i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude (vi) Name of a contact person respon- and longitude in NAD 83); sible for the device’s operation; (ii) radiated power (ERP); (vii) Address for the contact person; (iii) Height above average terrain of (viii) Email address for the contact the transmitting antenna (HAAT); person; (iv) Horizontal transmit antenna pat- (ix) Phone number for the contact tern (if the antenna is directional); person. (v) Amount of electrical and mechan- (h) Mode II personal/portable device in- ical beam tilt (degrees depression formation to database. A personal/port- below horizontal) and orientation of able device operating in Mode II shall mechanical beam tilt (degrees azimuth provide the database its FCC Identifier clockwise from true north); (as required by § 2.926 of this chapter), (vi) Channel number; and serial number as assigned by the manu- (vii) Station call sign. facturer, and the device’s geographic (2) Broadcast Auxiliary Service.

998

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01008 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.713

(i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude sites: Registration for television trans- and longitude in NAD 83). lator, low power TV and Class A re- (ii) Receiver coordinates (latitude ceive sites is limited to channels that and longitude in NAD 83). are received over-the-air and are used (iii) Channel number. as part of the station’s service. (iv) Call sign. (i) Call sign of the TV translator sta- (3) Metropolitan areas listed in tion; § 90.303(a) of this chapter. (ii) Location of the TV translator re- (i) Region name. ceive site (latitude and longitude in (ii) Channel(s) reserved for use in the NAD 83, accurate to ±/¥ 50 m); region. (iii) Channel number of the re-trans- (iii) Geographic center of the region mitted television station, subject to (latitude and longitude in NAD 83). the following condition: a channel for (iv) Call sign. which the television translator receive (4) PLMRS/CMRS base station oper- site is located within the protected ations located more than 80 km from contour of that channel’s transmitting the geographic centers of the 13 metro- station is not eligible for registration politan areas defined in § 90.303(a) of in the database; this chapter (e.g., in accordance with a (iv) Call sign of the retransmitted waiver). television station; and (i) Transmitter location (latitude and (v) Location (latitude and longitude) longitude in NAD 83) or geographic of the transmitter of the retransmitted area of operations. television station. (ii) TV channel of operation. (8) Licensed low power auxiliary sta- (iii) Call sign. tions, including wireless microphones (5) Offshore Radiotelephone Service: and wireless assist video devices: Use of For each of the four regions where the licensed low power auxiliary stations Offshore Radiotelephone Service oper- at well-defined times and locations ates. may be registered in the database. Mul- (i) Geographic boundaries of the re- tiple registrations that specify more gion (latitude and longitude in NAD 83 than one point in the facility may be for each point defining the boundary of entered for very large sites. Registra- the region. tions will be valid for no more than one (ii) Channel(s) used by the service in year, after which they may be renewed. that region. Registrations must include the fol- (6) MVPD receive sites: Registration lowing information: for receive sites is limited to channels (i) Name of the individual or business that are received over-the-air and are responsible for the low power auxiliary used as part of the MVPD service. device(s); (i) Name and address of MVPD com- (ii) An address for the contact per- pany; son; (ii) Location of the MVPD receive (iii) An email address for the contact site (latitude and longitude in NAD 83, person (optional); accurate to ±50 m); (iv) A phone number for the contact (iii) Channel number of each tele- person; vision channel received, subject to the (v) Coordinates where the device(s) following condition: channels for which are used (latitude and longitude in the MVPD receive site is located with- NAD 83, accurate to ±50 m); in the protected contour of that chan- (vi) Channels used by the low power nel’s transmitting station are not eligi- auxiliary devices operated at the site; ble for registration in the database; (vii) Specific months, weeks, days of (iv) Call sign of each television chan- the week and times when the device(s) nel received and eligible for registra- are used (on dates when microphones tion; are not used the site will not be pro- (v) Location (latitude and longitude) tected); and of the transmitter of each television (viii) The stations call sign. channel received; (9) [Reserved] (7) Television translator, low power (10) 600 MHz service in areas where TV and Class A TV station receive the part 27 600 MHz band licensee has

999

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01009 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.714 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

commenced operations, as defined in ized parties cannot access or alter the § 27.4 of this chapter: database or the list of available chan- (i) Name of 600 MHz band licensee; nels sent to a white space device. (ii) Name and address of the contact (1) Communications between white person; space devices and white space data- (iii) An email address for the contact bases, and between different white person (optional); space databases, shall be secure to pre- (iv) A phone number for the contact vent corruption or unauthorized inter- person; ception of data. A white space database (v) Area within a part 27 600 MHz shall be protected from unauthorized band licensee’s Partial Economic Areas data input or alteration of stored data. (PEA), as defined in § 27.6 of this chapter, where it has commenced operation. (2) A white space database shall This area must be delineated by at verify that the FCC identification minimum of eight and a maximum of number supplied by a fixed or personal/ 120 geographic coordinates (latitude portable white space device is for a cer- and longitude in NAD 83, accurate to tified device and may not provide serv- ±50 m); ice to an uncertified device. (vi) Date of commencement of oper- (3) A white space database must not ations; provide lists of available channels to (vii) Identification of the frequencies uncertified white space devices for pur- on which the part 27 600 MHz band li- poses of operation (it is acceptable for censee has commenced operations; a white space database to distribute (viii) Call sign. lists of available channels by means (11) Location of health care facilities other than contact with white space operating WMTS networks on channel devices to provide list of channels for 37 (608–614 MHz): operation). To implement this provi- (i) Name and address of the health sion, a white space database adminis- care facility; trator shall obtain a list of certified (ii) Name and address of a contact white space devices from the FCC person; Equipment Authorization System. (iii) Phone number of a contact person; [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 (iv) Email address of a contact per- FR 4974, Jan. 29, 2016; 82 FR 41559, Sept. 1, son; 2017; 84 FR 34799, July 19, 2019] (v) Latitude and longitude coordinates referenced to North American § 15.714 White space database adminis- Datum 1983 (NAD 83) that define the tration fees. perimeter of each facility. If several (a) A white space database adminis- health care facilities using 608–614 MHz trator may charge a fee for provision of wireless medical telemetry equipment lists of available channels to fixed and are located in close proximity, it is personal/portable devices and for reg- permissible to register a perimeter to istering fixed devices. This paragraph protect all facilities in that cluster. (a) applies to devices that operate in (k) Commission requests for data. (1) A the TV bands, the 600 MHz service white space database administrator band, the 600 MHz duplex gap, and 608– must provide to the Commission, upon 614 MHz (channel 37). request, any information contained in (b) A white space database adminis- the database. trator may charge a fee for provision of (2) A white space database administrator must remove information from lists of available channels to wireless the database, upon direction, in writ- microphone users. ing, by the Commission. (c) The Commission, upon request, (l) Security. The white space database will review the fees and can require shall employ protocols and procedures changes in those fees if they are found to ensure that all communications and to be excessive. interactions between the white space [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 84 database and white space devices are FR 34799, July 19, 2019] accurate and secure and that unauthor-

1000

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01010 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.715

§ 15.715 White space database adminis- database and white space devices are trator. accurate and secure and that unauthor- The Commission will designate one ized parties cannot access or alter the or more entities to administer the database or the list of available chan- white space database(s). The Commis- nels sent to a white space device con- sion may, at its discretion, permit the sistent with the provisions of § 15.713(l). functions of a white space database, (g) Make its services available to all such as a data repository, registration, unlicensed white space device users on and query services, to be divided a non-discriminatory basis. among multiple entities; however, it (h) Provide service for a five-year will designate specific entities to be a term. This term can be renewed at the database administrator responsible for Commission’s discretion. coordination of the overall functioning (i) Respond in a timely manner to of a database and providing services to verify, correct and/or remove, as appro- white space devices. Each database ad- priate, data in the event that the Com- ministrator designated by the Commis- mission or a party brings claim of inac- sion shall: curacies in the database to its atten- (a) Maintain a database that contains tion. This requirement applies only to the information described in § 15.713. information that the Commission re- (b) Establish a process for acquiring quires to be stored in the database. and storing in the database necessary (j) Transfer its database along with and appropriate information from the the IP addresses and URLs used to ac- Commission’s databases and synchro- cess the database and list of registered nizing the database with the current fixed white space devices, to another Commission databases at least once a designated entity in the event it does week to include newly licensed facili- not continue as the database adminis- ties or any changes to licensed facili- trator at the end of its term. It may ties. charge a reasonable price for such con- (c) Establish a process for registering veyance. fixed white space devices and reg- (k) The database must have istering and including in the database functionality such that upon request facilities entitled to protection but not from the Commission it can indicate contained in a Commission database, that no channels are available when including MVPD receive sites. queried by a specific white space device (d) Establish a process for registering or model of white space devices. facilities where part 74 low power aux- (l) If more than one database is devel- iliary stations are used on a regular oped, the database administrators shall basis. cooperate to develop a standardized (e) Provide accurate lists of available process for providing on a daily basis channels and the corresponding max- or more often, as appropriate, the data imum permitted power for each avail- collected for the facilities listed in able channel to fixed and personal/port- § 15.713(b)(2) to all other white space able white space devices that submit to databases to ensure consistency in the it the information required under records of protected facilities. § 15.713(e), (g), and (h) based on their ge- (m) Provide a means to make pub- ographic location and provide accurate licly available all information the lists of available channels and the cor- rules require the database to contain, responding maximum permitted power including fixed white space device reg- for each available channel to fixed and istrations and voluntarily submitted Mode II devices requesting lists of protected entity information, except available channels for Mode I devices. the information provided by 600 MHz Database administrators may allow band licensees pursuant to prospective operators of white space § 15.713(j)(10)(v) and (vi) of this part devices to query the database and de- shall not be made publicly available. termine whether there are vacant (n) Establish procedures to allow part channels at a particular location. 27 600 MHz service licensees to upload (f) Establish protocols and procedures the registration information listed in to ensure that all communications and § 15.713(j)(10) for areas where they have interactions between the white space commenced operations, as defined in

1001

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01011 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 15.717 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 27.4 of this chapter, and to allow the § 0.459 of this chapter. This public no- removal and replacement of registra- tice will include proposed test proce- tion information in the database when dures and methodologies. corrections or updates are necessary. (ii) The Commission will conduct lab- (o) Remove from the database the oratory and field tests of the pre-pro- registrations of fixed white space de- duction device. This testing will be vices that have not checked the data- conducted to evaluate proof of per- base for at least three months to up- formance of the device, including char- date their channel lists. A database ad- acterization of its sensing capability ministrator may charge a new registra- and its interference potential. The tion fee for a fixed white space device testing will be open to the public. that is removed from the database (iii) Subsequent to the completion of under this provision but is later re-reg- testing, the Commission will issue by istered. public notice, a test report including (p) Establish procedures to allow recommendations. The public notice health care facilities to register the lo- will specify a minimum of 30 days for cations of facilities where they operate comments and, if any objections are re- WMTS networks on channel 37. ceived, an additional 15 days for reply (q) Establish procedures to allow un- comments. licensed wireless microphone users in the 600 MHz band to register with the (b) Power limit for devices that rely on database and to provide lists of chan- sensing. The white space device shall nels available for wireless microphones meet the requirements for personal/ at a given location. portable devices in this subpart except that it will be limited to a maximum [80 FR 73070, Nov. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 EIRP of 50 mW per 6 megahertz of FR 4975, Jan. 29, 2016] bandwidth on which the device oper- § 15.717 White space devices that rely ates and it does not have to comply on spectrum sensing. with the requirements for geo-location and database access in § 15.711(b), (d), (a) Par- Applications for certification. and (e). Compliance with the detection ties may submit applications for cer- threshold for spectrum sensing in tification of white space devices that § 15.717(c), although required, is not rely solely on spectrum sensing to necessarily sufficient for dem- identify available channels. Devices onstrating reliable interference avoid- authorized under this section must ance. Once a device is certified, addi- demonstrate with an extremely high tional devices that are identical in degree of confidence that they will not electrical characteristics and antenna cause harmful interference to incum- systems may be certified under the bent radio services. procedures of part 2, Subpart J of this (1) In addition to the procedures in chapter. subpart J of part 2 of this chapter, applicants shall comply with the fol- (c) Sensing requirements—(1) Detection lowing. threshold. (i) The required detection (i) The application must include a thresholds are: ¥ full explanation of how the device will (A) ATSC digital TV signals: 114 protect incumbent authorized services dBm, averaged over a 6 MHz band- against interference. width; (ii) Applicants must submit a pre- (B) NTSC analog TV signals: ¥114 production device, identical to the de- dBm, averaged over a 100 kHz band- vice expected to be marketed. width; (2) The Commission will follow the (C) Low power auxiliary, including procedures below for processing appli- wireless microphone, signals: ¥107 cations pursuant to this section. dBm, averaged over a 200 kHz band- (i) Applications will be placed on width. public notice for a minimum of 30 days (ii) The detection thresholds are ref- for comments and 15 days for reply erenced to an omnidirectional receive comments. Applicants may request antenna with a gain of 0 dBi. If a re- that portions of their application receive antenna with a minimum direc- main confidential in accordance with tional gain of less than 0 dBi is used,

1002

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:43 Jun 03, 2021 Jkt 250214 PO 00000 Frm 01012 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250214.XXX 250214 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR